See all Online Master's Degrees in Health
See all Master's Degrees in Engineering
Most searched curriculums
Official qualification
Malaga
Specialise in health by combining pharmacology and nutrition with a clinical and practical approach in Malaga.
With the Dual Degree in Pharmacy and Nutrition at UAX Mare Nostrum, you will be able to approach health from a holistic perspective, combining knowledge of medicines with nutrition. You will learn to contribute to the prevention, treatment and monitoring of patients from a scientific and clinical perspective.
This dual qualification addresses the growing need for professionals capable of integrating pharmacology and nutrition within healthcare settings, improving people’s quality of life through comprehensive and personalised strategies.
Join the next generation of better-prepared pharmacists and boost your career prospects with the No. 1 university for employability (BBVA Foundation U-Ranking)
You will learn all the necessary knowledge to develop your professional activity in the healthcare field. You will be up to date with the latest trends in the field of nutrition and the pharmaceutical industry.
In addition, you will have expert tutors who will support you in the acquisition of basic skills, and will guide you in directing your professional career to the labour market.
| Course | Semester | Character | ECTS | Name Subject |
| 1 | 1 | BAS | 10 | Chemistry |
| 1 | 1 | BAS | 6 | Mathematics |
| 1 | 1 | OB | 6 | Physics |
| 1 | 1 | BAS | 6 | Biology |
| 1 | 1 | OB | 2 | Introduction to Business Administration |
| 1 | 2 | BAS | 6 | Modern Language |
| 1 | 2 | BAS | 6 | Chemical Analysis |
| 1 | 2 | BAS | 6 | Physicochemistry |
| 1 | 2 | BAS | 6 | Botany |
| 1 | 2 | OB | 6 | Human Anatomy |
| 1 | 2 | OB | 6 | Anthropology and Psychology of Food |
| 2 | Annual | BAS | 13 | Organic Chemistry |
| 2 | Annual | BAS | 12 | Biochemistry |
| 2 | 1 | OB | 6 | Instrumental Techniques |
| 2 | 1 | BAS | 6 | Human Physiology |
| 2 | 1 | OB | 5 | Applied Informatics |
| 2 | 1 | OB | 6 | Food technology |
| 2 | 2 | OB | 6 | Pathophysiology |
| 2 | 2 | OB | 6 | Immunology |
| 2 | 2 | OB | 6 | Communication |
| 2 | 2 | OB | 6 | Applied Endocrinology |
| 3 | Annual | OB | 12 | Pharmaceutical Chemistry |
| 3 | Annual | OB | 12 | Microbiology |
| 3 | Annual | OB | 12 | Nutrition and Bromatology |
| 3 | 1 | OB | 6 | Pharmacognosy and Phytotherapy |
| 3 | 1 | OB | 6 | Clinical Biochemistry and Haematology |
| 3 | 1 | OB | 6 | Dietetics |
| 3 | 2 | OB | 6 | Parasitology |
| 3 | 2 | OB | 3 | Pharmaceutical Marketing |
| 3 | 2 | OB | 3 | Research Methodology |
| 3 | 2 | OB | 6 | Community Nutrition |
| 4 | Annual | OB | 10 | Biopharmacokinetics and Pharmacokinetics |
| 4 | Annual | OB | 14 | Pharmaceutical Technology |
| 4 | Annual | OB | 15 | Pharmacology and Pharmacotherapy |
| 4 | 1 | OB | 6 | Clinical Microbiology and Parasitology |
| 4 | 1 | OB | 4 | Toxicology |
| 4 | 1 | OB | 4 | Legislation and Deontology |
| 4 | 2 | OB | 2 | Organisation and Management of the Pharmaceutical Industry |
| 4 | 2 | OB | 5 | Public Health |
| 4 | 2 | OB | 6 | Diet therapy |
| 4 | 2 | OB | 6 | Food hygiene and safety |
| 5 | 1 | OB | 6 | Special Pharmaceutical Technology |
| 5 | 1 | OB | 3 | Monitoring and Management of Clinical Trials |
| 5 | 1 | OB | 3 | Clinical Pharmacy |
| 5 | 1 | OB | 3 | Management and Planning |
| 5 | 1 | OB | 3 | Pharmaceutical Care |
| 5 | 1 | OP | 6 | Elective Pharmacy I |
| 5 | 1 | OP | 6 | Optional Pharmacy II |
| 5 | 1 | OB | 6 | Culinary Technology |
| 5 | 1 | OB | 6 | Clinical Nutrition |
| 5 | 1 | OB | 6 | Nutrition and Sport |
| 5 | 2 | TFG | 6 | Final Degree Project (Pharmacy) |
| 5 | 2 | PAE | 24 | External Academic Practices (Pharmacy) |
| 6 | 1 | TFG | 6 | Food Legislation and Deontology |
| 6 | 1 | TFG | 6 | Food and Culture |
| 6 | 1 | TFG | 6 | Food Quality Control |
| 6 | 1 | TFG | 6 | Nutrition Education |
| 6 | 1 | TFG | 6 | Food Economics and Management |
| 6 | 1 | TFG | 6 | Elective Nutrition |
| 6 | 2 | TFG | 24 | External Academic Internships (Nutrition) |
| 6 | 2 | TFG | 6 | Final Degree Project (Nutrition) |
Degree in Pharmacy + Degree in Human Nutrition and Dietetics
First Year
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0160101 | Biology | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BiologyCódigo: 0160101 Imprimir Course 1: First-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide an understanding of the effect of drugs on cellular function. To assess the potential effects of drugs on gene function. To assess the toxic effects of medicines and other substances at the cellular level. To promote the rational use of medicines and healthcare products. To be able to provide information on medicines. Contribute to public health education. To provide the cytogenetic basis for carrying out clinical analyses and issuing the corresponding laboratory diagnostic reports. Contribute to basic research, technological development and innovation in medicines. Prerequisites Students must have a basic knowledge of General Biology and Biochemistry. Have a sufficient command of English to read a review article or access a website written in that language Basic IT skills to use word processors, databases, create PowerPoint presentations and access data on the Internet. Competencies 1. Understand the structures of biomolecules and their transformations within the cell. 2. Understand the structure and properties of cells, the different types of cells and cellular organelles. 3. Understand the organisation of the eukaryotic genome. 4. Understand the cell cycle, the different types of cell division and cell death. 5. Understand the main plant structures and physiological processes. 6. To acquire, develop and practise the skills required for laboratory work. 7. To assess the risks associated with the use of biological substances and laboratory processes. 8. Apply the scientific method – including the collection, evaluation and classification of data, drawing conclusions and formulating hypotheses – to resolve experimental questions. 9. To learn how to use bibliographic sources, both traditional ones and those related to new technologies. Learning outcomes 1. Be able to use appropriate scientific terminology. 2. Be able to describe, analyse and relate the structure and function of the cell. 3. Understand the specific role of the different cell organelles in the functional activity of the cell as a unit of life. 4. Explain the processes of mitosis and meiosis. 5. Explain the organisation of the human genome. 6. Understand the structure of plants and be able to explain the main physiological processes in plants. 7. Understand the fundamentals of the main experimental techniques used to study the cell. 8. Recognise cellular structures using different methods, such as optical and electron microscopy. Course content Cell organisation. Cell types. Chemical composition of the cell. Localisation and functions of the main macromolecules. Biological membranes: structure and basic functions. Types of cell membranes. Structure and chemical composition of the plasma membrane. Transport mechanisms across the plasma membrane. Intercellular connections. Extracellular matrix. Cell adhesion. Cell junctions. Cytoskeleton. Microfilaments. Intermediate filaments. Microtubules. Cell organelles: The nucleus. Packaging of genetic material. General structure of chromosomes. Cell organelles: Ribosomes. Role of ribosomes in protein synthesis. Cell organelles involved in vesicular transport: Endoplasmic reticulum. Golgi apparatus. Cell organelles involved in the breakdown of substances: Lysosomes Cell organelles involved in energy production: Mitochondria. Chloroplasts. Peroxisomes. Cell cycle. Overview and control. Cell division. Mitosis and meiosis. Characteristics of the plant cell. Plant tissues. Water in plants. Photosynthesis and respiration. Mineral nutrition. Plant development. Hormonal control of development. Training activities TRAINING ACTIVITY HOURS ATTENDANCE Lecture 30 100 Laboratory practicals 25 100 Seminars 5 100 E-learning 2 0 Individual and group tutorials 10 100 Independent study 73 0 Exam 5 100 TOTALS 150 50 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The module is divided into three parts: lectures, laboratory sessions and assignments. To pass this module, students must: Have completed all laboratory practicals. Failure to attend two or more days of laboratory practicals will result in a mark of ‘NP’ in both the ordinary and supplementary examination sessions and, consequently, a fail for the module. Achieve a mark of at least 4.5 in the subject matter covered in the lectures. Achieve a final mark of 5 or above by adding together the percentages set out below: • Assessment of lecture sessions (relating to competences C1–C5) Two eliminatory tests on the material covered in the lecture sessions (topics 1–11): 60% of the final mark for the module (the first test will account for 30% of the mark for the lecture sessions and the second for 70%) • Assignments – 10% of the final mark for the module • Laboratory practicals (related to competences C6–C8) – 30% of the final mark for the module. Late arrival, unauthorised absences or inappropriate behaviour in the laboratory will result in the loss of up to 30% of the final mark for the practicals. The following will always be viewed positively in the final mark (related to competences C5 and C9): literature review assignments and oral presentations, completion of exercises, and engagement and collaboration during sessions. Assessments count towards the final mark provided a mark of 5 or above is achieved. A mark of 4 or above in one assessment may be used to compensate for a mark in the other. If a mark below 4 is obtained in either test or if the marks cannot be offset, the student must sit the examination for the outstanding parts during the ordinary or supplementary examination period. A minimum attendance rate of 70% is required to pass the module through continuous assessment (eliminatory assessments). Students who do not meet this requirement by the time of the second mid-term test will sit the official examination (ordinary or supplementary) for the outstanding parts (the second mid-term test if they scored more than 5 in the first, or the entire course if they failed the first mid-term test). Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Alberts et al. Introduction to Cell Biology 5th ed. Panamericana. 2021. ISBN: 9786078546442 2. Cooper GM The Cell Marbán. 2021. ISBN: 9788418068584 3. Karp G. Molecular and Cellular Biology 8th ed. McGraw-Hill. 2019. ISBN: 9781456269227 4. Lehninger AL, Nelson DL, Cox MM and Cuchillo Foix CM. Lehninger. Principles of Biochemistry 7th ed. Omega. 2018. ISBN: 9788428216678 5. Lodish et al. Cell and Molecular Biology Panamericana. 2021. ISBN: 9789500606264 Supplementary: 6. Calvo, A. Biomedical Cell Biology Elsevier. 2023. ISBN: 9788491139591 7.- Feduchi Canosa E, Romero Magdalena C, Yáñez Conde E, García-Hoz Jiménez C. Biochemistry: Essential Concepts. 3rd ed. Médica Panamericana. 2025. ISBN: 9788491106807 8. Joaquín de Juan Herrero et al. Cell Biology Panamericana. 2022. ISBN: 9788498357714 Others: 9. Ángel Herráez Molecular Biology and Genetic Engineering 2nd ed. ELSEVIER. 2012. ISBN: 9788480866477 10. Helmut Plattner / Joachim Hentschel Cell Biology 4th ed. Panamericana. 2014. ISBN: 9788498355215 11. Meisenberg, Simmons Principles of Medical Biochemistry 4th ed. Elsevier. 2018. ISBN: 9788491132974 Links http://www.brooklyn.cuny.edu/bc/ahp/SDPS/SD.PS.LG.html – Website featuring animations of chemical structures Official Scientific Journal of the American Academy of Sciences -. American Biomedical Library website -. Website for the book *The Cell* by Cooper – Website for a book recommended in the bibliography Molecular Biology of the Cell, 4th edition – Website for a book recommended in the bibliography Website of the Spanish Society for Cell Biology -. Website of the Spanish Society of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology -. Molecular Cell Biology (Lodish) – Website for a book recommended in the bibliography http://www.whfreeman.com/lodish – This page contains animations and diagrams from one of the books recommended in the bibliography |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0160102 | Physics | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PhysicsCódigo: 0160102 Imprimir Course 1: First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To demonstrate the potential and possibilities of physics as a basis for interpreting and predicting the nature and scope of the processes involved in the evolution of chemical, biological and technological systems. To identify and analyse physical processes that form part of systems of pharmaceutical interest. Prerequisites Knowledge of general physics and mathematics (numerical calculus and statistics). Competencies 1. Apply knowledge of physics to the pharmaceutical sciences. 2. Understand the basic principles of the electric field and their applications to the health sciences. 3. Understand the basic principles of waves and their applications to the health sciences. 4. Understand the principles of fluid statics and dynamics and their importance in biological systems. 5. Design experiments based on statistical criteria. 6. To evaluate scientific data. 7. Apply computational and data-processing techniques to physical, chemical and biological data. 8. Understand the scientific method. 9. Understand oral and written communication techniques. Communication of results. Learning outcomes 1. Application of basic knowledge of physics. Measurement. 2. Solving problems relating to electric fields and understanding their relationship with biological systems and measurement systems. 3. Basic applications of waves in the health sciences. 4. Practical applications of fluid statics and dynamics. Rheology. 5. Demonstrating proficiency in problem-solving, information management and decision-making. 6. Demonstrate the ability to work as part of a team. 7. Demonstrate the ability to analyse and synthesise information. 8. Understanding of the scientific method. 9. Work effectively in a laboratory environment. 10. Preparation and delivery of oral presentations. Course description The Physics module in the first year of the Bachelor’s Degree in Pharmacy is a four-month module worth 6 credits. It begins with a review of scalar and vector physical quantities and systems of measurement. This is followed by a study of the main properties of electric and magnetic fields, leading on to the analysis and application of waves, in particular electromagnetic waves, sound waves and light. The module concludes with a description of the behaviour of fluids under ideal and real-world conditions. This content demonstrates the potential and possibilities of physics as a basis for interpreting and predicting the nature and extent of the processes involved in the evolution of chemical, biological and technological systems. Furthermore, in this module, students learn to identify and analyse physical processes in systems of pharmaceutical interest. Teaching activities LEARNING ACTIVITY HOURS ATTENDANCE Lecture 45 100 Laboratory practicals 15 100 Seminars 5 100 E-learning 5 0 Individual and group tutorials 5 100 Independent study 70 0 Exam 5 100 TOTALS 150 50 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed the laboratory practicals 2. Achieve a mark of five points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below: - Laboratory practicals: 20% of the final mark (no minimum mark required) – 15% for the practical notebook assessment and 5% for laboratory problem-solving. (Competencies C5 to C9, Learning Outcomes LO1, LO6, LO8, LO9 and LO10) - Continuous assessment tests: 60 per cent of the final mark (Competencies C1 to C4, Learning Outcomes LO1, LO2, LO3, LO4, LO5 and LO7). Only students with an attendance rate of 70 per cent or higher will be eligible to sit the continuous assessment tests, with the exception of those with a valid exemption and repeat students with overlapping classes. Two tests will be held throughout the course; these will count towards the final mark provided a mark of 5 or higher is achieved. One test may be offset by another if a mark of 4 or above is obtained in either of them. The first test will assess the section on electric and magnetic fields (30 per cent) and the second the section on waves, optics and fluids (30 per cent); the assessment will cover theoretical knowledge and problem-solving. If a mark below 4 is obtained in either test, or if the marks from the two tests do not balance each other out, students must sit the ordinary and/or supplementary examination for the part(s) in which they have failed. - Assignments: 20% of the final mark (no minimum mark required) (Competencies C1 to C4, C9; Learning Outcomes LO1 to LO8, LO10). Completion and submission of set problems REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD: Students will be examined on the previous components (tests, practicals) which they have not passed (mark below 5 points) in the continuous assessment. The same weightings as in the continuous assessment will apply. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSION: Students will be examined on the aforementioned components (tests, practicals) which they have not passed (mark below 5 points) in the continuous assessment. These will carry the same weightings as in the continuous assessment. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Hans C. Ohanian Physics for Engineering and Science. Volumes 1 and 2. 3rd edition. McGraw Hill. 2009. ISBN: 0393974227 2. Mirabent D. J. Physics for Life Sciences McGraw Hill, 2008. 2008. ISBN: 9788448168032 3. Tipler, Paul A. Physics for Science and Technology Barcelona: Reverté, 2014. 2014. ISBN: 9788429144307 Supplementary: 4.- Chang, Raymond Physical Chemistry McGraw-Hill. 2008. ISBN: 9789701066522 5.- Magro, R., Abad, L., et al. Physical Fundamentals of Engineering II 1st ed. Garcia Maroto Editores. 2008. ISBN: 9788493601867 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0160104 | Mathematics | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MathematicsCódigo: 0160104 Imprimir Course 1: First-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module is designed to establish and consolidate some of the mathematical foundations required by Pharmacy students. The aim is for students to master the techniques of mathematical calculus and statistics as applied to the pharmaceutical sciences. Theoretical content will be limited to what is necessary to understand and assimilate the most important concepts of the discipline, emphasising the practical nature and applications of the material covered. Prerequisites 1. Basic knowledge of mathematics and statistics covered at secondary school level. 2. Ability to make connections between concepts and draw conclusions Competencies 1. Apply mathematical principles to the pharmaceutical sciences. 2. Use data processing tools in relation to the chemical, physical and biological information obtained. 3. Design experiments in accordance with mathematical criteria. 4. Evaluate scientific data relating to medicines and medical devices. 5. Apply basic statistical calculations to problems specific to the pharmaceutical field. 6. Ability to carry out mathematical operations. 7. Work as part of a small team. 8. Know how to find and use bibliographic sources. Learning outcomes 1. Understand the concepts of limits, derivatives and integrals. 2. To be familiar with and able to apply methods for solving limits and integrating functions, as well as the basic rules of differentiation and integration. 3. Solve problems and carry out calculations. 4. Understand basic statistical methods applied to the pharmaceutical sciences. Course content Topic 1: Real functions of a real variable. Topic 2: Real functions of several variables. Topic 3. Applications of derivatives Topic 4. Methods for calculating antiderivatives. Topic 5: Applications of the Riemann integral. Topic 6. Descriptive statistics Topic 7. Regression and statistical inference Teaching activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Learning outcomes: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–4 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes 1–4 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–7 Learning outcomes: 1–4 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–6, 8 Learning outcomes: 1–4 Independent work Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–6, 8 Learning outcomes: 1–4 Exam Oral and written assessments Competencies: 1–7 Learning outcomes: 1–4 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT For the continuous assessment of the Mathematics module, short tests or in-class activities will be set based on the sets of practical exercises and/or assignments for each of the topics in the module syllabus; these sets of exercises for all topics must be submitted by the specified date and in the prescribed manner, a minimum attendance rate of 70% will be required, and mid-term exams (for which a minimum mark of 4 is required) will be held for each of the following modules: - Real functions of one or more variables, Derivatives and differentials, Unconstrained and constrained optimisation, Indefinite integrals: 50% (10% activities, exercises and assignments, and 40% mid-term exam 1). Relates to competences 1, 2, 4, 6, 7 and 8, and to learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3. - Definite integrals and the calculation of areas of plane figures, Descriptive statistics, Regression, and Hypothesis testing: 50% (10% coursework and 40% mid-term exam 2). Relates to competences 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, and to learning outcomes 1, 2, 3 and 4. Students who meet the continuous assessment requirements (attendance and minimum mark) will have the percentages indicated for each component applied to their marks, and their final course mark will be calculated accordingly. Students who ultimately achieve a mark of 5 or above in continuous assessment will have passed the course and will not be required to sit the final exam in the ordinary examination session. Ordinary Examination Students who have not passed the course will be required to sit the final exam in the ordinary examination session. This exam will cover both parts of the module, requiring a minimum mark of 4 in each, with the final mark being calculated as the average of the two (which must be 5 or above). Students who have met the continuous assessment requirements (attendance, assignments and minimum mark) during the academic year may sit an exam only on the part they have failed. Supplementary Examination The supplementary exam will cover both parts of the module, requiring a minimum mark of 4 in each part, with the final mark being calculated as the average of the two (which must be 5 or above). Students who have met the continuous assessment requirements (attendance, exercises and minimum mark) during the course may sit the exam only for the part they have failed. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Guervós, García and González Applied Mathematics García-Moroto Editores. 2008. ISBN: 4788493629991 2. Jon Rogawski Calculus Reverte. 2012. ISBN: 9788429151664 Supplementary: 3.- Canavos, George C. Probability and Statistics: Applications and Methods Mexico: McGraw-Hill, 1988. 1988. ISBN: 9684518560 4.- Candel Ato, J.; Martin Perez, A. and Ruiz Cómez, J. N. Problems in Applied Statistics and Descriptive Statistics DM-PPU, Barcelona. 1991. 5. Cuadras, C. M. et al. Exercises in Biostatistics PPU, Barcelona. 1989. ISBN-13: 978-84-76 6. Demidovich, B. Problems and Exercises in Mathematical Analysis. Paraninfo, Madrid. 1982. ISBN: 13: 978-84-28 7. Gómez Rubio, V and López Cano, E Theory and Problems in Applied Mathematics and Statistics for Pharmacy Paraninfo. 2017. ISBN: 9788428327787 8. Harshbarger, R.; Reynolds, J. Applied Mathematics for Management, Economics and the Social Sciences McGraw-Hill. 2005. ISBN: 970-10-4830-X 9. Stewart, James Calculus: Concepts and Contexts Thomson. 1999. ISBN: 9687529601 Links Graphical representation of functions – Graphical representation of functions and university entrance exam exercises Trigonometric functions – Trigonometric functions Trigonometric formulas – Trigonometric formulas What is a derivative and what is it used for ? - What is a derivative and what is it used for? What integrals are and what they are used for - What integrals are and what they are used for What integrals are used for - What integrals are used for Limits in mathematics - Limits in mathematics Exercises – A variety of integration exercises. Exercises – Integral exercises |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0160105 | Chemistry | FB | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ChemistryCódigo: 0160105 Imprimir Course 1: First-semester module. Foundation course. 10 credits. Profesores
Objectives Chemistry is a field with diverse approaches, all based on the same fundamental concepts. In the field of Health Sciences, it plays an important role, given that life itself unfolds through chemical and biochemical reactions. This module introduces students to the world of chemistry, and the objectives to be achieved are as follows: To make students aware of the importance of chemistry in the Health Sciences. To develop students’ critical thinking skills when faced with complex problems in chemistry. To understand the basic principles of chemistry. To understand the adverse effects on health and the environment of the most relevant chemical compounds. To understand the nomenclature and formulae of inorganic chemical compounds. To work as a team and achieve a common goal by putting theoretical concepts into practice. Prerequisites 1. Basic knowledge of mathematical calculations acquired at A-level 2. Knowledge of chemistry acquired at A-level. Competencies 1. To know and understand the characteristics of reactions in solution, the different states of matter, and the principles of thermodynamics and their application to the pharmaceutical sciences. 2. To know and understand the characteristic properties of elements and their compounds, as well as their application in the pharmaceutical field. 3. To be familiar with the various atomic models and the drawbacks and limitations of each. 4. To be familiar with the Periodic Table and the relationship between the electronic configurations of the elements and certain properties. 5. To be familiar with the various models of chemical bonding and to relate the chemical properties of compounds to the type of bond formed between ions, atoms or molecules. 6. Understand the acid-base and redox processes that take place in solution in order to predict the stability of inorganic species. 7. Understand the general properties of metallic and non-metallic elements, particularly those of relevance to healthcare. 8. Understand the characteristics and properties of coordination compounds, particularly their functions and applications in biological processes. 9. Be able to use the basic instruments and techniques of a chemistry laboratory Learning outcomes 1. Training in the chemical fundamentals necessary to understand other subjects within the field of Chemistry. 2. Ability to assess the risks associated with the use of chemical substances and laboratory processes. 3. Skills in carrying out standard laboratory procedures, including the use of scientific synthesis and analysis equipment, and appropriate instrumentation. 4. Ability to understand the characteristics of reactions in solution, the different states of matter, and the principles of thermodynamics and their application to the pharmaceutical sciences. 5. Ability to understand the characteristic properties of elements and their compounds, as well as their application in the pharmaceutical field. 6. Handling, analysis and quality control of chemical substances 7. Ability to apply knowledge in practice: problem-solving 8. Teamwork: critical and self-critical thinking Description of the content Topic 1 – The composition of matter. 1.1 Classification of matter: Pure substances and mixtures. Methods of separation. 1.2 Chemical elements. Atomic theory. Atomic number. Mass number. Atomic mass. 1.3 Chemical compounds. Atoms, molecules and ions. 1.4 Moles and molar mass. Empirical and molecular formulae. Topic 2: Nomenclature in Inorganic and Organic Chemistry. Topic 3.- Atomic structure and the Periodic Table. 3.1 Elements. 3.2 Structure of atoms. Quantum mechanics. Quantum numbers. 3.3 Orbital energy. Electron configuration. Building principle. Effective nuclear charge. 3.4 Organisation of the elements. Periodic Table. Periodic properties of the elements: atomic and , ionisation potential, electron affinity, electronegativity. Topic 4 – Chemical bonding 4.1 Ionic bonding. Crystal structures of ionic compounds. Crystal defects. Modification of properties. 4.2 Covalent Bond. Lewis structures. Dipole moment. Molecular geometry. Molecular orbital theory. Hybridisation. 4.3 Metallic bonding. Theories of metallic bonding. Properties of metals. Topic 5.- Chemical reactions. Stoichiometry. 5.1 Chemical equations. 5.2 Types of chemical reactions: 5.2.1 Acid-base reactions. 5.2.2 Precipitation reactions. 5.2.3 Redox reactions. Balancing redox reactions. 5.3 Stoichiometric calculations based on chemical equations. 5.4 Limiting reactant. Reaction yield. Topic 6. – Liquid and solid states. Changes of state. 6.1 Intermolecular forces. 6.2 Molecular-kinetic description of the liquid and solid states. 6.3 Properties of liquids: surface tension, capillarity and viscosity. 6.4 Amorphous and crystalline solids. Types of crystals. 6.5 Liquid–vapour equilibrium: 6.5.1 Vapour pressure. Boiling point. 6.5.2 Liquefaction of gases. Critical point. 6.6 Solid–liquid equilibrium: melting point. 6.7 Solid–vapour equilibrium: sublimation. 6.8 Phase diagrams. Triple point. Topic 7. Solutions. 7.1 Types of solutions. Measures of concentration. 7.2 Stoichiometry of chemical reactions in solution. 7.3 Saturation and solubility. 7.4 Factors affecting solubility: 7.5 Colligative properties of solutions. Ideal solutions. Van’t Hoff factor. Topic 8. – Chemical Kinetics. 8.1 Reaction rate. 8.2 Rate equation and order of reaction. 8.3 Control of reaction rates: 8.3.1 Collision theory. Activated complex theory. 8.3.2 Effect of temperature. Arrhenius equation. 8.4 Reaction mechanism. Topic 9. – Chemical equilibrium. 9.1 Reactions at equilibrium. 9.2 Equilibrium constant. Homogeneous equilibrium. Heterogeneous equilibrium. 9.3 Equilibrium calculations. 9.4 Factors affecting chemical equilibrium. Le Chatelier’s principle. 9.5 Free energy and chemical equilibrium. 9.6 Reaction rate and chemical equilibrium. Topic 10. Acid-base equilibria. 10.1 Definitions of acids and bases. 10.2 Ionisation constant. Strength of acids and bases. 10.3 Autoionisation of water. pH scale. 10.4 Calculating the pH of acid and base solutions. Polyprotic acids. 10.5 Calculating the pH of salt solutions. Acidic and basic ions. 10.6 Mixed solutions: the common-ion effect. Buffers. 10.7 Volumetric titrations. Indicators. Topic 11. Solubility equilibria. 11.1 Solubility product. 11.2 Ionic product and precipitation. Fractional precipitation. 11.3 Effect of the common ion. 11.4 Effect of pH on solubility. 11.5 Dissolution of precipitates through complex formation. Topic 12. Electrochemistry. 12.1 Electrochemical cells. Types of cells. 12.2 Cell potential. Standard electrode potential. Spontaneity of redox reactions. 12.3 Concentration dependence of cell potential. Nernst equation. Concentration cells. 12.4 Batteries. Corrosion. 12.5 Electrolytic cells. Faraday’s law. Topic 13. – Metals of the main groups. 13.1 Abundance of metals. Metallurgical processes. 13.2 Periodic trends in metallic properties. 13.3 Metals of the s-block: 13.3.1 Alkali metals. Production. Properties. Reactivity. Compounds 13.3.2 Alkaline earth metals. Production. Properties. Reactivity. Compounds 13.4 Metals of the p-block: aluminium, tin and lead. Topic 14. – Chemistry of the transition metals. Coordination compounds. 14.1 Properties of transition metals. Relevant compounds. 14.2 Werner’s Coordination Theory. Current understanding of coordination compounds. 14.3 Introduction to the nomenclature and structure of coordination compounds. 14.4 Equilibria involving complex ions. Applications of coordination compounds. Topic 15. Non-metals 15.1 Hydrogen. Production. Properties. Reactivity. Compounds 15.2 Noble gases. Production. Properties. Reactivity. Compounds 15.3 Halogens. Production. Properties. Reactivity. Compounds 15.4 Oxygen and sulphur. Production. Properties. Reactivity. Compounds 15.5 Nitrogen and phosphorus. Production. Properties. Reactivity. Compounds 15.6 Carbon and silicon. Production. Properties. Reactivity. Compounds 15.7 Boron. Production. Properties. Reactivity. Compounds Learning activities Teaching activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1, 4, 5, 7 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 6–9 Learning outcomes: 2–4, 6, 8 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–7 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Independent study Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Exam Oral and written assessments Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must achieve a mark of five points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below: 1. Material covered in interactive classes: 50% of the final mark. (Relates to competences C1–C8; relates to learning outcomes 1, 4, 5 and 7). Mid-term exam 1: Topics 1 to 6 (25% of the final mark) Mid-term exam 2: Topics 7 onwards (25% of the final mark) These will be pass/fail examinations with a mark of 5 or above. The two mid-term examinations may be offset if a mark of 4 or above is obtained. Should a student obtain a mark below 4 in either examination, or fail to offset the marks, they must sit the examination during the ordinary or extraordinary examination period. 2. An examination on Inorganic Formulation and Nomenclature (10% of the final mark). A MARK OF 5 OR HIGHER IS REQUIRED TO PASS. 3. Laboratory practicals: 20% of the final mark (Relates to competences C6–C9), (Relates to learning outcomes 2–4, 6, 8). The minimum mark for practical work to be included in the average with the other continuous assessment marks must be 4. ATTENDANCE AT PRACTICAL SESSIONS IS COMPULSORY. 4.- Student work: 20% of the final mark (Relates to competences C1–C8), (Relates to learning outcomes 1–2, 4–5, 7–8). 15% Class activities (tests, seminars, board work) 5% Submission of course assignments. To pass the module FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR, a mark of 5/10 is required. REGULAR EXAM SESSION: STUDENTS WHO DO NOT ACHIEVE 5/10 POINTS FOR THE COURSE MUST TAKE THE MISSED MID-TERM EXAM(S) OR PRACTICAL ASSESSMENTS DURING THE REGULAR EXAM PERIOD IN FEBRUARY. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD: STUDENTS WHO DO NOT PASS THE COURSE IN THE FEBRUARY SESSION MUST TAKE THE EXAM(S) FOR THE MID-TERM EXAM(S) OR PRACTICAL ASSESSMENTS THEY FAILED DURING THE EXTRAORDINARY SESSION IN JULY. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. Atkins, P. W. General Chemistry Barcelona: Omega, 1991. 1991. ISBN: 8428208921 2. Chang, Raymond Chemistry 10th ed. Mexico: McGraw-Hill, 2020. 2020. ISBN: 9780073511092 3. López Cancio, José Antonio Chemistry Problems Madrid [etc.]: Prentice-Hall, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 9788420529950 4. Mahan, Bruce M. Chemistry: A University Course Argentina [etc.]: Addison Wesley, 1990. 1990. ISBN: 0201644193 5. Petrucci, Ralph H. General Chemistry 8th ed. Madrid: Pearson Educación, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8420535338 6. Sienko, M. J. Chemistry Problems Barcelona: Reverté, 1990. 1990. ISBN: 8429174907 Links Oxford Online Resources: Inorganic Chemistry – A variety of online resources, including quizzes, videos, tables and links relating to inorganic chemistry. The Killer Lake: Applied Chemistry Case Study – Description of one of the chemistry case studies mentioned in the syllabus. General Chemistry Online – A very comprehensive general chemistry website. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 28 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0131005 | Anthropology and Psychology of Food | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Anthropology and Psychology of FoodCódigo: 0131005 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To understand the psychological foundations and biopsychosocial factors that influence human behaviour. To understand the aspects of psychology that affect eating behaviour. To analyse the fundamental aspects of eating disorders. To understand the anthropological approach to eating behaviour and how the consequences that diet has had on our species throughout history are addressed as a factor in evolutionary progress. To gain an insight into human eating behaviour, viewing humans as a zoological species and treating their distinctive characteristics as a consequence of their evolution and adaptation to the environment. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of biology Skills Basic competences CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in a field of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students should be able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. General competences CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, whilst making effective use of information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG12 Understand nutrients, their function in the body, their bioavailability, nutritional requirements and recommendations, and the principles of energy and nutritional balance. CG29 Acquire the basic training required for research activity, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information to solve problems using the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition Specific competences CE3 Understand statistics as applied to Health Sciences. Understand the psychological foundations and the biopsychosocial factors that influence human behaviour. CE7 Acquire teamwork skills within a unit in which professionals and other staff involved in the diagnostic assessment and treatment of dietetics and nutrition are organised in a mono-, multi- or interdisciplinary manner. CE11 Modern Language - To acquire the ability to communicate orally in the foreign language, in accordance with the level of proficiency studied. - Be competent in the use of the foreign language to understand and communicate in that language, both in writing and orally, on matters relating to nutrition. - To acquire the ability to communicate in writing in the foreign language, in accordance with the level of the language studied. - To be competent in handling written and/or digital texts in a foreign language. - To acquire the ability to understand clear, non-specialist spoken language, in accordance with the level of the language studied. - Be competent in the use of the foreign language to understand and communicate in that language, both in writing and orally, on topics related to nutrition. CE12 Communication Understand the fundamentals of human communication. Communicate (gathering, analysing and synthesising information, negotiating, managing conflicts, conveying news and instructions, etc.) with laypeople and with experts from other fields. Distinguish the specific characteristics of spoken and written expression. Define a topic and organise ideas appropriately. Conduct effective research. Use the main databases in the Health Sciences. Learning outcomes Describe the anthropological foundations of human nutrition and discuss the cultural and social inequalities that may influence eating habits. Oral presentations – both individual and in groups – on issues relating to the anthropology of different cultures in the context of diet. Sit examinations demonstrating the acquisition of skills and knowledge. Understand the foundations of cultural eating behaviour, learning the basic principles for the socio-anthropological analysis of food consumption, preparation and eating habits. To understand the diversity of different perspectives on food. To be able to apply the basic concepts of anthropology to human nutrition and dietetics. To understand psychological functions, their alterations and their development throughout the life cycle. To be able to develop communication skills at both the interpersonal level and within large and small groups. To understand the foundations of the therapeutic relationship and to explore the various psychosocial intervention techniques that are useful in the Health Sciences. Course content Unit 1. Introduction to Psychology Unit 2. Eating behaviour Unit 3. Psychology and eating Unit 4. Development of eating behaviour Unit 5. Psychopathology of eating Unit 6. Anthropology of Food Learning activities Lecture Face-to-face seminar Tutorials Independent study Assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed all practical exercises and projects, and have achieved an average mark of five or above in them. 2. Have achieved a mark of five or above in the face-to-face final examination. 3. Achieve a mark of five or above by adding together the percentages set out below for each part of the module: a) Practical assessment tests: 25% of the final mark. Students will undertake an assignment relating to anthropometry. b) Assignments, projects or case studies: 25% of the final mark. These will consist of carrying out a mental health prevention project. c) Final exam: 50% of the final mark. The final exam will consist of a multiple-choice test comprising 40 questions. 4. A mid-term exam will be held halfway through the term as part of continuous assessment, which will exempt students from the lecture component. July resit: This will be a multiple-choice exam comprising 40 questions. The same weightings as for the main examination period will apply. Bibliography Supplementary: 1. Esteban, Mari Luz Anthropology of the Body: : Edicions Bellaterra. 2004. ISBN: 8472902706 2. Kottak, Conrad Phillip Cultural Anthropology : : McGraw-Hill. 2006. ISBN: 9788448146344 3. Singer, Peter We Are What We Eat: : Paidós. 2009. ISBN: 9788449322716 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0160103 | Introduction to Business Administration | OB | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Business AdministrationCódigo: 0160103 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Compulsory. 2 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide effective training aimed at equipping students with the generic skills required in the field of business administration and management, enabling them to pursue careers in which they perform management, leadership and advisory roles within companies or other organisations. Prerequisites None Competencies 1. To analyse how organisations relate to their political, legal, social and technological environments. 2. Analyse specific business environments, including the company’s relationship with competitors, customers and suppliers. 3. Understand the company’s actual operations: procurement, production and marketing. 4. Understand the company’s financing and investment system. 5. Understand the company’s management system: organisation, information, control and human resources. 6. Forms of business development: expansion and diversification, internationalisation. Learning outcomes 1. Training on the importance of the pharmaceutical company in society. 2. Ability to identify potential threats or opportunities arising in both general and specific contexts. 3. Ability to identify the strengths and weaknesses of a pharmaceutical company. 4. Ability to understand each of the departments within a national and multinational pharmaceutical company. 5. Ability to analyse the advantages and disadvantages of business growth. Course content TOPIC 1: Introduction and general concepts. TOPIC 2: Economic, legal and systemic concepts of the company. TOPIC 3: The company and the entrepreneur: the overall corporate system. TOPIC 4: The objectives of the business. TOPIC 5: Ways in which a business can develop. TOPIC 6: Management, administration and organisation of the business. TOPIC 7: Functional areas of the business: production. TOPIC 8: Functional areas of a business: sales. TOPIC 9: Functional areas of a company: finance. Training activities Lectures (theoretical) and practical seminars, with case studies for students to solve. Weekly assignments to consolidate understanding of the topics. Discussion of case studies. Preparation for and sitting of examinations and assessment tests. Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. 0.8 Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes: 1–5 Online learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus 0.1 Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes: 1–5 Independent study Study. Literature review. 1 Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes: 1–5 Exam Oral and written assessments 0.1 Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes: 1–5 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Two eliminatory exams throughout the academic year; students will be required to retake the subject if they achieve a mark of 5 (60% final mark) Regular assessments of the subject matter during lessons: Assignments and presentations during lessons, handed in to the lecturer at the start of the following lesson. Regular attendance checks during lessons. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Business Administration Handbook Madrid: Civitas, 1998. 1998. ISBN: 8447011194 2.- Díez de Castro, José Business Administration: Workbook, Case Studies, Exercises Madrid: Pirámide, 1996. 1996. ISBN: 8436809238 3. Donnelly, James H. Fundamentals of Business Management and Administration Santafé de Bogotá: McGraw Hill; Irwin, 1994. 1994. ISBN: 9586007499 4. Pérez Gorostegui, Eduardo Business Management Practices Madrid: Pirámide, 1998. 1998. ISBN: 8436812395 Links Gapminder – Video about this new business market research software. Pharmaceutical Industry Magazine – Pharmaceutical Industry. I hope you find this interesting, Kind regards, Silvia Sector - Sector Neuromarketing – Winning over the consumer Fed vs ECB – A comparison of the Fed’s and the ECB’s policy strategies. Convergence 200 Years On – Analysis of the general economic environment across countries. Labour Market and Corporate Reform – Labour Market and Corporate Reform Buy, Throw Away, Buy – A documentary analysing the planned obsolescence of products to boost consumption. Gapminder – Video on the Gapminder market research software. It analyses the socio-economic variables of countries. General contexts. Ninja Crisis. Leopoldo Abadía – Video on the causes of the current economic crisis. Economic crisis. English. – Economic crisis. English. Spanish Entrepreneurs – Examples The power of social media – Social media |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0160106 | Chemical Analysis | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chemical AnalysisCódigo: 0160106 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To understand the processes of chemical equilibrium in analytical procedures Description of current analytical systems (volumetric, gravimetric and instrumental) Introduction to sampling systems and the preparation of samples for analysis Representativeness and practical determination of analytical results, and their expression Prerequisites Basic knowledge of the nomenclature and chemical structure of atoms, molecules and ions. Basic knowledge of chemical thermodynamics and chemical kinetics Basic knowledge of chemical equilibrium and the calculation of concentrations in chemical reactions. Ability to relate concepts and draw conclusions in order to solve problems. Knowledge of, and ability to carry out, the basic laboratory techniques used in a chemistry laboratory. Competencies 1. To know and understand the characteristics of reactions in solution and their application to the pharmaceutical sciences. 2. To be familiar with and understand the main qualitative analytical characteristics that enable the analysis and detection of anions, inorganic cations and organic substances. 3. Be familiar with the main classical and instrumental quantitative analytical methods applied to the analysis of food, water and the environment. 4. Carry out standard laboratory procedures, including the use of scientific analytical equipment and appropriate instrumentation. 5. To identify, analyse and control drugs and medicines, as well as other products and raw materials of health-related interest for human or veterinary use. 6. Select the appropriate techniques and procedures for the design, application and evaluation of reagents, methods and analytical techniques 7. Understand the main techniques of structural analysis, including spectroscopy. 8. Understand the principles and procedures for the analytical determination of compounds: 9. Assess the risks associated with the use of chemical substances and laboratory processes. 10. Be able to apply the scientific method and acquire skills in dealing with legislation, information sources, bibliographies and the drafting of protocols, as well as in locating and using bibliographic sources, in order to remain aware of the ongoing evolution of chemical analysis Learning outcomes 1. Be able to correctly perform concentration calculations for equilibrium systems in aqueous solution. 2. Acquire the knowledge and criteria required for the statistical analysis of large quantities of numerical data derived from experimental work in chemical analysis 3. Be able to quantitatively assess the concentrations of chemical species using classical analytical methods such as volumetric or gravimetric analysis 4. Understand instrumental analytical techniques, including electrochemical methods, those derived from gravimetric analysis, spectroscopic methods and chromatographic separation techniques 5. To be familiar with standardised analytical methods commonly used in pharmaceutical, chemical or environmental science. 6. Understand the principles and concepts that help to analyse, distinguish and predict the main physico-chemical properties of a drug. 7. Acquire laboratory skills enabling the performance of chemical analyses and the handling of laboratory equipment, including the use of instrumental analytical techniques Develop communication and information skills, both oral and written. Course content PART ONE: INTRODUCTION - Terminology of chemical analysis - Errors in chemical analysis. PART TWO CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIUM IN SOLUTION - Ionic equilibria in solution. PART THREE: PREPARATION OF THE SAMPLE FOR ANALYSIS - Sample collection and preparation. - Analytical separation methods. PART FOUR: QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS - Volumetric methods. Volumetric analysis - Gravimetric analysis. - Potentiometric methods. - Voltammetric techniques Training activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Competencies: 1–7 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1, 7–8 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 1, 4, 5, 6, 7. Learning outcomes: 1, 2, 5–7, 8 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Independent study Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Exam Oral and written assessments. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed the laboratory practicals. 2. Achieve a mark of five points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below: - Laboratory practicals: 20% of the final mark (Relates to competences C1 to C9). (Relates to learning outcomes 1, 7 and 8). The practicals will be assessed via a final examination comprising one problem for each practical and a multiple-choice test. The minimum mark required to be taken into account alongside the other marks for the module is 3.5 - Course activities: 20% of the final mark. (Relates to competences C1–C3, C5–C8 and C10). (Relates to learning outcomes 1–3, 5–6 and 8) Tests, submission of solved problems and presentation of these solutions. - Continuous assessment (Relates to competences C1–C3 and C5–C8). (Relates to learning outcomes 1 to 6 and 8) Two mid-term exams will be held during the course; these will count towards the final mark provided a mark of 5 or above is achieved. One mid-term exam may be offset by another if a mark of 4 or above is achieved. Should a mark below 5 be obtained in either exam and this is not offset, the student must sit the exam during the ordinary or extraordinary examination period. First Mid-Term Exam: 30% of the final mark Second Mid-term Exam: 30% of the final mark To pass the module FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR, you must achieve 5/10 marks. STUDENTS WHO DO NOT ACHIEVE 5/10 POINTS FOR THE YEAR MUST TAKE THE EXAM FOR THE FAILED MID-TERM EXAM OR EXAMS DURING THE REGULAR JUNE EXAM SESSION. STUDENTS WHO DO NOT PASS THE COURSE IN THE JUNE EXAM SESSION MUST TAKE THE MID-TERM EXAM OR EXAMS THEY FAILED, OR THE PRACTICAL ASSESSMENTS, IN THE EXTRAORDINARY JULY EXAM SESSION. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. D. A. Skoog et al "Analytical Chemistry" Vol. 2 Reverté. 2000. ISBN: 8429175555 2. Harris, Daniel C. Quantitative Chemical Analysis 2nd ed. Barcelona [etc.]: Reverté, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 842917222X 3. Harris, Daniel C. Quantitative Chemical Analysis Barcelona [etc.]: Reverté. 2007. ISBN: 8429172246 4. J. A. López Cancio Solved Problems in Analytical Chemistry Thomson. 2005. ISBN: 9788497323482 5. Mueller-Harvey, I. Chemical Analysis in the Laboratory: A Basic Guide Zaragoza: Acribia, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8420010480 6. Silva, Manuel Ionic Equilibria and Their Analytical Applications Madrid: Síntesis, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8497560256 7. Walton, Harold F. Modern Chemical and Instrumental Analysis Barcelona: Reverté, 1983. 1983. ISBN: 8429175199 8. Yáñez-Sedeño Orive, Paloma Solved Problems in Analytical Chemistry Madrid: Síntesis, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 849756071X Links Introduction to Analytical Chemistry – Introductory extract from a book on analytical chemistry. JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY RESOURCES – JOURNAL OF THE ACS. AVAILABLE AT THE UAX LIBRARY |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0160107 | Human Anatomy | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Human AnatomyCódigo: 0160107 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide knowledge enabling students to understand how the various organs, systems and apparatus of the human body function, both individually and as a whole. To impart the knowledge required to understand and use medical terminology. To contribute to public health education. To contribute to basic research, technological development and innovation in medicines. Prerequisites 1. Students must have a basic knowledge of General Biology. 2. Students must have sufficient knowledge of English to read a review article or access a website written in that language. 3. Basic IT skills to use word processors, databases, create PowerPoint presentations and access data on the Internet. Competencies 1. To know and understand the structure of the human body. 2. Understand the factors that influence human growth and development throughout the lifespan. 3. Be able to distinguish between the normal functioning of each organ and system 4. Understand the general principles and theories of biology, physics and chemistry as they apply to human biology. 5. Understand the general theoretical foundations of human morphology and its implications for other subjects within the degree programme. Learning outcomes 1. To distinguish between the various components of the human body, from the most basic (biochemical) level to the most complex (organic) level, and their role in disease. 2. To distinguish between the normal functioning of each organ and system and their possible dysfunctional states. 3. Carry out basic physiological tests such as: ECG, spirometry, audiometry and sphygmomanometry. 4. To incorporate scientific research and evidence-based practice as part of professional culture. 5. Keep the fundamentals of knowledge, skills and attitudes relating to professional competences up to date through a process of continuous (lifelong) professional development; critically analyse methods and protocols in human morphology and ensure that these are in line with developments in scientific knowledge. Description of the content 1. INTRODUCTION TO THE HUMAN BODY - Definition of Anatomy and Physiology - Levels of structural organisation - Basic anatomical terminology - Homeostasis 2. TISSUE LEVEL OF ORGANISATION - General concepts and classification of tissues - Epithelial tissue - Connective tissue - Muscle tissue - Nervous tissue 3. INTEGERATORY SYSTEM - Anatomy of the integumentary system: - Structure of the skin - Adnexal structures of the skin - Types of skin - Functions of the skin 4. SKELETAL SYSTEM - Histology of bone tissue - Bone structure - Functions of the bones - Axial skeleton - Appendicular skeleton - Joints 5. MUSCULAR SYSTEM - Histology of muscle tissue - Muscles of the head - Muscles of the trunk - Muscles of the upper limbs - Muscles of the lower limbs 6. NERVOUS SYSTEM - Overview of the nervous system - Spinal cord and spinal nerves - Brain and cranial nerves - Autonomic nervous system - Sensory, motor and integrative systems 7. THE ENDOCRINE SYSTEM - Hormonal activity - Mechanisms of hormonal action - Hypothalamus and pituitary gland - Thyroid and parathyroid glands - Adrenal glands - Pancreatic islets - Ovaries and testicles - Other endocrine tissues and organs 8. CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM - Structure of the heart - Blood circulation - The heart’s electrical system - Cardiac cycle - Cardiac output and its regulation - Different types of blood vessels - Functions of the different blood vessels - Haemodynamics. Blood pressure - Regulation of blood pressure - Components of blood: blood cells and plasma - Functions of each of the blood components - Haemostasis and blood clotting 9. RESPIRATORY SYSTEM - Overview of the respiratory system - Upper respiratory system - Lower respiratory system - Exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide - Control of breathing 10. THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM - General principles of gastrointestinal function: motility, nervous control and blood circulation - Propulsion and mixing of food in the digestive tract - Secretory functions of the digestive tract - Digestion and absorption in the digestive tract - Regulation of digestive function 11. URINARY SYSTEM - Macroscopic structure of the urinary system - The anatomical and functional unit of the kidney: the nephron - Formation of urine - Regulation of urine formation - Assessment of urinary system function 12. REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEMS - Male reproductive system - Female reproductive system - Female reproductive cycle Training activities TRAINING ACTIVITY HOURS FACE-TO-FACE Lecture 30 100 Practical laboratory sessions 15 100 Seminars 5 100 E-learning 2 0 Individual and group tutorials 5 100 Independent study 88 0 Exam 5 100 TOTALS 150 40 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- There are various assessments that students must undertake, all of which will be marked; the weightings for each assessment are as follows: - Face-to-face test on theoretical knowledge: 60% - In-person practical assessment: 15% - Practical workbook: 10% - Written assignment: 15% To pass the module, students may choose from the following options: - CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: this will consist of two tests, which are mutually eliminatory or compensatory: multiple-choice - if a mark of 5 or above is achieved, the tests are eliminatory - if a mark between 4.0 and 4.9 is obtained, the test will count as a make-up test against the other test - if the mark obtained is below 4.0, the material covered in that test must be retaken in the ordinary and/or supplementary examination sessions - REGULAR ASSESSMENT - EXTRAORDINARY ASSESSMENT Once a mark of 5.0 or higher has been achieved, this will account for 60% of the final mark for the module. The remaining 40% will be derived from the percentages indicated above. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. NETTER, FH. Atlas of Human Anatomy Elsevier Masson. 2023. ISBN: 9788445820650 2. Patton K, Anatomy and Physiology 11th ed. Elsevier. 2023. ISBN: 9788413825427 3. Tórtora and Derrickson Principles of Anatomy and Physiology Panamericana. 2021. ISBN: 978-84-1106-0 Supplementary: 4.- Junqueira, L. C. Basic Histology: [textbook and atlas] 12th ed. Panamericana. 2022. ISBN: 9786079356675 Others: 5.- Dykes Essentials of Anatomy Elsevier Mosby. 2010. ISBN: 9788480866866 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0160110 | Modern Language 1 | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Modern Language 1Código: 0160110 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide an introduction to the specialist English used in the Health Sciences and Pharmacy. To develop comprehension and expression skills (primarily oral and written), with an emphasis, on the one hand, on reading and understanding texts or extracts from research articles and, on the other hand, on oral communication and writing texts related to pharmacy. Prerequisites At the start of the course, students will sit an English language placement test. Learning Outcomes 1. To achieve level B1 in the chosen language (Common European Framework of Reference for Languages). 2. Ability to communicate orally in the foreign language, in accordance with the language level studied. 3. The ability to communicate in writing in the foreign language, in accordance with the language level studied. 4. The ability to understand clear, non-specialised spoken language, in accordance with the language level being studied. 5. Ability to understand texts written in everyday, common language, in accordance with the language level studied. Learning outcomes 1. To understand clear, non-specialised spoken language, in accordance with the language level studied. 2. Understand texts written in a language used in everyday situations, in accordance with the language level studied. 3. Produce coherent written texts, in accordance with the language level being studied, on a range of topics that are familiar to the learner or in which they have a personal interest. 4. Participate orally and spontaneously in conversations on a variety of topics, in accordance with the language level being studied. 5. Understand the grammar and use the vocabulary appropriate to the required language level correctly. Description of the course content The module is divided into three thematic blocks: Block 1: Terminology specific to the Health Sciences. Block 2: Oral communication and patient care. Block 3: Other scientific texts. To cover the various modules, the following resources will be used: *Videos of common conversations in the health sciences context (Listening comprehension). *Specialist texts on various medical conditions to develop reading comprehension in the health sciences context (Reading comprehension). *Linguistic structures most frequently used in the health sciences, including grammar and expressions (collocations and medical terminology). *Oral expression and skills designed to help pharmacists better understand patients, thereby ensuring more effective treatment (Patient Care). *Specific terminology covering different categories: -Types of medicines. -The human skeleton. - Organs. -Key vocabulary used in the Health Sciences. -Key suffixes, prefixes and roots used in the health sciences. -Key abbreviations in the field of Health Sciences. -Writing specialised texts. - The integumentary system. - The musculoskeletal system. - Muscles. - The cardiovascular system. - The Lymphatic System. - The Nervous System. - The endocrine system. - The respiratory system. - The Digestive System. - The Urinary System. - The Reproductive System. Training activities TRAINING ACTIVITY HOURS FACE-TO-FACE Lecture 60 100 Individual and group tutorials 5 100 Independent study 80 0 Exam 5 100 TOTALS 150 46.67 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The assessment process will be carried out with the aim of achieving the learning outcomes set out in the course description. The assessments carried out will evaluate the four language skills (reading comprehension, listening comprehension, written expression and oral expression). These assessments will be: • Writing tests. • Written tests comprising multiple-choice, true or false, fill-in-the-blank and question-and-answer questions. • Reading and reading comprehension exercises. • Specific vocabulary exercises. • Completing and presenting assignments. • Listening comprehension tests. • Oral expression tests. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT Students will be assessed through continuous assessment, as follows: Mid-term exam 1: 40% Mid-term exam 2: 40% Individual oral presentation: 20% The dates of these assessments will be announced by the lecturer in advance. They will take place in the usual lecture theatre, unless the lecturer specifies otherwise at the time. Note 1: AT THE DISCRETION OF EACH LECTURER, the results of the individual oral presentation may be carried over to either of the two final examinations (ordinary or supplementary) within the academic term in question. The results of the written tests MAY NOT BE CARRIED OVER UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES TO ANY OTHER EXAMINATION SESSION. Therefore, both continuous assessment and the ordinary and extraordinary examination sessions will have UNIQUE AND SPECIFIC written examination results for each session. Note 2: To pass this module through continuous assessment, students must have completed all three required assessments during the term. If any one is missing, it will not be possible to pass the module through continuous assessment and students must sit the exam in either the ordinary or extraordinary examination sessions. FINAL EXAM: REGULAR EXAM SESSION WITHOUT CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT AND EXTRAORDINARY EXAM SESSION. If a student has not sat any of the mid-term tests or has failed them, the ordinary examination will account for 100% of the mark. In this case, students will be assessed as follows: Written section: 80% Individual oral presentation: 20% Note 1: AT THE DISCRETION OF EACH LECTURER, the results of the individual oral presentation may be carried over to either the ordinary or extraordinary final examination within the current academic term. The results of the written tests MAY NOT BE CARRIED OVER UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES TO ANY OTHER EXAMINATION SESSION. Therefore, both continuous assessment and the ordinary and extraordinary examination sessions will have UNIQUE AND SPECIFIC written examination results for each session. Note 2: If a student does not sit both the written part and the individual oral presentation, they will not be able to pass the module. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Chabner, Davi-Ellen Medical Terminology: A Short Course, 9th edition 9th ed. Saunders. 2022. ISBN: 9780323479912 Supplementary: 2.- Fareh, Shehdeh & Hamadi, Inaam English for Medicine and Health Sciences Elsevier. 2017. ISBN: 9780702075506 3.- Johannsen, K., et al. English for Health Sciences Cengage Learning. 2006. ISBN: 9781413020519 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0160114 | Botany | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BotanyCódigo: 0160114 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To introduce students to the world of plants, given their importance as sources of medicinal and therapeutic products. Knowledge acquisition will be assessed through written and oral examinations. Students’ attendance and participation will be taken into account in their marks. Prerequisites There are no prerequisites. Competencies 1. Knowledge of plant morphology and systematics, particularly those of relevance to pharmacy. 2. Knowledge of plants that provide drugs containing active ingredients. 3. Knowledge of plants that may be used to substitute, adulterate or counterfeit the aforementioned plants. 4. Knowledge of toxic plants. 5. Knowledge of plants as the basis for a wide range of research in pharmacology or the chemistry of natural products. 6. To work with specialist information and have the ability to resolve problems relating to pharmaceutical care concerning the use and consumption of medicinal plants. 7. Knowledge of basic botanical laboratory methods, and the description and identification of specimens. Learning outcomes 1. Explain the morphological characteristics of a plant. 2. Identify plants containing active ingredients. 3. Identify toxic plants and those likely to be used to adulterate medicinal plants. 4. Identify plants used industrially in pharmacy. 5. Provide advice on the use and consumption of medicinal plants. 6. Be able to apply the main techniques used in a botany laboratory. Course content • Introduction to Botany. Pharmaceutical Botany. • Description, nomenclature, organisation and classification in botany. • Organisation and reproduction of plants. • Fungi and cryptogams. Relevance to pharmacy. • Gymnosperms. Biology and significance in pharmacy. • Angiosperms. Biology and significance in pharmacy. Training activities TRAINING ACTIVITY HOURS ATTENDANCE Lecture 30 100 Laboratory practicals 15 100 Seminars 5 100 E-learning 2 0 Individual and group tutorials 5 100 Independent study 63 0 Exam 5 100 TOTALS 125 48 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass the module, students must pass the set examinations (theory and practicals) and complete the compulsory laboratory practicals. The final mark for the module will be calculated as follows: - Theory: 60% - Practical work: 30% - Continuous assessment (attendance at lectures and tutorials, completion of assignments, etc.): 10% If an academic exemption is granted, the 10% for continuous assessment is removed and each mid-term exam counts for 35%. The theory component may be passed through continuous assessment by passing two qualifying mid-term exams (one halfway through the course and one at the end), provided that the practicals have been passed. To be eligible to sit the qualifying mid-term exams as part of the continuous assessment, students must have attended 60% of the sessions, except in the case of justified absences and work-related exemptions. All parts of the module (theory mid-term exams and practical exam) are carried over from one examination session to the next within the same academic year. The course is passed with a mark of 5 or above, and marks of 4 or above may be taken into account if the average of all marks exceeds 5.0. The practical work mark is carried over for one academic year in the event of failing the course. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Essential: 1. Bonnier, Gaston Keys to the Identification of Vascular Plants Barcelona: Omega, 1999. 1999–2006. ISBN: 9788428207966 2. Díaz González, Tomás E. A Course in Botany Gijón: Trea, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8497041135 3. Gabriel y Galán Moris, José María Plant Biology Madrid: Bellisco, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8495279592 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0160115 | Physical Chemistry | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Physical ChemistryCódigo: 0160115 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To briefly present and develop the concepts of physical chemistry that are essential for understanding chemical phenomena of pharmaceutical interest. To promote an understanding of the fundamental principles, derived largely from physics, as they apply to the study of the structure of matter in its various forms, and to the explanation of phenomena of interest to chemistry and related disciplines. To enable students, by applying these laws, to solve problems of various kinds and interpret experimental data obtained in the laboratory. To help students develop a positive attitude towards the rational interpretation of natural phenomena. To develop students’ skills in formulating and solving different types of problems. To train students in the design and execution of laboratory experiments, and in the handling and interpretation of the experimental data obtained To help raise awareness of the risks associated with the use of chemical substances and laboratory processes, and to train students to carry out experimental work under appropriate safety conditions. Prerequisites Knowledge of general physics and mathematics (numerical calculus and statistics). Competencies 1. To understand the physico-chemical properties of the substances used in the manufacture of medicines. 2. To be familiar with and understand the characteristics of reactions in solution, the different states of matter, and the principles of thermodynamics and their application to the pharmaceutical sciences. 3. Understand the kinetics of chemical reactions and their mechanisms. 4. Carry out standard laboratory procedures, including the use of scientific equipment for synthesis and analysis, and the appropriate instrumentation. 5. Assess the risks associated with the use of chemicals and laboratory processes. 6. Apply computational and data-processing techniques in relation to physical, chemical and biological data. 7. Understand the scientific method. 8. Understand oral and written communication techniques. Communication of results. Learning outcomes 1. Recognise the physico-chemical characteristics of the substances used in the manufacture of medicines. 2. Apply the principles of thermodynamics to physical and chemical transformations. 3. Be able to distinguish between and work with different types of solutions: ideal, real and electrolyte solutions. 4. Be able to apply the basic principles of formal kinetics to chemical and biochemical reactions. Develop simple reaction mechanisms. 5. Demonstrate proficiency in problem-solving, information management and decision-making. 6. Demonstrate the ability to work as part of a team. 7. Demonstrate the ability to analyse and synthesise information. 8. Understand the scientific method. 9. Work safely in a laboratory environment and be aware of the risks associated with it and with chemical substances. 10. Preparation and delivery of oral presentations. Course content 1. Fundamentals of Thermodynamics • Basic concepts • The zeroth law of thermodynamics • First law of thermodynamics • Thermo-chemistry • Second and third laws of thermodynamics • Gibbs’ and Helmholtz’s free energy 2. Thermodynamics of solutions • General properties of solutions • Non-electrolyte solutions • Solubility of solids in liquids • Partition equilibrium • Phase diagram in two-component systems • Solutions of electrolytes 3. Chemical reaction kinetics. Complex reactions. Catalysis 4. Chemical equilibrium. . Acid-base equilibrium . Solubility equilibrium 4. Surface phenomena • Adsorption • Surface tension • Colloidal systems Teaching activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Competencies: 1, 2, 3, 5 Learning outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 8 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 2, 3, 4, 5 Learning outcomes: 2, 3, 4, 8, 9. Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 6, 7, 8. Learning outcomes: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10. E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus 0.2 Competencies: 1–3, 6, 7. Learning outcomes: 1–8 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 6, 7. Independent study Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–10 Exam Oral and written assessments. Competencies: 1–8. Learning outcomes: 1–10. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed all laboratory practicals. 2. Have achieved a minimum mark of four in the examinations 3. Achieve a mark of five or above when the percentages set out below are added together: - In-person knowledge tests: (60%). Two tests will be held during the course; these will count towards the final mark provided a mark of 5 or above is achieved. One test may be offset by another if a mark of 4 or above is achieved. The first test will assess topics 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 (to be confirmed; subject to change depending on progress) (30 per cent), whilst the second test will assess the remaining topics (30 per cent). If a mark below 4 is obtained in either of the two tests, or if the marks cannot be offset, the student must sit an exam for the failed section during the ordinary or supplementary examination period. - Practical skills examination (30 per cent). This will consist of an examination of the laboratory practical booklet (15 per cent) and on-site assessment throughout the practical sessions (15 per cent). (Competencies: 2, 3, 4, 5), (Learning outcomes: 2, 3, 4, 8, 9). It is not necessary to pass this - Course activities: 10% of the mark (Competencies 1–8). (Learning outcomes: 1–10). The problems set and solved in class, the assignments and tests available on the online portal, and your participation and collaboration in class will form the basis for the assessment of your knowledge of theory, seminars and practical work REGULAR EXAM SESSION, Students will sit exams for any mid-term assessments they have not passed under the continuous assessment scheme. These will carry the same weightings as in the continuous assessment. To pass the module, students must achieve a mark of five points or higher, calculated by adding together the same weightings as in the continuous assessment. No average will be calculated unless a minimum mark of 4 has previously been achieved in both mid-term exams SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSION, Students will sit the mid-term exams for which they have not been exempted through continuous assessment or in the ordinary examination session. No average will be calculated unless a minimum mark of 4 has previously been achieved in both mid-term exams EXAMINATION FORMAT - Mid-term exams: These will consist of a multiple-choice section (70%) and a section comprising 2 or 3 problems (30%). A mark of 4/10 must be achieved in the multiple-choice section to pass the mid-term exam Practical Examination: Assessment of the practicals will be based on daily evaluation in the laboratory by the lecturer and an examination on the final day of the practicals, based on the practicals logbook. Attendance at practicals is compulsory. Students who do not undertake the practicals will not be permitted to sit the theory exam. - Official exams: these follow the same format as the mid-term exams Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Atkins, Peter Elements of Physical Chemistry Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 0199271836 2. Atkins, Peter Physical Chemistry Barcelona: Omega, 1999. 1999. ISBN: 9788428211819 3. Castellan, Gilbert W. Physical Chemistry Wilmington: Addison-Wesley Iberoamericana, 1987. 1987. ISBN: 0201640295 4. Chang, Raymond Physical Chemistry McGraw-Hill. 2008. ISBN: 9789701066522 5. Ira N Levine Problems in Physical Chemistry McGraw-Hill. 2005. ISBN: 8448198336 6. Labowitz, Leonard C. Physical Chemistry: Problems and Solutions / Leonard C. Labowitz, John S. Arents Madrid: AC, 1986. ISBN: 8472880087 7. Levine, Ira N. Physical Chemistry 4th ed. Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill, 1996. 1996. ISBN: 8448106180 8. Levine, Ira N. Physical Chemistry Madrid: McGraw-Hill, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8448140052 9. P. Sanz Pedrero Physical Chemistry for Pharmacy and Biology Barcelona [etc.]: Ediciones Científicas y Técnica. 1992. ISBN: 8445800868 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 38 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Second Year
ANNUAL SUBJECTS
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0260101 | Biochemistry | FB | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BiochemistryCódigo: 0260101 Imprimir Year 2. Annual module. Foundation-level course. 12 credits. Profesores
Objectives GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 1. To identify, design, obtain, analyse, control and produce drugs and medicines, as well as other products and raw materials of health-related interest for human or veterinary use. 2. To evaluate the therapeutic and toxic effects of substances with pharmacological activity. 3. To be able to apply the scientific method and acquire skills in dealing with legislation, information sources, literature, protocol development and other aspects considered necessary for the design and critical evaluation of pre-clinical and clinical trials. 4. To design, prepare, supply and dispense medicines and other products of healthcare relevance. 5. To provide therapeutic advice on pharmacotherapy and diet therapy, as well as in the field of nutrition and dietetics, within the establishments where they provide services. 6. To promote the rational use of medicines and healthcare products, and to acquire basic knowledge of clinical management, health economics and the efficient use of healthcare resources. 7. Identify, assess and evaluate issues relating to drugs and medicines, and participate in pharmacovigilance activities. 8. Carry out clinical and social pharmacy activities, following the pharmaceutical care cycle. 9. To participate in health promotion and disease prevention activities at individual, family and community levels, adopting a holistic and multi-professional approach to the health-disease process. 10. Design, apply and evaluate clinical analytical reagents, methods and techniques, with a sound understanding of the basic principles of clinical analysis and the characteristics and content of laboratory diagnostic reports. 11. Assess the toxicological effects of substances and design and carry out the corresponding tests and analyses. 12. Carry out hygiene and health analyses, particularly those relating to food and the environment. 13. Develop communication and information skills, both oral and written, to deal with patients and service users at the centre where they carry out their professional activities. Foster the ability to work and collaborate within multidisciplinary teams and with other healthcare professionals. 14. To be familiar with the ethical and deontological principles set out in the legislative, regulatory and administrative provisions governing professional practice, and to understand the ethical implications of healthcare within a changing social context. 15. Recognise one’s own limitations and the need to maintain and update their professional competence, placing particular emphasis on self-directed learning of new knowledge based on available scientific evidence. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES 1. To understand the structures of biomolecules and their transformations within the cell. 2. To acquire a basic understanding of molecular biology. 3. To understand the relationship between the main metabolic pathways and their pharmaceutical applications 4. To understand the structure and properties of cell membranes. 5. To be able to carry out basic laboratory procedures used in biochemistry and molecular biology, including the use of scientific equipment. 6. To assess the biological risks associated with the use of substances and the relevant laboratory processes. 7. Apply the scientific method – including the collection, evaluation and classification of data, the drawing of conclusions, and the formulation of hypotheses – to resolve experimental questions. 8. Be able to locate and use bibliographic sources in order to keep abreast of developments in biochemistry and molecular biology. 9. Understand the main metabolic pathways involved in the degradation of drugs Prerequisites • Basic knowledge of chemistry and biology. • Knowledge of, and ability to carry out, the basic experimental techniques used in chemistry and biology laboratories. Competencies 1. Understand the structures of biomolecules and their transformations within the cell. 2. Acquire a basic understanding of molecular biology. 3. To understand the relationship between the main metabolic pathways and the properties of active ingredients. 4. Understand the structure and properties of cell membranes. 5. To develop skills in identifying therapeutic targets, as well as knowledge of gene therapy. 6. Carry out basic laboratory procedures used in biochemistry and molecular biology, including the use of scientific equipment. 7. Assess the biological risks associated with the use of substances and the relevant laboratory processes. 8. Apply the scientific method – including the collection, evaluation and classification of data, drawing conclusions and formulating hypotheses – to resolve experimental questions. 9. Be able to locate and use bibliographic sources in order to keep abreast of developments in biochemistry and molecular biology. Learning outcomes 1. Understand and explain the main structural characteristics of biomolecules and their relationship to the functions they perform in metabolism. 2. Understand the metabolic pathways involved in the synthesis and breakdown of carbohydrates and the regulatory mechanisms involved, as well as the diseases associated with them. 3. To understand the metabolic pathways involved in the synthesis and breakdown of lipids and the regulatory mechanisms, as well as the diseases associated with them. 4. To understand the metabolic pathways involved in the synthesis and breakdown of the main nitrogen-containing compounds and the regulatory mechanisms involved, as well as the diseases associated with them. 5. Be able to explain the mechanisms of interrelation between the main anabolic and catabolic pathways of metabolism. 6. Be able to integrate metabolic pathways across the body’s different tissues 7. To know and understand the mechanisms of enzyme action. 8. To understand the properties of cell membranes. 9. Be familiar with and be able to carry out the basic experimental techniques used in a biochemistry and molecular biology laboratory. Course content BLOCK 1: STRUCTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY - Topic 1: Molecular foundations of biochemistry - Topic 2: Carbohydrates - Topic 3: Lipids - Topic 4: Nucleic acids - Topic 5: Proteins. BLOCK 2: METABOLIC BIOCHEMISTRY - Topic 6A: Enzyme kinetics - Topic 6B: Thermodynamics - Topic 7: Carbohydrate metabolism - Topic 8: Intermediate metabolism. - Topic 9: Lipid Metabolism - Topic 10: Metabolism of nitrogenous compounds In detail: BLOCK 1: STRUCTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY (September to December 2025, comprising lectures and practical sessions) - Topic 1: Molecular foundations of biochemistry o Session 1.1: Introduction to biochemistry, the atom, bioelements and the periodic table, chemical bonding o Session 1.2: Functional groups and weak interactions o Assignment 1.1: Exercises on the content covered in sessions 1.1 and 1.2 o Session 1.3: Water: properties, characteristics, ionisation and pH o Session 1.4: Acid-base equilibrium o Assignment 1.2: Exercises on the content covered in sessions 1.3 and 1.4 o Session 1.5: Chemical reactions in the cell and biomolecules o Assignment 1.3: Exercises on the content covered in all sessions of Topic 1 - Topic 2: Carbohydrates o Session 2.1: The concept of saccharides and their classification o Session 2.2: Monosaccharides o Session 2.3: Oligosaccharides and disaccharides of biological interest o Assignment 2.1: Exercises on the content covered in sessions 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 o Session 2.4: Polysaccharides and glucoconjugates o Assignment 2.2: Exercises on the content covered in all sessions of Topic 2 FIRST BIOCHEMISTRY MID-TERM EXAM: October 2025 (Topics 1 and 2) - Topic 3: Lipids o Session 3.1: Definition, biological importance, classification and functions o Session 3.2: Saponifiable lipids o Assignment 3.1: Exercises on the content covered in sessions 3.1 and 3.2 o Session 3.3: Unsaponifiable lipids o Session 3.4: Membrane lipids o Assignment 3.2: Exercises on the content covered in all sessions of Topic 3 - Topic 4: Nucleic acids o Session 4.1: Introduction and nitrogenous bases o Session 4.2: Nucleic acids (DNA) o Assignment 4.1: Exercises on the content covered in sessions 4.1 and 4.2 o Session 4.3: Nucleic acids (RNA) o Session 4.4: Genes and genomes o Assignment 4.3: Exercises on the content covered in all sessions of Topic 4 - Topic 5: Proteins. o Session 5.1: Amino acids (structure, classification and properties) o Session 5.2: Peptide bonds and peptides of interest o Assignment 5.1: Exercises on the content covered in sessions 5.1 and 5.2 o Session 5.3: Proteins (structures, properties, classification, functions, denaturation and purification) o Session 5.4: Proteins (extracellular matrix proteins, oxygen-carrying proteins and plasma proteins) o Assignment 5.2: Exercises on the content covered in all sessions of Topic 5 SECOND BIOCHEMISTRY MID-TERM EXAM: January 2026 (Topics 3, 4 and 5) FIRST TERM LABORATORY PRACTICALS (throughout October) - Laboratory session 1: Practical 1 – Isolation of caseins from milk - Laboratory session 2: Experiment 2 – Quantitative analysis and polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis – SDS - Laboratory session 3: Experiment 3 – Identification of carbohydrates - Laboratory session 4: Practical 4 – Effect of enzyme concentration and temperature on amylase activity - Laboratory session 5: Practical examination (covering the practicals carried out in the first term’s laboratory sessions) BLOCK 2: METABOLIC BIOCHEMISTRY (January to May 2026, during lecture and practical sessions) - Topic 6A: Enzyme kinetics o Session 6A.1: Introduction, enzymes (classification, nomenclature and functions) o Session 6A.2: Mechanism of action of enzymes o Assignment 6A.1: Exercises relating to the content covered in sessions 6A.1 and 6A.2 o Session 6A.3: Enzyme kinetics o Session 6A.4: Enzyme inhibition and regulation o Assignment 6A.2: Exercises relating to the content covered in all sessions of Topic 6A - Topic 6B: Thermodynamics o Session 6B.1: Introduction to metabolism, Bioenergetics (state functions and thermodynamic principles) o Session 6B.2: Bioenergetics (spontaneity, transport molecules and stages of metabolism) o Assignment 6B: Exercises relating to the content covered in all sessions of Topic 6B. - Topic 7: Carbohydrate Metabolism o Session 7.1: Introduction, digestion and absorption of carbohydrates o Session 7.2: Glycolysis and gluconeogenesis o Assignment 7.1: Exercises relating to the content covered in sessions 7.1 and 7.2 o Session 7.3: Metabolic pathways of pyruvate o Session 7.4: The pentose phosphate pathway and glycogen metabolism o Assignment 7.2: Exercises relating to the content covered in all sessions of Topic 7 THIRD BIochemistry MID-TERM EXAM: March 2026 (Topics 6A, 6B and 7) - Topic 8: Intermediate metabolism. o Session 8.1: Introduction and the Krebs cycle o Session 8.2: Electron transport chain and oxidative phosphorylation o Assignment 8.1: Exercises relating to the content covered in sessions 8.1 and 8.2 o Session 8.3: The NADH+H+ shuttles and the energy yield from glucose o Session 8.4: Integration of metabolism o Assignment 8.2: Exercises relating to the content covered in all sessions of Topic 8 - Topic 9: Lipid metabolism o Session 9.1: Introduction, digestion and absorption of lipids. Plasma lipoproteins o Session 9.2: Lipolysis, beta-oxidation and fatty acid synthesis o Assignment 9.1: Exercises relating to the content covered in sessions 9.1 and 9.2 o Session 9.3: Ketone bodies and the metabolism of acylglycerols, phosphoglycerides and sphingolipids o Session 9.4: Cholesterol (biosynthesis and role as a precursor) o Assignment 9.2: Exercises relating to the content covered in all sessions of Topic 9 - Topic 10: Metabolism of nitrogen-containing compounds o Session 10.1: Degradative metabolism of proteins. Amino acids (degradation, biosynthesis and precursor function) o Session 10.2: Metabolism of nitrogenous bases o Assignment 10: Exercises relating to the content covered in all sessions of Topic 10 FOURTH BIOCEMISTRY MID-TERM EXAM: May 2026 (Topics 8, 9 and 10) LABORATORY PRACTICALS, 2nd QUARTER (To be confirmed) - Laboratory session 1: Practical 1 – Isolation of genomic DNA - Laboratory session 2: Experiment 2 – Isolation of glycogen from mammalian liver - Laboratory session 3: Experiment 3 – Acid digestion of a polysaccharide. Determination of glucose - Laboratory session 4: Practical 4 – Enzyme kinetics. Alkaline phosphatase assay - Laboratory session 5: Practical 5 – ABO system + Practical examination (covering the practicals carried out during the second term’s laboratory sessions) REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD: late May–early June 2026 (Students will sit the mid-term examination(s) they did not pass during the regular mid-term examination period) SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION PERIOD: July 2026 (Students will sit the mid-term exam(s) they did not pass during the ordinary examination period) Teaching activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using audiovisual aids. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1–7 Learning outcomes: 1 and 7–9 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 1–5 and 8–9. Learning outcomes: 1–8 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–9 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–5 and 8–9 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Independent study Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–9 Exam Oral and written assessments. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–9 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- GENERAL ASSESSMENT CRITERIA: GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF ASSESSMENT CRITERIA 1. The module is divided into two parts: THEORY and LABORATORY. 2. To pass the course, students must, without exception, pass the theory component (the arithmetic mean of the theory tests must be 5 or above); this may compensate for the laboratory component should the latter not be passed. However, it is strictly compulsory to achieve marks of 3.5 or above in the laboratory component; if students do not undertake the practical sessions or do not sit the laboratory examinations, they will not be able to pass the module. 3. The theory component may be passed through Continuous Assessment Tests (CEC) or via the Official Examination Sessions – ORDINARY (May/June) and EXTRAORDINARY (July). 4. The laboratory component will be taken into account provided that the theory component has been passed, applying the weightings detailed in the assessment criteria for the course syllabus. 5. The final mark corresponds to the weighted average of the following: 70% theory, 20% laboratory work and 10% exercises/assignments (provided that the mark for the theory component is 5 or above). How is the final mark for the module (D) calculated? Where: A. Attendance and practical examination (10 per cent per week of practicals, totalling 20 per cent) B. – 4 theory mid-term exams spread throughout the course (70% in total) C. Exercises and assignments (these may account for up to 10% of the final mark for the module) Initially, the arithmetic mean for the theory component will be calculated: B = (B1 + B2 + B3 + B4) / 4 If B ≥ 5 Then the course mark (D) = A + B + C, that is: D = (A1 × 0.1) + (A2 × 0.1) + (B1 × 0.1) + (B2 × 0.2) + (B3 × 0.2) + (B4 × 0.2) + (C × 0.1) If B < 5 The mark published will correspond to the part of B in which the student has obtained the lowest mark and will result in a fail for the examination in the relevant sitting (REGULAR or SUPPLEMENTARY). THEORY ASSESSMENT 1. The theory syllabus will be covered in the sessions and tutorials, and students may pass this component through Continuous Assessment Tests (CEC) or during the Official Examination Sessions – REGULAR (May/June) and EXTRAORDINARY (July). 2. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TESTS (CEC): a. Four assessment tests will be held throughout the academic year (two in each QUARTER/BLOCK). b. If the mark is 5 POINTS or higher, the student will be exempt from the corresponding part of the theory assessed in each test, and this result will be retained until the EXTRAORDINARY examination session. c. The theory mark will be the arithmetic mean of the four CECs, and students who achieve a mark of 5 POINTS or more will have passed the theory section. As this is a year-long module, the four CECs may be made up at the end of the academic year (i.e. after the extraordinary examination session); however, to do so, students must have sat ALL the sections and obtained a minimum of 4.5 POINTS in the examinations. d. Students who fail (or do not sit) these CECs may sit the failed part(s) in the REGULAR examination session (May/June) and/or the EXTRAORDINARY examination session (June/July). e. The dates of these assessments will be published on the NOTICEBOARD of the VIRTUAL CLASSROOM at least TWO WEEKS in advance, and there will be no second sitting. 3. OFFICIAL EXAM SESSIONS: a. Students who have not passed (or have not sat) the CECs may retake the outstanding section(s) during the REGULAR examination period (May/June). b. If they fail to pass the failed part(s) in this sitting, they will have another opportunity during the EXTRAORDINARY sitting (July). 4. Any mark published that is below 5 POINTS will correspond to the part in which the student obtained the lowest mark and will result in a fail for the examination in the sitting in question (REGULAR or EXTRAORDINARY). 5. Whether through CEC or the Official Examination Sessions, the theory mark will correspond to the arithmetic mean of these four parts; in order to calculate the weighted average with the laboratory mark, it is necessary to obtain 5 POINTS or more in the theory section. LABORATORY ASSESSMENT: 1. The laboratory practicals comprise FIVE SESSIONS (3 hours each) PER TERM. Over the course of the five sessions, students will receive a theoretical explanation and practise various laboratory techniques; during the fifth session, queries will be addressed and an exam will be held on the techniques and concepts covered. 2. Attendance at and sitting of the laboratory examinations IS COMPULSORY FOR ALL ENROLLED STUDENTS. 3. Attendance at and completion of the laboratory practicals is COMPULSORY FOR STUDENTS ENROLLED FOR THE FIRST TIME OR WHO HAVE NEVER COMPLETED THE LABORATORY PRACTICALS. 4. Any unjustified absence during the practical sessions will result in a deduction of 25 per cent from the laboratory mark. 5. If, during the practical sessions, a student commits a disciplinary offence, they may lose up to 20 per cent of their laboratory mark. If the offence is serious, they may be expelled from the session and it will be recorded as an unjustified absence. 6. Excused absences allow students to make up the missed practical session with another group where possible and to sit the laboratory examination once the session has been made up. 7. Justified absences must be notified and documented as soon as possible, preferably before the absence occurs, and in any case before the end of the assigned practical sessions; otherwise, the absence will be considered unjustified. 8. The laboratory mark will be the average of the two terms and will account for 20 per cent of the total course mark; this mark may be offset against the theory mark, provided that the arithmetic mean of the latter is 5 or above. 10. FAILURE TO ATTEND TWO OR MORE DAYS OF LABORATORY PRACTICALS WILL RESULT IN A GRADE OF ‘NP’ IN BOTH THE REGULAR AND SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSIONS AND, THEREFORE, FAILURE OF THE MODULE. EXAMINATION FORMAT: 1. The THEORETICAL part of the examinations will consist of: a. Multiple-choice questions, short-answer questions, essay questions and exercises similar to those covered in class. b. Incorrect short-answer or essay questions will not result in a negative mark. For multiple-choice questions, 33 per cent of the mark will be deducted for each incorrect answer. c. Only the content specified in the questions will be assessed. d. The duration of each test will be between 30 and 60 minutes, depending on the number and type of questions (+10% extra time, as indicated by the Educational Psychology Office for students with special needs). 2. LABORATORY examinations will consist of: a. Short-answer questions and exercises relating to the work carried out during laboratory practicals. b. Incorrect answers will not result in a negative mark c. Only the content covered in the exam questions will be assessed. d. The duration of each test will be between 15 and 25 minutes, depending on the number and type of questions (plus an extra 10 per cent, as indicated by the Educational Psychology Office for students with special needs). 3. The pass mark for ALL examinations is set at 5 POINTS. STUDENTS WITH AN OFFICIAL ACADEMIC EXEMPTION: Students with an OFFICIAL ACADEMIC EXEMPTION must undertake the compulsory practical sessions in the same way as other students, in accordance with the schedule allocated to their respective laboratory groups, and are exempt from all other teaching activities. Furthermore, if they wish to undertake the CECs, they must do so on the dates set for this purpose, just like the rest of the students Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Feduchi Canosa E, Romero Magdalena C, Yáñez Conde E, García-Hoz Jiménez C. Biochemistry. Essential Concepts. 3rd ed. Médica Panamericana. 2025. ISBN: 9788491106807 2. McKee, Trudy Biochemistry: The Molecular Basis of Life 3rd ed. Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill Interamericana. 2003. ISBN: 8448605241 3. Romero C, Herrera I. Biochemistry Practical Work: A New Approach. Pharmacy Degree 1st ed. BDS Librería Editorial. Villanueva de la Cañada. 2019. ISBN: 9788495277695 Supplementary: 4.- Garrido Pertierra, Amando Metabolic Biochemistry [Albacete?] : Tébar. 2001. ISBN: 8495447290 5. Garrido, Amando Metabolic Biochemistry: Concepts and Tests Madrid: Tébar, 2009. 2009. ISBN: 9788473603249 6. Lehninger AL, Nelson DL, Cox MM and Cuchillo Foix CM. Lehninger. Principles of Biochemistry 7th ed. Omega. 2018. ISBN: 9788428216678 7. Lehninger, Albert L. Principles of Biochemistry Barcelona: Omega, 1993. 1993. ISBN: 8428209243 8. Mathews, Christopher K. Biochemistry 3rd ed. Madrid [etc.]: Addison Wesley. 2002. ISBN: 8478290532 9. Teijón, José María Structural Biochemistry [Albacete?] : Tebar, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8495447304 10. Teijon, José María Structural Biochemistry: Concepts and Tests Madrid: Tébar, 2009. 2009. ISBN: 9788473603232 11. Voet, Donald Biochemistry 2nd ed. Madrid: Panamericana. 2006. ISBN: 9789500623018 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0260102 | Organic Chemistry | FB | 13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Organic ChemistryCódigo: 0260102 Imprimir Year 2. Annual module. Foundation-level course. 13 credits. Profesores
Aims This course provides an introduction to organic chemistry, teaching the basic rules and concepts that enable us to relate the structure of an organic compound to its reactivity. These fundamentals are: nomenclature, electronic structure, relative stability and reaction mechanisms. Emphasis will be placed on understanding that the chemical reactivity of a compound is determined by its structure, rather than on an encyclopaedic knowledge of chemical reactions. The concept of retrosynthesis will be introduced to design synthetic routes for simple organic compounds. Biological and industrial examples will be used to illustrate the most important organic reactions, highlighting the impact of organic chemistry on nature, society and industry. Prerequisites a) Knowledge of: - Structure of matter: atomic structure;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; chemical bond;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; solutions. -Chemical transformations: stoichiometric calculations;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; chemical equilibrium;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; acid-base theories. - Experimental techniques in chemistry. b) Ability to relate concepts and apply them to solving real-world problems. c) Proficiency in safely carrying out simple tasks in a chemistry laboratory. Competencies 1. To learn how to represent and name the main types of organic compounds. 2. To understand the nature and behaviour of functional groups in organic molecules. 3. To be familiar with some of the main reactions useful for the synthesis of organic compounds. 4. To acquire the ability to formulate the mechanisms of the most representative organic reactions. 5. To understand the importance of stereochemistry on the reactivity and biological activity of organic compounds. 6. To apply the knowledge acquired to undertake further chemical studies with a high degree of independence. 7. Carry out standard laboratory procedures, including the use of scientific equipment for synthesis and analysis, and the appropriate instrumentation. 8. Assess the risks associated with the use of chemicals and laboratory processes. 9. Be familiar with safety regulations and the main experimental techniques used in an organic chemistry laboratory. 10. Learn to locate and use bibliographic sources for the preparation of reports on the isolation, structural determination, characteristics, properties and transformation of organic compounds. Learning outcomes 1. Ability to name organic compounds or represent their structure based on their systematic name. 2. Recognise the three-dimensional structure of organic compounds and its implications. 3. Ability to correlate the structure of organic compounds with their physical properties, reactivity and stability. 4. Ability to design and interpret chemical transformations and the synthesis of organic compounds. 5. Ability to apply the knowledge acquired in laboratory practicals and in solving problems and issues relating to organic compounds. 6. Understand the laboratory processes required for the transformation, separation, isolation and purification of organic compounds, whilst assessing the potential associated risks. 7. Preparation of reports, summaries and presentations on bibliographic or experimental work, applying critical and self-critical thinking. Description of the content Topic 1: Introduction and general concepts. Topic 2: Structure and chemical bonding in organic molecules. Topic 3. Organic nomenclature. Topic 4: Architecture of organic molecules. Isomerism. Topic 5: Organic reactions. Reactions of acidic and basic organic compounds. Topic 6. Alkanes and cycloalkanes: molecules without functional groups. Topic 7. Properties and reactions of halogenated compounds. Topic 8. – Organometallic compounds Topic 9. – Alcohols, diols and ethers. Topic 10. – Alkenes. Topic 11. – Alkynes. Topic 12. – Delocalised pi systems: polyenes, hydrocarbons and aromatic heterocycles. Topic 13. – The carbonyl group: aldehydes and ketones. Topic 14. Carboxylic acids and their derivatives. Topic 15. Nitrogen-containing compounds. Teaching activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 7–9 Learning outcomes: 4–7 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 1–4, 6, 10 Learning outcomes: 3, 4, 5, 7 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Independent study Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Exam Oral and written assessments. Competencies: 1–5, 8, 9 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module through continuous assessment or in the ordinary and/or supplementary examination sessions, students must achieve a mark of 5 or above, based on the following criteria: 1. Theory and problems covered in interactive classes. (Relation to competences 1–5) (Learning Outcomes 2–5 and 7). As follows: Mid-term exam 1. Topics 1 to 6 (20% of the final mark) Mid-term exam 2. Topics 7 to 11 (20% of the final mark) Mid-term exam 3: Topics 12 to 15 (20% of the final mark) (The topics for each mid-term exam are indicative and may be subject to minor changes depending on the academic timetable. The specific topics to be examined in each mid-term exam will be indicated in the notice for each exam, as well as via the usual channels) These will be qualifying exams, with a pass mark of 5 or above. A mid-term exam may be compensated for with a mark of 4 or above, provided that the other two have been passed. IMPORTANT: This option is only available as part of continuous assessment; it does not apply to the ordinary and/or supplementary examination sessions. Furthermore, this mid-term exam cannot be compensated for using the mark from the written assignment or practical work. 2. Students must have completed all compulsory laboratory practicals and the corresponding compulsory examination, which will account for 15 per cent of the mark. (Relates to competencies 6–8) (Learning Outcomes 4, 5 and 6). To have this percentage applied, students must have achieved a minimum mark of 4 in the final theory/problem-solving mark. Failure to complete a practical session or the corresponding practical examination will result in a mark of ‘NP’ for the module in both the ordinary and supplementary examination sessions. 3. Having passed an exam on problem-solving involving the formulation of organic compounds: 15% of the mark. (Relates to competence 1) (Learning Outcomes 1). To be eligible for this percentage, students must have achieved a minimum mark of 4 in the final theory/problems mark. 4. Student work: 10% of the final mark. (Relates to competences 1–8) (Learning Outcomes 4, 5 and 6). Seminars-TRAB, videos, tests and whiteboard exercises will be added to the final mark. To be eligible for this percentage, students must have achieved a minimum mark of 4 in the final theory/problems mark. REGULAR AND/OR SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSION. Students will sit exams for any failed mid-term exams and/or any failed problem-solving assignments. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. David Klein Organic Chemistry Panamericana. 2014. ISBN: 9788498351699 2. Ege Organic Chemistry Reverté. 2000. ISBN: 8429170650 3. García, F. and Dobado, J. A. Solved Problems in Organic Chemistry Paraninfo. 2007. ISBN: 8497324587 4. McMurry, John General Chemistry Mexico: Pearson Educación, 2009. 2009. ISBN: 9780131993235 5. Quiñoá Cabana, Emilio Organic Chemistry Questions and Exercises: A Study Guide Madrid: McGraw-Hill Interamericana de España, 200. 2004. ISBN: 844814015X 6. Quiñoá, Emilio Nomenclature and Formulation of Inorganic Compounds: U Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 8448146255 7. Solomons, T. W. Graham Organic Chemistry Mexico City: Limusa Wiley, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 9681852176 8. Solomons, T. W. Graham Organic Chemistry: Study Guide and Answers Mexico City: Limusa Wiley, 1999. 1999. ISBN: 9681845609 9. Vollhardt, K. Peter C. Organic Chemistry: Structure and Function Barcelona: Omega, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 8428211728 Supplementary: 10.- Carey, Francis A. Organic Chemistry Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill, 1999. 1999. ISBN: 844812426X 11.- Isac-García Experimental Organic Chemistry Elsevier. 2015. ISBN: 9780128038932 12. Wade, L.G. Organic Chemistry Pearson Prentice Hall. 2004. ISBN: 8420541028 13. Warren, Stuart Solution Manual to Accompany Organic Chemistry Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 0198700385 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 25 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0231002 | Applied Endocrinology | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Applied EndocrinologyCódigo: 0231002 Imprimir Year 2 Course. First semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide students with an understanding of endocrine disorders and their relationship with nutrition. To provide the knowledge required to identify the basic signs and symptoms of various endocrine syndromes. To familiarise students with the most common endocrine and metabolic disorders, their aetiology and classification. To relate nutrition and dietetics to the various endocrine disorders. Prerequisites Knowledge of Anatomy, Physiology, Pathophysiology, Biochemistry and Biology Competencies Core competences: CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in a field of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. General competences CG1 Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and the practice of the profession, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for people, their habits, beliefs and cultures. CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG4 Understand the boundaries of the profession and its scope of practice, identifying when interdisciplinary treatment or referral to another professional is necessary. CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, and be able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG7 Be able to draw up reports and complete records relating to the professional practice of the Dietitian-Nutritionist CG12 Understand nutrients, their function in the body, their bioavailability, requirements and recommendations, and the principles of energy and nutritional balance CG13 Integrate and evaluate the relationship between diet and nutrition in both healthy individuals and those with medical conditions. CG14 Apply scientific knowledge of physiology, pathophysiology, nutrition and diet to dietary planning and advice for individuals and groups throughout the life course, whether healthy or unwell. CG15 Design and implement protocols for assessing nutritional status, identifying nutritional risk factors. CG16 Interpret nutritional diagnoses, assess the nutritional aspects of a clinical history and draw up a dietary action plan. CG17 Understand the structure of food services and hospital food and nutrition units, identifying and developing the roles of the Dietitian-Nutritionist within the multidisciplinary team. CG18 Contribute to the organisation, management and implementation of the various forms of hospital feeding and nutritional support, as well as outpatient dietary and nutritional treatment CG29 Acquire the basic training required for research activity, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving in accordance with the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition. Specific competences CE35 Understand the pathophysiological aspects of nutrition-related diseases CE37 Compile and interpret a dietary history in healthy and unwell individuals. Interpret a clinical history. Understand and use the terminology employed in health sciences. CE38 Interpret and integrate clinical, biochemical and pharmacological data into the nutritional assessment of the patient and their dietary and nutritional treatment. CE41 Understand hospital organisation and the different stages of the food service. CE42 Participate as part of the multidisciplinary team in a Hospital Nutrition Unit. Learning outcomes Distinguish between the concepts of health and disease. Recognise the various pathophysiological processes that take place in the body and their influence on nutritional status. Assess the effects of various medical conditions on the nutritional status of individuals and/or groups, particularly those arising from endocrine disorders. Identify the hereditary aspects of nutrition-related diseases. Gather information on functional disturbances in the body’s various systems, as well as on the aetiopathogenic mechanisms involved in these disturbances and the symptoms of each disease. Identify the nutritional implications of various medical conditions. Undertake assessments to demonstrate the acquisition of skills and knowledge Description of the content BLOCK I: HYPOTHALAMUS-PITUITARY AXIS Chapter 1.1. Introduction to the Endocrine System. 1.1.2. Hypothalamic and pituitary hormones, the interaction of hormones with their target cells, their specific receptors and the regulation of hormone release. Chapter 2. Pathophysiology of hypothalamic-pituitary disorders. 2.1. Review of hypothalamic–pituitary anatomy. 2.1.2. Anatomical relationship, blood supply, drainage and innervation 2.1.3. Regulation of the hypothalamic-pituitary axis Chapter 3. Disorders of the hypothalamic-pituitary gland 3.1. Hyperpituitarism: aetiology, clinical presentation, clinical manifestations and treatment. 3.2. Hypopituitarism: aetiology, clinical features, clinical manifestations and treatment. 3.3. Panhypopituitarism: aetiology, clinical features, clinical manifestations and treatment.
BLOCK II: THYROID Chapter 4. Review of the anatomy of the thyroid gland 4.1. Anatomical relationships and histology. Chapter 5. Pathophysiology of thyroid disorders. 5.1. Interaction and formation of iodine 5.2. Regulation of the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis Chapter 6. Thyrotoxicosis 6.1. Graves’ disease 6.1.1. Aetiology, clinical manifestations, diagnosis and treatment. 6.2. Thyroiditis 6.3. Effects of amiodarone 6.4. The Thyroid in Pregnancy 6.5. Goitre Chapter 7. Hypothyroidism. 7.1. Congenital hypothyroidism 7.2. Autoimmune hypothyroidism SECTION III: PARATHYROID GLANDS Chapter 8. Pathophysiology of disorders of calcium and phosphate metabolism. Chapter 9. Osteoporosis and other bone disorders. Vitamin D deficiency. Hypercalcaemia and hypocalcaemia. Chapter 10. Hyperparathyroidism and hypoparathyroidism. Chapter 11. Calcitonin
SECTION IV: ADRENALS Chapter 12. Review of anatomy and its relationships with neighbouring organs. Chapter 13. Pathophysiology of adrenal gland disorders. 13.1. Adrenal medulla 13.1.2. Catecholamine synthesis 13.1.3 Metabolism Chapter 14. Cushing’s syndrome. Addison’s syndrome. Hyperaldosteronism. SECTION V: REPRODUCTION Chapter 15. Pathophysiology of the menstrual cycle. Polycystic ovary syndrome. Female hypogonadism. Hirsutism. Chapter 16. Endocrinology of pregnancy. Chapter 17. Menopause. Chapter 18. Pathophysiology of the testis. Male hypogonadism. Gynaecomastia. Erectile dysfunction. SECTION VI: DIABETES MELLITUS Chapter 19. Carbohydrate metabolism. Chapter 20. Diabetes Mellitus: aetiology, epidemiology, classification and clinical manifestations. Chapter 21. Diabetes Mellitus: Diagnosis and therapeutic management. Chapter 22. Diabetes mellitus in pregnancy and childhood. SECTION VII: METABOLISM Chapter 23. Lipid Metabolism. Chapter 24. Basic Concepts. Chapter 25. Hyperlipidaemia and Atherosclerosis. Chapter 26. Metabolic syndrome and obesity. Training activities Face-to-face lectures Face-to-face seminars Face-to-face laboratory sessions Personalised tutorials In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Lecture component: 70% of the final mark for the module Seminars/Assignments: 30% of the final mark for the module. Assessment of the Seminars/Assignments will be based on the submission of assignments and the presentation of clinical cases ASSESSMENT CRITERIA applying the CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT system: Two examinations covering the syllabus taught in class throughout the term will be held, each accounting for 35 per cent of the mark; one will take place halfway through the term and the other will coincide with the ordinary January examination session. These examinations will exempt students from further assessment from week 5 onwards. JANUARY REGULAR EXAM SESSION: Exam covering the part(s) not covered by the continuous assessment JULY SUPPLEMENTARY EXAM SESSION Exam covering the part(s) not covered by the continuous assessment Bibliography Core: 1. Gómez Saez, José Manuel An Update on Neuroendocrinology. / Elsevier, 2014. ISBN: 9788490225387 2. Greenstein, Ben Endocrinology: Editorial Médica Panamericana, 2016. ISBN: 9788479033941 3. Jara Albarrán, Antonino Endocrinology : Panamericana. 2003. ISBN: 8479035358 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0260103 | Human Physiology | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Human PhysiologyCódigo: 0260103 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. First term. Foundation module. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide knowledge enabling students to understand how the various organs, systems and apparatus of the human body function, both individually and as a whole. To impart the knowledge required to understand and use medical terminology. To contribute to public health education. To contribute to basic research, technological development and innovation in medicines. Prerequisites Students must have a basic knowledge of General Biology. Have a sufficient command of English to read a review article or access a website written in that language. Basic IT skills to use word processors, databases, create PowerPoint presentations and access data on the internet. Competencies 1. To know and understand the function of the human body 2. To provide students with the knowledge necessary to understand and describe the structures and functions of living organisms at their various levels of organisation, and the regulatory processes that lead to homeostasis (academic competences, knowledge). 3. To provide students with the knowledge necessary to understand the mechanisms responsible for functional alterations, their causes and consequences;;;;;;;; as well as the understanding and use of medical terminology relevant to the pharmaceutical sciences (academic competences, knowledge). 4. To awaken and enhance students’ knowledge, curiosity, and intellectual and manual skills and abilities with a view to their professional training and development (know-how). 5. Ability to use bibliographic sources. Learning outcomes Apply physiological knowledge to understand the mechanisms of 1. Apply physiological knowledge to understand the mechanisms of action of drugs, medical devices and foodstuffs within the body. 2. Apply physiological knowledge to the performance and interpretation of biological analyses. 3. Apply knowledge of physiological methodology in the conduct of pharmacological studies. 4. Gather information, develop theoretical content on specific topics and participate in laboratory experiments. 5. Ability to think critically 6. Produce scientific papers on topics or issues relating to health and disease. 7. Communicate results and conclusions Course content description 1. GENERAL CONCEPTS OF PHYSIOLOGY - Introduction to Physiology - General organisation of the human body - Homeostasis: regulation of the internal environment 2. THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM - Classification of the respiratory system according to its location and function - Pulmonary ventilation - Lung volumes and lung capacities - External (pulmonary) respiration - Internal (cellular) respiration - Exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide - Regulation of respiration 3. THE CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM 3.1.- THE HEART - Structure of the heart - Blood circulation - The heart’s electrical system - Cardiac cycle - Cardiac output and its regulation 3.2..- BLOOD VESSELS. HAEMODYNAMICS - Different types of blood vessels - Functions of the different blood vessels - Haemodynamics. Blood pressure - Regulation of blood pressure 4.- BLOOD - Components of blood: blood cells and plasma - Functions of each of the blood components - Haemostasis and blood clotting 5. THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM - General principles of gastrointestinal function: motility, nervous control and blood circulation - Propulsion and mixing of food in the digestive tract - Secretory functions of the digestive tract - Digestion and absorption in the digestive tract - Regulation of digestive function 6. EXCRETORY SYSTEM - Macroscopic structure of the urinary system - The anatomical and functional unit of the kidney: the nephron - Urine formation - Regulation of urine formation - Assessment of urinary system function 7. THE ENDOCRINE SYSTEM 8. – MUSCULOSKELETAL SYSTEM 9. – NERVOUS SYSTEM 9.1.- NERVOUS SYSTEM. ELECTRICAL SIGNALS FROM NEURONS. THE NERVE IMPULSE - Organisation of the nervous system - Resting membrane potentials - Gradient potentials - Action potentials or nerve impulses - Synapses 9.2.- CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM - Spinal cord. Structure and functions - Brain. Structure, parts and functions 9.3.- PERIPHERAL NERVOUS SYSTEM - Structure and functions of the spinal nerves - Structure and functions of the cranial nerves - Organisation of the peripheral nervous system: sensory and motor divisions - Autonomic nervous system Learning activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 3, 4 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. 0.2 Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–7 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Independent work Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Exam Oral and written assessments 0.2 Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–7 in the competences Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Practical laboratory sessions Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 3, 4 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. 0.2 Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–7 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Independent work Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Exam Oral and written assessments. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- There are various assessments that students must undertake, all of which will be marked; the weightings for each assessment are as follows: - Face-to-face theoretical knowledge assessment: 60% - In-person practical assessment: 20% - Practical workbook: 10% - Oral presentations: 10% To pass the Physiology module, students may choose from the following options: - CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: this will consist of two multiple-choice tests, which are mutually eliminatory or compensatory: - if a mark of 5 or above is achieved, the tests are eliminatory - if a mark between 4.0 and 4.9 is obtained, the test will count as a make-up test against the other test - if the mark obtained is below 4.0, the material covered in that test must be retaken in the ordinary and/or supplementary examination sessions - REGULAR ASSESSMENT - EXTRAORDINARY ASSESSMENT Once a mark of 5.0 or higher has been achieved, this will account for 60% of the final mark for the module. The remaining 40% will be derived from the percentages indicated above. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Costanzo, Linda S. Physiology 4th ed. Elsevier. 2011. ISBN: 9788480868242 2. Hall, J.E. Guyton Textbook of Medical Physiology 12th ed. Elsevier. 2011. ISBN: 9788480868198 3. Pocock, Gillian Human Physiology: The Basis of Medicine 2nd ed. Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 8445814796 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0260104 | Applied Computer Science | OB | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Applied Computer ScienceCódigo: 0260104 Imprimir Year 2 Course. First term. Compulsory. 5 credits. Profesores
Objectives • To build a foundation of knowledge and skills based on the optimal use of IT resources and tools designed for academic, educational and professional purposes. • To foster information and knowledge management skills. • To establish a useful foundation for management and learning based on independent research using IT tools. • The ability to apply general knowledge of office automation and new information technologies in current practice and in future professional contexts. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established Competencies The main competences acquired are: - Understanding and applying techniques for editing, layout, sharing and distribution of digital content, as well as the use of this content in a variety of professional settings. - To manage a professional digital information processing environment that covers the most commonly required processing tasks in day-to-day use. - To create presentations that enable the effective communication of ideas and projects. - To create digital content that integrates various types of media. This skill is broken down into the following: - Basic knowledge of computers and information systems - Designing complex documents using word-processing software. - Analysing data, calculations and graphs using spreadsheet software. - Creating professional presentations. - Managing and retrieving information from databases, as well as using the latest internet services. Learning outcomes • Students will be able to produce reports with a professional computer-generated layout, integrating content from different media, as well as reports analysing information and data that enable them to present and defend an idea or project. Course content Information systems, data analysis and retrieval, etc. Document management Document layout using software and the creation of templates and styles. Introduction to, handling, organisation and filtering of data Types of charts, options and features of data charts Creation and configuration of a complete presentation Integration and manipulation of digital images. Training activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–2 Practical laboratory sessions Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–2 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–2 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–2 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–2 Independent work Study. Literature review Competencies: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–2 Exam Oral and written assessments Competencies: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–2 Assessment system and criteria The assessment process will be carried out taking into account the intended learning outcomes. To this end, several of the following assessment activities will be used to determine the extent to which the objectives have been achieved: Assessment of reports on various practical case studies set for students to solve. Assessment of performance during the work placement. Tests conducted throughout the course to assess the skills the student is acquiring. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT Various computer-based exercises and practical case studies will be carried out, and the following practical examinations will be held (for which a minimum mark of 4 is required): - Spreadsheets using Excel: 45% (relating to competences C2 and C4 and learning outcome A2) - Word processing using Word: 40% (relating to competences C1 and C4, and learning outcomes A1 and A2) - PowerPoint presentations: 5% (relating to competences C3 and C4, and learning outcome A1) - Cursera course. ChatGPT: 10% Students who achieve a minimum mark of 4 will have the percentages indicated for each component applied to their marks, and this will determine their final course mark. Students who ultimately achieve a mark of 5 or above in the continuous assessment will have passed the course and will not be required to sit the final exam in either the ordinary or supplementary examination sessions. REGULAR AND SUPPLEMENTARY EXAM SESSIONS Students who have not passed the course will be required to sit the final exam for the relevant sitting, covering the parts of the module they have not passed (Excel and/or Word), in which they must achieve a minimum mark of 4, so that, upon re-applying the relevant weightings together with the mark for the resat component(s), they achieve a final pass mark (a mark of 5 or above) in that sitting. The exam will include one exercise from each of the components (Excel and Word) that make up the module, requiring a minimum mark of 4 in each of these exercises, after which the corresponding percentages for each component will be applied. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Antonio González Mangas and Miguel Mora Vallina Excel 2010 Quick Guide Paraninfo. 2012. ISBN: 9788428333146 2. Casas Luengo, Julián Access 2010: The Essential Manual Anaya. 2010. ISBN: 9788441527812 3. Claudia Valdés Miranda Essential Guide to Microsoft Office Excel 2010 Anaya. 2010. ISBN: 9788441527935 4. Felicidad Marqués Excel 2010 in Depth RC Libros. 2011. ISBN: 9788493776992 5. Francisco Charte Ojeda Essential Guide to Microsoft Office Word 2010 Anaya. 2010. ISBN: 9788441527805 6. Francisco Javier Sánchez-Bote del Rosario and Manuela González Barbero Microsoft Office Word 2010 Paraninfo. 2012. ISBN: 9788428309769 7. Gonzalez Paz, Francisco PowerPoint 2010: The Essential Guide Anaya. 2010. ISBN: 9788441527942 8. Manuela González Barbero and Francisco Javier Sánchez-Bote del Rosario Microsoft Office Excel 2010 Paraninfo. 2012. ISBN: 9788428309752 9. Pérez, M. Access 2010 in Depth RC Libros. 2010. ISBN: 9788493831202 10. Rosario Peña Word 2010: All About Practice RC Libros. 2011. ISBN: 9788493831219 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0260105 | Instrumental Techniques | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Instrumental TechniquesCódigo: 0260105 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. First term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide the foundations of modern instrumental analytical techniques, primarily for organic compounds, which include the majority of substances of pharmacological interest. To develop the necessary theoretical understanding of ultraviolet-visible, infrared and mass spectroscopy, nuclear magnetic resonance and chromatographic methods, with a clear focus on structural determination in organic chemistry. To evaluate and interpret combined spectroscopic data and the structure of an unknown compound of moderate complexity. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of the nomenclature, structure and stereochemistry of organic molecules. Basic knowledge of inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry, mathematics, applied physics and physical chemistry. Ability to relate concepts and draw conclusions in order to solve the problems presented. Skills and proficiency in the use of IT resources. Competencies Knowledge of and ability to apply the main structural investigation techniques, including spectroscopy. Interpretation of IR, NMR, mass spectrometry and chromatography spectra, etc. Carrying out standard laboratory procedures, including the use of scientific equipment for synthesis and analysis, with appropriate instrumentation. Testing of medicinal products in quality control laboratories. Evaluate scientific data relating to medicines and medical devices. Develop research skills and abilities in observation, data collection, classification, selection, comparison, analysis of general and specialised information, dissemination and decision-making. Select the appropriate techniques and procedures for the design, application and evaluation of reagents, methods and analytical techniques. Adequate knowledge of pharmaceutical technology and the physical, chemical, biological and microbiological control of medicines. Knowledge of the nature and behaviour of functional groups in organic molecules. Understand the principles and procedures for the analytical determination of compounds: analytical techniques applied to the analysis of water, food and the environment. Learning outcomes To acquire a basic understanding of the nature of electromagnetic radiation and its interaction with different material media. To assimilate fundamental concepts such as the transmission, absorption, emission, fluorescence and scattering of electromagnetic radiation, relating them to the characteristics of the material media in which they occur. To relate the phenomena of the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter to the energy levels of atoms and molecules and the information that can be deduced from them. To interpret the qualitative and/or quantitative information provided by the spectra of atoms and molecules. Use the spectroscopy instruments available in the laboratory correctly and interpret the results obtained. Acquire a basic understanding of chromatographic methods. Be able to interpret the qualitative and/or quantitative information provided by chromatographic methods. To use the chromatography instruments available in the laboratory correctly and interpret the results obtained. Access and learn to use computer software. Course content UV-Vis spectroscopy. IR spectroscopy. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: 1H, 13C, two-dimensional, other nuclei. Mass spectrometry (MS) Other spectroscopic methods. Chromatographic methods. Integrated exercises in structural elucidation. Teaching activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer tools. Competencies: 1, 2, 4–10 Learning outcomes: 1–4, 6, 7 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–9 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 1, 2, 4–10. Learning outcomes: 1–4, 6, 7 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1, 2, 5–10. Learning outcomes: 1–4, 6, 7. Independent work Study. Literature review. 2.9 2.6 Competencies: 1, 2, 5–10. Learning outcomes: 1–4, 6, 7. Exam Oral and written assessments 0.2 Competencies: 1, 2, 5–10 Learning outcomes: 1–4, 6, 7 Assessment system and criteria GENERAL ASSESSMENT CRITERIA Assessment for this module is based on continuous assessment and consists of three parts: theory, work sessions and laboratory practicals. To pass the module, students must have completed all three parts, achieving an overall mark of 5 or above. Attendance is compulsory, and failure to complete any of the parts may result in a fail. The percentage breakdown is as follows: - Theory (60%). This is divided into two mid-term assessments, the first accounting for 20% and the second for 40%. (Competencies 1, 2, 4–10) (Learning outcomes 1–4, 6 and 7) - Workshop sessions (10%). - Laboratory practicals (30%). These consist of the assessment of in-person work in the laboratory (20%) and an objective test at the end of the practicals (10%). (Competencies 1–10) (Learning outcomes 1–9) DETAILED ASSESSMENT CRITERIA FOR THE THEORY SECTION Attendance at theory classes (sessions) is recommended, whilst attendance at problem-solving and question-and-answer sessions is compulsory (assignments). The assessment of assigned work and contribution to these sessions accounts for 10% of the final mark. Students may pass the theory component through continuous assessment or by sitting the official UAX examinations (regular and/or resit). The theory exam will consist of a section of short-answer questions, which may be multiple-choice, and a second section comprising practical problems and examples. 1. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: Two continuous assessment tests will be held throughout the course, accounting for 60% of the theory component as set out in the general assessment criteria. Contribution to class work will be assessed, accounting for 10% of the final mark. Each assessment is independent and counts towards the final mark if a mark of 5 or above is achieved; marks from 4 upwards will be averaged with the other components. The first assessment will account for 20% of the mark. Topics to be covered: 1–4 The second test will account for 40% of the mark. Topics to be examined: 5–11 Assessment of individual/group work in workshop sessions (10 per cent). Assessed during workshop sessions and through the submission of completed exercises (handwritten). 2. REGULAR EXAM SESSION: If a student has not passed the theory section in the continuous assessment, they will be eligible for a standard examination session, in which they will be examined on the failed theory section(s) of the module and will therefore not be exempt from that section. The same weightings as indicated above will apply. 3. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION: If a student has not passed the theory component in the continuous assessment or in the ordinary examination, they will be eligible for an extraordinary examination, in which they will be assessed on the failed theory component(s) of the module and which has therefore not been marked as passed. The same weightings as indicated above will apply. DETAILED ASSESSMENT CRITERIA FOR THE PRACTICAL COMPONENT PRACTICAL SESSIONS ARE COMPULSORY FOR ALL STUDENTS ENROLLED ON THE COURSE, AND FAILURE TO UNDERTAKE A PRACTICAL SESSION, FAILING TO SUBMIT THE PRACTICAL REPORT OR FAILING TO TAKE THE PRACTICAL EXAMINATION WILL RESULT IN A GRADE OF ‘NP’ IN BOTH THE REGULAR AND SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSIONS FOR THE COURSE. A written examination will be held in the laboratory upon completion of all practical sessions. The examination will cover the practical work carried out and its theoretical basis. A minimum mark of 4 is required to pass the practicals. Students who, in the ordinary assessment period, have obtained a mark below 4 in the laboratory practicals must sit a written theoretical and practical examination on these practicals during the supplementary assessment period. The mark obtained in this exam will be the final mark for the practicals (the weightings applied in the ordinary examination period will not apply). Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Skoog, Douglas A. Principles of Instrumental Analysis Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 8448127757 Supplementary: 2.- A. García-Fraile et al. Organic Analysis UNED. 1992. ISBN: 8436228049 3.- Duddeck, H. Structural Elucidation by NMR: Exercises and Problems Barcelona: Springer-Verlag Ibérica, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 8407005053 4. E. Pretsch et al. Structural Determination of Organic Compounds Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 8445812157 5. Hesse, Manfred Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry Madrid: Síntesis, 1997. 1997. ISBN: 847738522X 6. Rouessac, Francis Chemical Analysis: Modern Instrumental Methods and Techniques Madrid: McGraw-Hill, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 9788448137854 7. Skoog, Douglas A. Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry 2nd ed. Barcelona: Reverté, 1992. 1992. ISBN: 8429175032 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 23 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0231007 | Food technology | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Food technologyCódigo: 0231007 Imprimir Year 2 Course. Second term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To understand the current importance of food technology and the main challenges facing the food industry. 2. To understand the properties of food raw materials and various aspects of food processing. 3. To understand the preliminary operations involved in preparing raw materials and their effects on food. 4. To understand the main causes of food spoilage and current preservation methods. 5. To understand the production systems and basic processes involved in the preparation and processing of the main foodstuffs. 6. To understand techniques for maintaining food quality, including storage and packaging. Prerequisites Knowledge of food science Competencies Core competences CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education, typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. General competences CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and food, as well as a commitment to quality CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, whilst being able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, food, lifestyles and health issues CG8 Identify and classify foods and food products. Be able to analyse and determine their composition, properties, nutritional value, the bioavailability of their nutrients, organoleptic characteristics and the changes they undergo as a result of technological and culinary processes CG12 Understand nutrients, their function in the body, their bioavailability, dietary requirements and recommendations, and the principles of energy and nutritional balance CG29 Acquire the basic training required for research activity, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information to solve problems using the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition Specific competences CE14 Understand the chemical composition, physico-chemical properties, nutritional value, bioavailability and organoleptic characteristics of foods, as well as the changes they undergo as a result of technological and culinary processes. CE15 Understand the production systems and basic processes involved in the preparation, processing and preservation of the main foodstuffs Learning outcomes To advise on the best methods for preserving the quality of food raw materials. Be able to identify the main causes of food spoilage in order to prevent it within their area of expertise. Identify the best options for food preservation in order to maintain its quality. Advise consumers on understanding the various methods of food processing. Identify the main aspects of food safety as well as the environmental impact of food processing. Draw up reports on the composition of food products. Produce a practical report on food analysis carried out in the laboratory, justifying the technique used, its advantages and/or limitations, etc. Sit examinations demonstrating the acquisition of skills and knowledge Description of the course content Unit 1. Introduction to food technology Unit 2. Food Preservation Unit 3. Operations and processes involved in conditioning and preparation prior to food processing U3.1 Cleaning, selection and grading U3.2 Size reduction. Mixing. Emulsification and homogenisation Unit 4. Separation operations and processes U4.1 Decanting, Centrifugation, Filtration, Membrane Separation U4.2 Evaporation. Pressure extraction. Solid-liquid extraction . SFE extraction UD5. Food preservation by heat U5.1 Heat treatment using water or steam (blanching) U5.2 Heat treatment using hot air (baking and smoking) U5.3 Heat treatment using hot oils (frying) UD6. Preservation by application of low temperatures U6.1 Refrigeration U6.2 Freezing UD7. Preservation by reducing water content Drying or dehydration. Freeze-drying. Concentration UD8. New technologies in food preservation. Minimal-processing methods U8.1 Minimally processed methods U8.2 Ionising radiation U8.3 Other minimally processed methods under investigation UD9. Post-processing operations Packaging Filling and sealing of packaging (rigid and flexible). Handling, storage and distribution of materials Seminars Seminar 1 Food spoilage 2 Application in the food industry: Production of virgin and refined olive oil 3 Application in the IA: Production 4 Alternative methods of heat preservation 5 Preservation using chemical methods: Application in the food industry – Beer production 6 Preservation by reducing Aw – Application in the food industry Training activities Face-to-face lecture Face-to-face seminar Tutorials Independent study Assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Achieve a mark of five points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below: • Final exam (theoretical and practical content covered in the seminars): 60% of the final mark • Coursework (submission and presentation of a group project): 15% of the final mark • Attendance and completion of the practical workbook: 15 per cent of the final mark • Short individual activities and unit-based questionnaires uploaded to the campus platform, to be completed during the course: 10 per cent of the final mark 2. Achieve a mark of five or above in each theory exam. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA for passing this module under the CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT system: Assessment of the theoretical component: one qualifying exam will be held halfway through the term. This exam will exempt students from further assessment on material covered from a mark of 5 upwards. 50 per cent of the syllabus will be assessed, and the second exam will take place at the end of the term, on the day of the ordinary examination session. MAY REGULAR EXAM SESSION This exam will assess the content of the second half of the syllabus (not covered in the continuous assessment mid-term exam) and, in addition, will assess the first half of the syllabus (for those students who did not sit the exam or did not pass the continuous assessment). In the case of group work, practicals, course activities and questionnaires, the marks already obtained will stand. In the case of those who fail or do not sit the exam, these marks cannot be recovered. The same criteria outlined above will apply for passing the module. JUNE EXTRAORDINARY EXAM SESSION A comprehensive course examination for students who did not pass in the ordinary examination session or who did not sit the exam. It will cover the entire syllabus taught in lectures and seminars Grades for group work, practicals, course activities and quizzes will be retained. None of these can be retaken. To pass the module, a mark of 5 or above is required; the exam mark will be the final mark for the module. Bibliography Essential: 1. Caballero Abellán, M.J., Food Preparation and Preservation Techniques. Ed. Síntesis. 2018. ISBN: 978-84-917118 2. Caballero Abellán, M.J., Food Preparation and Preservation Techniques. Published by Síntesis. 2018. ISBN: 9788491711889 3. Fellows, P. Food Processing Technology: Principles and Practice Published by Acribia S.A. 2000. ISBN: 978-84-200-10 4. Fellows, P. Food Processing Technology: Principles and Practice 2nd ed. Published by Acribia S.A. 2000. ISBN: 9788420010939 5. Ordóñez, J.A. et al. Food Technology. Vol. I. Food Components and Processes Published by Síntesis. 1998. ISBN: 978-84-773857 6. Ordóñez J.A. et al. Food Technology. Vol. I. Food Components and Processes Published by Síntesis. 1998. ISBN: 9788477385752 7. Rodríguez, F. et al. Food Industry Engineering. Vol. II. Food Processing Operations. Published by Síntesis. 2002. ISBN: 978-84-773893 8. Rodríguez, F. et al. Food Industry Engineering. Vol. II. Food Processing Operations. Published by Síntesis. 2002. ISBN: 9788477389385 9. Rodríguez, F. et al. Food Industry Engineering. Vol. III. Food Preservation Operations Published by Síntesis. 2002. ISBN: 978-84-773893 10. Rodríguez, F. et al. Food Industry Engineering. Vol. III. Food Preservation Operations Published by Síntesis. 2002. ISBN: 9788477389392 11. Tucker, G.S. et al. Fundamentals of Thermal Food Processing Published by Madrid Vicente. 2020. ISBN: 978-84-122394 12. Tucker, G.S. et al. Fundamentals of Thermal Food Processing Published by Madrid Vicente. 2020. ISBN: 9788412239416 Supplementary: 13.- Casp Vanaclocha, A., Food Preservation Processes Published by Mundi-Prensa. 2003. ISBN: 978-84-711481 14. Casp Vanaclocha, A., Food Preservation Processes Published by Mundi-Prensa. 2003. ISBN: 9788471148100 15. Cenzano, A.M. and Cenzano, J.M., Food Freezing Technology Published by Madrid Vicente. 2015. ISBN: 978-84-943451 16. Cenzano, A.M. and Cenzano, J.M., Food Freezing Technology Published by Vicente, Madrid. 2015. ISBN: 9788494345166 17. Miranda-Zamora, W.R. and Heldman, D.R. Thermal and High-Pressure Food Process Design Published by Vicente, Madrid. 2018. ISBN: 978-84-948919 18. Miranda-Zamora, W.R. and Heldman, D.R Design of Thermal and High-Pressure Food Processing Published by Madrid Vicente. 2018. ISBN: 9788494891922 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0260106 | Communication | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CommunicationCódigo: 0260106 Imprimir Year 2 Course. Second term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The aim of this module is to improve the quality of care and the work of health sciences professionals by developing their communication skills in Spanish. The aim is for students to learn to communicate professionally, to interact, collaborate and negotiate with service users; to conduct interviews and work effectively in a team; to research and disseminate information; to use information to make decisions; to manage and draft records; and to use technical vocabulary. Prerequisites Minimum C1 level in Spanish. Basic computer skills. Competencies General competences related to the degree programme. To develop communication and information skills, both oral and written, for dealing with patients and service users at the centre where they carry out their professional activities. To foster the ability to work and collaborate within multidisciplinary teams and with other healthcare professionals. Specific Competencies. To understand oral and written communication techniques, acquiring the skills to inform users of pharmaceutical establishments in terms that are intelligible and appropriate to diverse cultural levels and social contexts. Course Competencies. 1. To develop communication and interpersonal skills. 2. Communicate (gathering, analysing and summarising information, negotiating, managing conflicts, conveying information and prescriptions, etc.) with laypeople and with experts from other fields. 3. Understand the fundamentals of human communication. 4. Distinguish between the characteristics of spoken and written expression. Define a topic and organise ideas appropriately. 5. To conduct effective research. 6. Use the main databases in the Health Sciences. 7. To write a text correctly and compose a speech following a logical order, providing accurate information and in accordance with established grammatical and lexical rules. 8. Structure a text into paragraphs. 9. Use precise, appropriate and varied vocabulary that is suited to the situation. 10. Understand, draft and complete administrative and professional documents. 11. Make correct use of the expressive possibilities of oral communication. Present a case or topic to a specific audience. Handle an interview, a meeting or a situation requiring a certain degree of improvisation. Learning outcomes 1. Improvement in the student’s various communication skills: 2. Expressive skills: Being able to describe a situation or an object within the field. Being able to evaluate a situation or an object. Being able to argue a point. Being able to defend a point of view or a set of facts. Being able to convey an idea concisely. Being able to explain a point on a subject clearly to an audience. Being able to assess a situation in order to make a decision. Being able to be precise. 3. Textual skills: Being able to evaluate texts. Being able to use methods and processes for writing and improving quality (pre-composition, text production, revision and correction). 4. Contextual and pragmatic skills: Be able to produce short speeches tailored to the context in which they will take place. Deliver effective presentations and conduct productive meetings. Apply active listening techniques. Distinguish and filter information within a business context. Deliver brief speeches tailored to the context in which they will take place. Communicate professionally, conduct interviews efficiently and work effectively as part of a team. Manage time. 5. Document-based skills: Equipping students with the skills to resolve their information-related problems: Knowing how to locate and understand relevant information. Knowing how to summarise and synthesise spoken and written texts. Be familiar with the main sources of biomedical information. Assess the validity and relevance of academic and scientific information. Make decisions based on this information and manage personal documentation and health records. Know how to use information ethically in a presentation. Know how to cite and cite bibliographies. Know how to complete specialised records and documents. 6. Lexical and terminological resources: Expand general vocabulary. Understand word formation and neologisms in Spanish. Recognise and expand the use of terminology, sub-technical vocabulary and UFEs. Description of the content Module I. Professional Communication 1. Fundamentals of human communication. 2. Communication and Health. 3. Oral communication (fundamentals of oral communication; general oral communication techniques; presentation and interview techniques; verbal courtesy and negotiation; group communication). 4. Written communication (writing; textual sequences and models; technical and applied writing; grammatical correctness and terminology; pragmatics). Module II. Documentation 1. Information literacy. The information chain. Sources of information. 2. Search strategies. Effective information retrieval. Indexing and summarising. Use of information and citation styles. 3. Documentation in Health Sciences. 4. Information in healthcare systems. Training activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences will be as follows: Training activities. Methodology. Relationship to the competences - Lectures. Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1, 4, 5, 6, 7. Learning outcomes: 1–6. -Practical laboratory sessions. Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 7–11. Learning outcomes: 1–6. -Seminars. Presentation and discussion of case studies. Competencies: 2–11. Learning outcomes: 1–6. -E-learning. Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 6, 7, 11. Learning outcomes: 1–6. -Individual and group tutorials. Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–11. Learning outcomes: 1–6. -Independent study. Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–11. Learning outcomes: 1–6. -Exam. Oral and written assessments. Competencies: 1–11. Assessment system and criteria ---- Assessment system and criteria ASSESSMENT TASKS: The assessment process will consist of verifying and evaluating the student’s acquisition of the learning outcomes. To this end, the following assessment activities will be used to determine the extent to which each of the listed learning outcomes has been mastered: o Coursera (5%): 2Q o Continuous assessment test (10%): a test covering the content covered in the module and on Coursera. 15 questions (multiple-choice and/or short-answer). In-person knowledge test o Regular examination (85%): Oral (35%): Minimum mark: 5 Written (50%): date of the ordinary examination session. In-person knowledge test Students who fail the ordinary examination session must sit all the examinations in the supplementary examination session. Marks are not carried over. o Supplementary examination period (100%) Oral (40%). Minimum mark: 5 Written (60%). Minimum mark: 5 Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Acinas, Mª Patricia Communication Skills and Care Strategies in the Healthcare Sector Formación Alcalá. 2004. ISBN: 8496224015 2.- Clèries, Xavier Communication: an essential skill for healthcare professionals Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 9788445816721 3. Ferreira Chaine, Martha B. Communication between healthcare staff and patients Círculo Rojo, 2019. 2019. ISBN: 9788413317663 4. Luis Cibanal Juan Communication Techniques and Counselling in Health Sciences ELSEVIER. 2010. ISBN: 9788480866644 Supplementary: 5.- Bonal de Falgás, J. and Sánchez Sobrino, J. Legislation and Pharmacy MAPFRE. 1997. 6. Dorrego, J., Interpersonal Communication Spanish Society of Hospital Pharmacy. 1995. ISBN: 8487852270, 9 7. Elías, Joan; Mascaray, José Beyond Internal Communication: Intracommunication Ediciones Gestión. 2000. ISBN: 8480888717 8. Jesús García Jiménez Internal Communication Díaz de Santos Publications. 1998. ISBN: 9788479783778 9. Leonardo Gómez Torrego Speaking and Writing Correctly Arco Libros. 2006. ISBN: ISBN 978-84-7 10. Loscertales Abril, Felicidad Communicating with the Patient Alhuia. 1999. ISBN: 9788495136213 11. Merayo Pérez, Arturo Practical Course in Oral Communication Techniques 2nd ed. Madrid: Tecnos, 2008. 2008. ISBN: 9788430937363 12. Merayo, A., E. Bravo and F. Gordón Communication with Patients: Emotional Skills for Healthcare Professionals Elsevier, 2014. 2014. ISBN: 9788490227558 13.- Otero Martínez, Haydée Towards effective and humanistic communication in healthcare settings Havana Journal of Medical Sciences, 7(1). 2008. ISBN: ISSN 1729-519 14. Royal Spanish Academy Spelling of the Spanish Language Espasa-Calpe. 2010. ISBN: 9788467034264 15. Ribeiro, Lair Effective Communication Urano. 1999. ISBN: 8479534435 16. Rodríguez, A. M. G., L. R. Pompa and M. L. Rosales Pharmaceutical Care: An Essential Quality Component for Healthcare Services Multimed 16(2), 2017. 2017. ISBN: ISSN 1028-481 17.- Soto Rueda, Rafael and Leire Azcona Barbed Basic course. Effective communication in the pharmacy Professional Pharmacy 24(1). 2010. ISBN: ISSN 0213-932 18. Trujillo, José Ramón Negotiation, communication and verbal courtesy: theory and techniques Madrid: Ediciones 2010, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8495058537 19. Tuneo, Laura, Communication between pharmacists and other healthcare professionals Ediciones Mayo. 2000. ISBN: B-20.235-2000 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0260107 | Pathophysiology | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PathophysiologyCódigo: 0260107 Imprimir Year 2 Course. Second term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The aim of Pathophysiology is to understand how the body functions in relation to the various ways in which a person may fall ill. Therefore, this module will cover: • The pathophysiological mechanisms affecting the various organs, systems and apparatuses when they are subjected to alterations caused by the different aetiological agents of the disorders. • The most common disorders, their names, pathophysiological principles, and a description of the symptoms and signs associated with each disorder throughout its various stages of presentation and progression. • The use and meaning of the terms used to describe the various abnormalities, signs and symptoms of the most common diseases. Skills acquired by students in this module: • To know and understand the general mechanisms of disease, functional alterations and the manifestations of the main syndromes. • Description of the learning outcomes. Prerequisites Students must have a basic knowledge of General Biology, Biochemistry, Anatomy and Physiology Knowledge of English sufficient to read a review article or access a website written in that language Basic IT skills to use word processors, databases, create PowerPoint presentations and access data on the Internet. Learning Outcomes 1. To provide students with the necessary theoretical and practical knowledge regarding the pathological functioning of the human body, with the aim of enabling them to understand the knowledge underpinning the multidisciplinary training of pharmacists. 2. To understand the pathophysiological processes that affect the systems relevant to pharmacy. 3. To provide students with the knowledge necessary to understand the mechanisms responsible for functional disorders, their causes and consequences;;;;;;;;;;;; as well as the ability to understand and use medical terminology relevant to the pharmaceutical sciences (academic skills, knowledge). 4. To identify the pathophysiological processes involved in key aspects relating to health and the biological processing of drugs and xenobiotics. 5. To identify pathophysiological processes and the functional abnormalities they entail. 4. To awaken and enhance students’ knowledge, curiosity, and intellectual and manual skills and abilities with a view to their professional training and development (know-how). Learning outcomes 1. Apply pathophysiological knowledge to understand the mechanisms of action of drugs, medical devices and foodstuffs within the body. 2. Apply knowledge of pathophysiology to the performance and interpretation of biological analyses. 3. Apply knowledge of physiological methodology in the conduct of pharmacological studies. 4. Gather information, develop theoretical content on specific topics and participate in laboratory experiments. 5. Produce scientific papers on topics or issues relating to health and disease. 6. To instil in students the attitudes and values (personal conduct) expected of a pharmaceutical professional, and to encourage and guide them to integrate these into their personal attitudes and human qualities. Course content description BLOCK 1 – INTRODUCTION Unit 1 – Introduction to pathophysiology. Unit 2 – Cellular damage, cell death and ageing. Unit 3 – Non-specific reactions: inflammation and fever. BLOCK 2. – PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF THE BLOOD: T.4. – Disorders of the erythrocytes. T.5. – Leukocyte disorders. T.6. – Haemostatic disorders SECTION 3 – PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF THE CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM: Sections 7, 8 and 9 – Disorders of blood flow. Sections 10, 11 and 12 – Disorders of the heart SECTION 4. – PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM: T13. – Ventilation disorders. T14. – Obstructive disorders. T15. – Respiratory infections BLOCK 5.- PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM BLOCK 6.- PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF THE URINARY SYSTEM Training activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 2–4 Learning outcomes: 4–6 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–6 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Independent study Study. Literature review. Skills: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Exam Oral and written assessments. Competencies: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The assessment system will consist of: written examinations, the completion and presentation of assignments, and attendance and participation in seminars, tutorials, lectures and practical classes 1. ASSESSMENT OF ASSIGNMENTS 10% MARK Written assignments will be assessed according to the following criteria: -Explanation of concepts -Sources consulted -Quality and presentation methods -Adherence to the required length of the written assignment -Compliance with the specific requirements of the assignment - Participation of group members in the case of a group assignment… etc. The mark obtained in this section will account for 10% of the total mark for those students 2. ASSESSMENT OF THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE (80% OF THE GRADE): Throughout the term, there will be two eliminatory tests on the subject matter covered. The results of these two tests may be used to compensate for each other, provided that a minimum of 4.0 marks is achieved in each. A minimum combined score of 5.0 is required for the module to be considered passed. 3. ASSESSMENT OF PRACTICAL CASES COMPLETED IN SEMINARS (10% OF THE GRADE) - Regular examination. Students must sit the regular examination, exclusively for the part(s) of the course in which they have failed, covering both theoretical and practical knowledge (80% of the mark) - June/July resit examination: students who have failed the theoretical and practical components of the course must sit this examination (80% of the mark) Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Caries by A. Braun Pathophysiology: A Clinical Approach The Point. 2012. ISBN: 9788415419624 2. Laso FJ Introduction to Clinical Medicine. 2nd ed. 4th ed. Elsevier. 2020. ISBN: 9788491133520 Supplementary: 3.- Harrison Principles of Internal Medicine, 20th ed. 20th ed. McGraw-Hill. 2018. ISBN: 978-1-4562-64 4.- Guyton, A. C. Compendium of Medical Physiology Elsevier. 2021. ISBN: 9788491139546 5. Patton K, Anatomy and Physiology 11th ed. Elsevier. 2023. ISBN: 9788413825427 Links doc-medicina-anaFisiolFisiop.pdf - www.unimoron.edu.ar/Portals/0/.../doc-medicina-anaFisiolFisiop.pdf |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0260108 | Immunology | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ImmunologyCódigo: 0260108 Imprimir Year 2 Course. Second term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The overall aim of the module is to integrate information relating to the field of immunology into the Pharmacy degree programme. To this end, the specific objectives are: - To familiarise students with the constituent elements of the immune system and how they interact in the development of an immune response. - To enable students to acquire an understanding of the molecular and cellular basis of the most significant human immunological disorders. - To enable students to understand the most effective methods of prevention (passive immunisation, vaccines) and treatment (immunomodulation) of diseases. - To ensure that students are familiar with and understand the principles underlying the immunological techniques used for the detection and characterisation of diseases in clinical/immunological laboratories within hospitals, pharmaceutical laboratories or research centres. - Students should be able to handle immunology laboratory equipment skilfully - Students should learn to use the main bibliographic sources Prerequisites 1. To have completed the modules in Biology, Biochemistry and Microbiology 2. The ability to make connections between concepts and draw conclusions in order to solve problems presented. 3. Knowledge of, and ability to carry out, the basic experimental techniques used in a biology laboratory Competencies Attitudinal competences: 1. Ability to analyse and synthesise information. 2. Ability to organise and plan. 3. Ability to apply knowledge in practice. 4. Oral and written communication in one’s native language. 5. Ability to learn. 6. Information management skills. 7. Problem-solving. 8. Working as part of a team, whether single- or multidisciplinary, and demonstrating respect, appreciation and sensitivity towards the work of others. 9. Understanding and applying the scientific method in professional practice, including evidence-based medicine. 10. Demonstrating an interest in learning how to use basic IT tools. 11. The ability to communicate information obtained during the pharmacist’s professional practice fluently, both orally and in writing, with colleagues, authorities and the general public. 12. The ability to seek professional advice and support. 13. The ability to possess a basic knowledge of a second language, particularly in technical aspects related to the biomedical sciences. 14. Ability to recognise the need to keep one’s knowledge, skills and attitudes relating to professional competences up to date through a process of continuing professional development. Subject-specific competences: 1. Knowledge of the components, cells and organs of the immune system. 2. Understanding the types of immune response and the receptors and mechanisms involved in each. 3. Acquire a reasoned understanding of the mechanisms of the immune response in diseases. 4. To understand the molecular basis and pathophysiology of the main clinically significant diseases in human immunology. 5. Understand the role of human immunology in basic and clinical research. 6. To carry out standard laboratory procedures, including the use of scientific equipment for analysing clinical diagnostic immunological tests. 7. To understand and apply the main techniques used in basic research into the immune response. 8. Analytical and synthesis skills 9. Research skills in the field of immunology and the broader bio-health sector 10. Know how to locate and use bibliographic sources, in order to remain aware of the ongoing evolution of immunology. Learning outcomes 1. Demonstrate theoretical and practical knowledge of the genes and molecules that make up the immune system 2. Identify the organs and cells involved in the immune response 3. Understand the immune system’s response to clinically significant microorganisms. 4. Apply and analyse specific laboratory techniques 5. Produce scientific papers on topics or issues related to health and disease 6. Ability to carry out research in the field of immunology 7. Communicate results and conclusions 8. Ability to communicate with non-experts Course content PHYSIOLOGY OF THE IMMUNE RESPONSE Topic 1 INTRODUCTION TO IMMUNOLOGY. Basic concepts in immunology. Components of the immune system. Primary and secondary lymphoid organs. Fundamentals of innate and adaptive immunity. Concepts of antigenicity, immunogenicity and specificity. Cell-to-cell communication: cytokines and adhesion molecules. General characteristics and function. Immune response. Immunopathology. Vaccination. Topic 2 INNATE IMMUNITY: THE COMPLEMENT SYSTEM, INFLAMMATION AND PHAGOCYTOSIS. Mechanisms of complement activation: classical pathway, alternative pathway, lectin pathway. Biosynthesis and catabolism. Functions of the complement system. Regulation of the system. Mechanisms leading to inflammation. Characteristics and function of phagocytic cells. Topic 3 ANTIGEN RECOGNITION I. Antigen-recognising molecules. Immunoglobulins. Synthesis of immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin variability and functions. TCR receptors. Generation of diversity in antibodies and TCR receptors. II. Major histocompatibility complex. Structure and function of MHC antigens. Structural variation of MHC antigens. Inheritance of MHC genes. Cellular distribution of MHC antigens. III. Antigen processing and presentation. Antigen-presenting cells. Antigen uptake and processing. Antigen presentation to T cells Topic 4 LYMPHOCYTE GENERATION AND MATURATION. Origin and development: of B lymphocytes. Phenotype: the B lymphocyte antigen receptor and other markers of differentiation. Function: antigen recognition and antibody production. Differentiation: negative selection of immature B lymphocytes. Origin and development of T lymphocytes. Phenotype: the T lymphocyte antigen receptor and other differentiation markers. Differentiation: positive and negative selection of immature T lymphocytes. Topic 5 LYMPHOCYTE ACTIVATION AND FUNCTION. I EFFECTOR MECHANISMS OF ADAPTIVE IMMUNITY. Processing of exogenous and endogenous antigens. T-cell activation. Generation of effector T-cells. Development of immune memory. II HUMORAL ADAPTIVE IMMUNITY. Activation signals for B lymphocytes: Generation of plasma and memory cells. Antibody synthesis: generation of diversity in the antibody repertoire. Clonal selection and genetic rearrangement. Superantigens. Development of immune memory. III. ADAPTIVE CELLULAR IMMUNITY. Cellular immunity: Types and development of cytotoxicity: role of T lymphocytes and NK cells. Apoptosis. IV. MUCOSAL IMMUNITY. Function of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue. Cellular and humoral functions. The concept of tolerance in the mucosa IMMUNOPATHOLOGY: CELLULAR AND MOLECULAR BASES Topic 6 IMMUNITY AGAINST PATHOGENS: BACTERIA, VIRUSES, FUNGI AND PARASITES. Innate immunity against infection. Immunity against extracellular bacteria: the role of complement, phagocytosis and specific humoral immunity. Immunity against intracellular bacteria: the role of macrophages and NK cells. Immunity against viruses: cell-mediated cytotoxicity. Immunology of fungal infections: the role of neutrophils and T lymphocytes. Immunology of parasitic infections: response to protozoa and helminths. Production of specific IgE antibodies and eosinophilia. Topic 7 IMMUNE DEFECTS: IMMUNODEFICIENCIES. The concept of immunodeficiency. Classification of immunodeficiencies: primary and secondary. Complement-associated immunodeficiencies. Phagocyte deficiencies. Lymphocyte deficiencies. Secondary immunodeficiencies: types, characteristics and consequences. Prevention and treatment of immunodeficiencies. Topic 8 EXCESSIVE IMMUNE RESPONSES: HYPERSENSITIVITY AND ALLERGY. Hypersensitivity. Concept and classification. Immediate hypersensitivity (Type I). Concept of anaphylaxis and atopic allergy. Type II hypersensitivity: antibody-dependent cytotoxicity. Type III hypersensitivity: immune complex formation and the Arthus reaction. Type IV hypersensitivity: delayed-type hypersensitivity. Prevention and treatment of hypersensitivity. Topic 9 IMMUNE SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONS: AUTOIMMUNITY AND TRANSPLANTATION. The concept of immunological tolerance. Acquisition of self-tolerance. The concept of autoimmunity: general characteristics. Types of autoimmunity. Alloimmunity: responses to alloantigens and transplant rejection. Types of transplants. Prevention and treatment. APPLIED IMMUNOLOGY Topic 10 IMMUNISATION AND DISEASE CONTROL: PASSIVE IMMUNISATION AND VACCINES. Concept and characteristics of passive immunisation. Production of therapeutic antisera. Preparation, storage and administration of antisera. Concept of a vaccine. Nature of vaccines. Bacterial and toxin vaccines. Autovaccines. Adjuvants. Preparation, evaluation and control of vaccines. Viral vaccines. Live attenuated vaccines. Methods of attenuation. Production and control of live vaccines. Potency and safety. Inactivated vaccines. Production and methods of inactivation. New-generation vaccines: synthetic vaccines and DNA vaccines PRACTICAL SESSIONS PROGRAMME Practical classes programme 1) Characterisation of the humoral innate immune response: Determination of complement function (CH50). 2) Study of the humoral adaptive immune response: Techniques for quantifying antibodies using single and double gel precipitation. 3) Analysis of humoral adaptive immunity: Determination of antibodies against various viral and bacterial diseases using the ELISA technique. 4) Analysis of humoral immunity: Characterisation of antibodies using indirect immunofluorescence. Determination of antibody titres in various diseases. 5) Study of cellular adaptive immunity: study of cell proliferation using various mitogens (superantigens, monoclonal antibodies, etc.). Characterisation of the response obtained using colorimetry. Training activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–3 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1, 6–8 Learning outcomes: 2, 4, 6 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 8, 10 Learning outcomes: 5, 7, 8 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Independent work Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–8, 10 Learning outcomes: 1–3, 5, 7, 8 Exam Oral and written assessments. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Assessment system and criteria To pass this module, students must: - Have completed the laboratory practicals. - Achieve a mark higher than 5 in each of the theoretical components of the module. - Achieve a mark of five or above by adding together the percentages set out below: Laboratory mark – 10% of the final mark Seminar mark – 10% of the final mark Theory mark – 80% of the final mark THEORY EXAMS 1. Continuous assessment: There will be two mid-term exams (consisting of 30 multiple-choice questions) throughout the course; these are pass/fail, with a mark of 5 or above required to pass. The mid-term exams will take place during the lecture timetable. If a mark of less than 5 is obtained in either of them, students must sit the ordinary and/or supplementary examination for the part not yet passed. Each passed exam will account for 50% of the Theory mark. 2. Ordinary examination session: - This exam covers the mid-term exam or exams not passed during continuous assessment and will be weighted in the same proportions as in the continuous assessment. If students have to sit the exam for both mid-term assessments in this sitting (this exam will then consist of 50 multiple-choice questions, 25 from each part or mid-term assessment of the module), the exam mark will account for 100 per cent of the Theory mark. 3. Supplementary examination session: - Exam covering the mid-term exam(s) not passed as part of the continuous assessment; this will carry the same weighting as in the continuous assessment. COURSE PRACTICAL SESSIONS Practical sessions are compulsory, both in terms of attendance and the examination (which will consist of 7–8 questions, including both multiple-choice and short-answer questions), except for students repeating the course who have already passed them in the previous year. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Fainboim L Introduction to Human Immunology Panamericana. 2011. ISBN: 9789500602709 2. Regueiro Gonzalez JR, López Larrea C, González Rodríguez S, Martínez Naves, E Immunology: ‘Biology and Pathology of the Immune System’ Médica Panamericana. 2011. ISBN: 9788498350036 Supplementary: 3.- Parham P Immunology Médica Panamericana. 2006. ISBN: 9500618826 4.- Roitt Immunology. Fundamentals Panamericana Medical. 2008. ISBN: 978-950-06-08 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 24 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Third Year
ANNUAL SUBJECTS
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0231000 | Nutrition | OB | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NutritionCódigo: 0231000 Imprimir Year 3. Annual module. Compulsory. 12 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To understand the basic concepts of nutrition. 2. To learn about the history of nutrition and advances in nutritional science. 3. To identify the relationship between nutrition and health. 4. To understand the role of energy and nutrients in the body and in maintaining good health. 5. To understand the effect of alcohol on nutritional status. 6. Understand the organic compounds of nutritional importance. 7. Understand the various phytochemicals present in food that help maintain health. 8. Understand nutritional recommendations and the main characteristics of a healthy diet. 9. Understand the methodology for assessing nutritional status at different stages of life. 10. To skilfully assess an individual’s nutritional status in terms of body composition, dietary history and the biochemical and metabolic evaluation of nutritional status. 11. Acquire knowledge of the physiology of the human body and the changes that occur at different stages of life, and how nutritional requirements change according to each stage. 12. Acquire the knowledge to calculate energy and nutrient requirements at different stages of life. Prerequisites Knowledge of biology, biochemistry and chemistry Competencies CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students should be able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy CG1 Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and the practice of the profession, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for people, their habits, beliefs and cultures. CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the independent and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG4 Understand the boundaries of the profession and its scope of practice, identifying when interdisciplinary treatment or referral to another professional is necessary CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, and be able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG7 Be able to draw up reports and complete records relating to the professional practice of the Dietitian-Nutritionist. CG10 Compile, interpret and manage food composition tables and databases. CG11 Understand the microbiology, parasitology and toxicology of food CG12 Understand nutrients, their function in the body, their bioavailability, requirements and recommendations, and the principles of energy and nutritional balance CG18 To be involved in the organisation, management and implementation of the various forms of hospital feeding and nutritional support, as well as outpatient dietary and nutritional treatment CG29 Acquire the basic training required for research activity, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving using the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition. CE28 Apply Food and Nutrition Sciences to dietary practice. CE29 Understand nutrients, their functions and their metabolic utilisation. Understand the principles of nutritional balance and its regulation. CE30 Assess and calculate nutritional requirements in both healthy and diseased states at any stage of the life cycle. CE31 Identify the principles of a healthy diet (sufficient, balanced, varied and tailored). CE32 Participate in the design of total diet studies. CE33 Understand, detect at an early stage and assess quantitative and qualitative deviations—whether due to excess or deficiency—in nutritional balance. CE42 Participate as part of the multidisciplinary team in a Hospital Nutrition Unit. CE43 Understand the various techniques and products used in basic and advanced nutritional support. CE44 Develop and implement dietary and nutritional transition plans. CE47 Be able to use the basic ICT tools employed in the field of Food, Nutrition and Dietetics Learning outcomes Integrate and evaluate the relationship between diet and nutrition in healthy individuals and in pathological conditions. 2. Be able to use and interpret food composition tables and tables of recommended energy and nutrient intakes. Assess and calculate nutritional requirements in both healthy and diseased states, at any stage of the life cycle. Skillfully assess an individual’s nutritional status from the perspective of body composition, dietary history and the biochemical and metabolic evaluation of nutritional status. Provide nutritional advice to service users in the establishments where they work and facilitate the application of nutritional concepts to healthcare practice. Recognise the need to engage continuously in maintaining, updating and reviewing professional competence, placing particular emphasis on independent learning and the ability to adapt to rapidly evolving knowledge in the field of nutrition. To compile personal dietary histories and assess the nutritional status of both healthy and unwell individuals. Implement a dietary and nutritional treatment plan, acting as a member of the relevant multidisciplinary team. Interpret artificial feeding protocols and implement the appropriate techniques and care. Assess different dietary treatments and their potential incompatibilities, particularly those related to food-medication interactions. To advise on ergogenic aids and distinguish them from doping. Design a simple, practical and personalised physical exercise programme, combining it with an appropriate dietary plan for each medical condition or physiological situation. Undertake assessments to demonstrate the acquisition of skills and knowledge Description of the content Unit 1. Introduction to nutrition. Topic 1. Basic concepts of nutrition. Topic 2. History of nutrition. Topic 3. The importance of nutrition in health. Unit 2. Energy and macronutrients Topic 4. Energy Topic 5. Carbohydrates Topic 6. Proteins Topic 7. Lipids Unit 3. Fibre and micronutrients Topic 8. Fibre Topic 9. Vitamins Topic 10. Minerals Unit 4. Water and other components Topic 11. Water Topic 12. Alcohol and other components Topic 13. Organic and bioactive compounds of nutritional importance Unit 5. Nutritional requirements and recommendations. Healthy diet guidelines Topic 14. Dietary Reference Intakes for energy and nutrients. Topic 15. Nutritional objectives and dietary guidelines Topic 16. A healthy diet. Unit 6. The nutritional care process. I Topic 17.1. Nutritional assessment: Screening Topic 17.2. Nutritional assessment: Nutritional evaluation Topic 17.3. Nutritional assessment: Nutritional evaluation (dietary assessment) Unit 7. Nutrition at Different Stages of Life Topic 18. Nutrition in the first year of life Topic 19. Children aged 1 to 3 years Topic 20. Pre-school and school-age children Topic 21. Adolescence. Topic 22. Eating disorders. Topic 23. Reproductive years and premenstrual syndrome Topic 24. Pregnancy. Topic 25. Breastfeeding. Topic 26. Menopause. Topic 27. Old age. Unit 8. Body weight Topic 28. Weight and body composition Topic 29. Body weight regulation: hunger and satiety Topic 30. Body weight imbalance: Overweight and obesity Seminars - Nutrient metabolism - Use of food composition tables - Calculating edible portions and determining the energy and nutrient content of foods - Calculating the alcohol content of alcoholic drinks - The importance of the portion size consumed in determining a food’s nutritional value - Calculating daily energy expenditure - Directly from the recommended intake (RI) tables. - Based on resting energy expenditure (REE) and average physical activity factors. - Based on REE and an individual physical activity factor. - Using tables showing energy expenditure by physical activity. - Estimation of recommended nutrient intakes - Use of food exchanges (I) or food equivalents - Assessment of the nutritional quality of the diet - Ultra-processed foods and health. - Functional foods - The detective in the supermarket. Food labelling. - Food research - A new generation of medicines for obesity and diabetes - The diet wars PRACTICAL SESSIONS 1st Term - Nutritional care process. - Dietary history. - Anthropometric assessment. 2nd Term - Nutritional intervention Other content: UAX Skill School Course: Introduction to Data Analysis (Analytical Thinking) Compulsory completion: From 8 September. Video on how to access a course on the UAX Skill School (https://youtu.be/jNAprtEXasw), register on the platform, and get an overview of the course and Coursera Issues within Coursera: video and guide: https://www.coursera.support/s/learner-help-center?language=es Learning activities Face-to-face lectures Face-to-face seminars In-person practical sessions One-to-one tutorials In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- GENERAL ASSESSMENT CRITERIA To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed and submitted all seminar activities. Have attended and completed all laboratory practicals. Have achieved a mark of 5 or above in each of the continuous assessment exams for the lectures and seminars. And achieve a mark of five or above by adding together the percentages set out below: - Lectures and seminars: 60% of the final mark. -Practical sessions: 20% of the final mark. (exam and workbook) -Exercises and forums: 15% of the final mark. Completion and submission via the virtual campus of exercises and practical case studies set in the TRAB sessions, and participation in online FORUMS. -Self-assessment tests on the virtual campus and UAX Skill School*: 5% Students will be awarded an additional 0.10 points towards their final mark for each term provided they have achieved at least 70% attendance in that term. *Students in their second year of enrolment who already achieved a passing mark in the previous academic year are exempt from the UAX Skill School. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA for passing this module under the CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT system: The percentages indicated above in the general criteria will apply. -Lecture-based: Four exemption exams will be held during the course, two in the first term and two in the second term. These exams will exempt students from the relevant material if they achieve a mark of 5 or above. The second and fourth exemption exams will coincide with the ordinary examination session. Should you obtain a mark below 5, you must sit the examination during the ordinary and/or supplementary examination sessions for the failed sections. - Seminars: Assessment will be based on the completion of exercises (15 per cent of the final mark). These cannot be resubmitted after the submission deadline. Mid-term and final exams, whether in the ordinary or supplementary sessions, also assess the content covered in the seminars. - Practical sessions: Attendance at practical sessions is COMPULSORY; without attending and submitting the corresponding assignment, with a mark of at least 5, the module will not be passed. A short multiple-choice test will be held on the final day of the practical sessions (the mark for this forms part of the practicals mark, which is included in the final mark). A dietary and anthropometric report on the individual nutritional assessment must be completed and submitted A practical case study must be completed, submitted and presented PRACTICAL ASSIGNMENTS CANNOT BE RETAKEN MAY REGULAR EXAM SESSION Students will sit the mid-term examination covering lectures and seminars not previously exempted during the continuous assessment period, or the entire syllabus (if they have not been exempted from or sat any mid-term examinations), and will be assessed according to the weightings set out in the assessment criteria. JUNE SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION PERIOD Students will sit the mid-term examination for lectures and seminars not yet completed during the continuous assessment period, or the entire syllabus (if they have not yet completed or sat any mid-term examinations), and will be assessed using all the weightings set out in the assessment criteria, as in the ordinary examination period STUDENTS WITH AN ACADEMIC EXEMPTION Students with academic leave who do not opt for continuous assessment must sit the examination during the ordinary and/or extraordinary examination period by taking an examination covering the entire syllabus, with the exception of seminar assignments (exercises) and practical assignments, which must be handed in on campus; please note that these cannot be resubmitted. Students on academic leave are only exempt from attending lectures and seminars. However, they must submit any assignments requested during the course and must attend and complete the practical sessions. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. E. Brown, Judith Nutrition at Different Stages of Life. McGraw-Hill. 2011. ISBN: 9786071503022 2. Gil, Á. Treatise on Nutrition Médica Panamericana. 2017. ISBN: 9788491101956 3. JANICE L. RAYMOND KELLY MORROW KRAUSE. MAHAN Diet Therapy Elsevier. 2021. ISBN: 978-84-9113-9 4. Kathleen Mahan, L. Krause’s Nutrition and Diet Therapy 9th ed. Mexico: McGraw Hill, 1998. 1998. ISBN: 9701014510 5. Mataix Verdú, José Nutrition for Educators Madrid: Díaz de Santos, 1995. 1995. ISBN: 8479782099 6. Ortega RM Clinical Nutrition and Nutritional Health Medica Panamericana. 2023. ISBN: 9788491109044 7. Pond, W. G. Fundamentals of Animal Nutrition and Feeding Limusa Wiley. 2003. ISBN: 9681852990 Links Kellogg’s Nutrition Handbook – The Kellogg’s Practical Handbook of Nutrition and Health. Nutrition for the Prevention and Management of Common Diseases is a unique publication on nutrition due to its size, illustrations and up-to-date content. Medical Dictionary. University of Navarra. – Medical Dictionary US National Library of Medicine – US National Library of Medicine Spanish Food Code (CAE). – Spanish Food Code (CAE). Consolidated version. The Nutrition Source – Information on nutrition Glycaemic Index and Glycaemic Load – Publication on the glycaemic index and glycaemic load. Centres for Disease Control and Prevention – Contains information on nutrition White Paper on Nutrition in Spain – White Paper on Nutrition |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0360101 | Microbiology | OB | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MicrobiologyCódigo: 0360101 Imprimir Year 3. Annual module. Compulsory. 12 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To be able to apply the scientific method and acquire skills in dealing with legislation, information sources, literature, protocol development and other aspects deemed necessary for the design and critical evaluation of pre-clinical and clinical trials. 2. To participate in health promotion and disease prevention activities at individual, family and community levels, adopting a holistic and multi-professional approach to the health-disease process. 3. To design, apply and evaluate clinical analytical reagents, methods and techniques, with an understanding of the basic principles of clinical analysis and the characteristics and content of laboratory diagnostic reports. 4. Carry out hygiene and public health analyses, particularly those relating to food and the environment. 5. Develop communication and information skills, both oral and written, to interact with patients and service users at the centre where they practise. Foster the ability to work and collaborate within multidisciplinary teams and with other healthcare professionals. 6. Recognise one’s own limitations and the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on self-directed learning of new knowledge based on available scientific evidence. 7. Assess the biological risks associated with the use of substances and laboratory processes involved. 8. Understand the relationship between the life cycle of infectious agents and the properties of active ingredients. 9. To be familiar with and understand the microbiological control of medicines. 10. Understand the nature and behaviour of infectious agents. Prerequisites A basic knowledge of Biology, Biochemistry, Physiology, Anatomy and Immunology is required. It is recommended that you have a sufficient level of English to read a review article or access a website written in that language. Basic computer skills are required to use word processors, databases, create PowerPoint presentations and access data on the internet. Competencies 1. To be familiar with the different types of microorganisms, their structure and organisation, their physiology and their requirements. 2. Be familiar with the appropriate techniques for culturing and isolating microorganisms, and for working under aseptic and sterile conditions. 3. Assess the biological risks associated with the use of the relevant laboratory substances and processes. 4. To understand microbial genetics, the processes of genetic variability in microorganisms, and the applications of genetic engineering in the production of substances of pharmaceutical interest. 5. To be familiar with the criteria for the classification and identification of microorganisms. In particular, the physiological and biochemical characteristics of microorganisms of public health interest. 6. To understand the nature and behaviour of infectious agents. 7. To be familiar with the main infectious diseases in humans, including an understanding of the mechanisms of microbial pathogenicity and the importance of non-specific and specific defences against infection. 8. To understand the relationship between the life cycle of infectious agents and the properties of active ingredients. To be familiar with the mechanisms of action of these active ingredients and the mechanisms by which microorganisms develop resistance to them. 9. To understand the criteria to be followed when collecting, transporting and processing a sample in the laboratory, and to be able to interpret the results obtained from such microbiological analyses. 10. To be familiar with and understand the microbiological control of medicines. Learning outcomes 1. To be familiar with microbial diversity, and the appropriate media and conditions for the culture of microorganisms. 2. Be familiar with laboratory techniques used in microbiology, and understand the importance of working under aseptic and sterile conditions. 3. To have knowledge of genetic processes in microorganisms and of the applications of genetic engineering in the production of substances of pharmaceutical interest. 4. To understand the concepts of taxonomy, phylogeny and the identification of microorganisms. 5. To distinguish the main infectious diseases in humans, and be able to identify the causative microorganisms and their main mechanisms of pathogenicity. 6. Understand the mechanisms of action of the different families of antimicrobials, and be familiar with the possible mechanisms of resistance that microorganisms may develop against each of these compounds. 7. Be familiar with the criteria for the proper collection, transport and processing of a sample in a microbiology laboratory. 8. Be familiar with techniques for microbiological counting and analysis, and know how to present and interpret the results of such analyses. 9. Be able to apply the knowledge acquired to prevent microbiological contamination during the drug manufacturing process. Course content Module 1 – BASIC CONCEPTS OF MICROBIOLOGY. Topic 1. Introduction to microbiology. The microbial world. Topic 2. Methods for the observation and morphological study of microorganisms. Optical and electron microscopy. Staining techniques. Topic 3. Bacterial structure. Obligate and facultative elements. Topic 4. Microbial nutrition. Sources of carbon and energy. Physicochemical factors affecting growth. Cultivation of microorganisms. Topic 5. Microbial metabolism. Energy acquisition processes. Oxidation and fermentation. Topic 6. Microbial growth. Measurement of microbial growth. Closed and continuous culture. Culture media. Topic 7. Control of microorganisms by physical and chemical agents. Sterilisation and disinfection. Block 2 – MICROBIAL GENETICS Topic 8. Bacterial genetics. General principles. Topic 9. Genetic variability in microorganisms: mutation processes. Topic 10. Genetic variability in microorganisms: gene transfer processes. Transformation, conjugation and transduction. Topic 11. Biotechnology: Recombinant DNA technology. Applications. Block 3 – ANTIMICROBIALS. MECHANISMS OF ACTION AND RESISTANCE. Topic 12. Antimicrobials. Definition and classification. Topic 13. Mechanisms of action. Topic 14. Quantification of antibacterial activity. Minimum inhibitory and bactericidal concentrations. Susceptibility and resistance. Topic 15. Mechanisms of resistance. Block 4. HOST-PARASITE RELATIONSHIP. Topic 16. Host-parasite relationship. Normal flora. Pathogenicity and virulence. Strict and opportunistic pathogens. Topic 17. Determinants of pathogenic action. Penetration, multiplication and invasion of tissues. Factors causing harm to the host: microbial toxins. Models of infection. Topic 18. Transmission of infectious diseases. Routes of transmission. Reservoirs. Topic 19. Immunisation. Vaccines. Block 5 – BACTERIA OF CLINICAL INTEREST Topic 20. Bacterial taxonomy and diversity. Bacterial classification systems. Nomenclature. Topic 21. Genus Staphylococcus. Morphology and physiology. Virulence factors. Pathology. Treatment. Topic 22. The genus Streptococcus. Morphology and physiology. Virulence factors. Pathology. Treatment. Topic 23. Genera Bacillus, Corynebacterium and Listeria. Morphology and physiology. Virulence factors. Pathology. Treatment. Topic 24. Genus Neisseria. Morphology and physiology. Virulence factors. Pathology. Treatment. Topic 25. Family Enterobacteriaceae: Genera Escherichia, Shigella, Salmonella and Yersinia. Morphology and physiology. Virulence factors. Pathology. Treatment. Topic 26. Genera Pseudomonas, Vibrio, Aeromonas, Helicobacter, Bordetella, Gardnerella, Brucella, Legionella, Haemophilus and Campylobacter. Morphology and physiology. Virulence factors. Pathology. Treatment. Topic 27. The genus Clostridium and other strict anaerobes. Morphology and physiology. Virulence factors. Pathology. Treatment. Topic 28. The genus Actinomyces and other facultative anaerobes. Morphology and physiology. Virulence factors. Pathology. Treatment. Topic 29. The genus Nocardia. Morphology and physiology. Virulence factors. Pathology. Treatment. Topic 30. Genus Mycobacterium. Morphology and physiology. Virulence factors. Pathology. Treatment. Topic 31. The Spirochaetaceae family. Genera Treponema, Borrelia and Leptospira. Topic 32. Genera Mycoplasma and Ureaplasma. Morphology and physiology. Virulence factors. Pathology. Treatment. Topic 33. Family Rickettsiales. Morphology and physiology. Virulence factors. Pathology. Treatment. Topic 34. Genus Chlamydia. Morphology and physiology. Virulence factors. Pathology. Treatment. Block 6 – VIRUSES OF CLINICAL INTEREST Topic 35. Viruses. General characteristics of viruses. Morphology. Classification. Lytic and lysogenic cycles. Topic 36. RNA Viruses I: Families Orthomyxoviridae and Paramyxoviridae. Topic 37. RNA Viruses II: Families Picornaviridae, Reoviridae, Coronaviridae, Togaviridae, Rhabdoviridae, Filoviridae, Bunyaviridae and Arenaviridae. Topic 38. RNA Viruses III: Retroviridae family. Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) Topic 39. DNA Viruses I: Herpesviridae family. Topic 40. DNA Viruses II: Families Adenoviridae, Papovaviridae, Parvoviridae and Poxviridae. Topic 41. Hepatitis-causing viruses. Topic 42. Prions. General characteristics. Diseases caused by prions. Block 7 – FUNGI OF CLINICAL INTEREST Topic 43. General characteristics of fungi. Morphology. Classification. Fungal cultures. Topic 44. Mycoses. Main types. Training activities SESSIONS: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1, 4–8. Learning outcomes: 1, 3–6. LABORATORY PRACTICALS: Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 2, 3, 5, 9. Learning outcomes: 2, 7, 8. ASSIGNMENTS: Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 4, 7, 8, 10. Learning outcomes: 3, 5, 6, 9 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–9 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–10. Learning outcomes: 1–9 Independent study Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–9 Exam Oral and written assessments. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–9 Assessment system and criteria GENERAL ASSESSMENT CRITERIA To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed all laboratory practicals. Completing the practicals is an essential requirement for passing the module. Failure to do so will prevent students from sitting the theoretical examinations, whether as part of continuous assessment or during the ordinary and supplementary examination sessions. 2. Have achieved a minimum mark of 5 in the theoretical component. 3. Achieve a mark of 5 or above by adding together the percentages set out below: • Theoretical component (taught in the ‘SESSION’ activity): 60% of the final mark. (Competencies 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 10) (Learning outcomes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 and 9). • Laboratory practicals (taught as part of the LB module): 20% of the final mark: 15% practicals exam + 5% practicals logbook. Two marks will be deducted from the final practicals mark for each day of absence not duly justified, and students will not be able to pass the module if they do not complete the practicals. (Competencies 2, 3, 5, 6 and 9) (Learning outcomes 1, 2, 4, 6, 7 and 8) • Assignments (taught as part of the TRAB module): 20% of the final mark: 10% bibliographic research assignments + 10% problem-solving/case studies. (Competencies 1 to 10) (Learning outcomes 1 to 9) ASSESSMENT CRITERIA for passing this module using the CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT system: - The percentages indicated above in the general criteria will apply, but for the assessment of theory, four qualifying exams will be held throughout the course. - These exams will exempt students from further assessment for that section of the syllabus if they achieve a mark of 5 or above, and marks of 4.5 or above will count towards the overall mark. - If a student achieves a mark of less than 4.5 in any of these exams, they may sit the others; if they pass these, they will have the opportunity to retake the failed sections in the final exam during the ordinary June sitting and/or the extraordinary July sitting. REGULAR JUNE EXAM SESSION: Students who have obtained a mark of less than 4.5 in any of the continuous assessment theory exams must sit an exam for each of the failed sections during this ordinary June examination session. These exams will exempt students from further assessment for marks of 5 or above, and marks of 4.5 or above may be used to offset marks in other sections. There will be no examination for LB or TRAB in the ordinary June examination session; the marks obtained for these activities during the academic year will stand. The final mark for the module will be determined by applying the general assessment criteria. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION IN JULY If a student has not passed the module in the ordinary June examination session, they will have the opportunity to sit an extraordinary examination session in which they will be examined on the theory sections in which they failed. These examinations will exempt students from further assessment for marks of 5 or above, and marks of 4.5 or above may be used to offset marks in other sections. Students will not be examined on LB or TRAB during the July supplementary examination session; the marks obtained for these activities during the academic year will stand. The final mark for the module will be determined by applying the general assessment criteria. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Prescott, Lansing M. Microbiology 5th ed. Madrid: McGraw-Hill: Interamericana de España, D. 2004. ISBN: 844860525x 2. Spicer, John W. Clinical Microbiology and Infectious Diseases: Text and Amsterdam [et al.]: Elsevier, 2009. 2009. ISBN: 9780443103032 3. Tortora, Gerard J. Introduction to Microbiology Buenos Aires: Médica Panamericana, 2007. 2007. ISBN: 9789500607407 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0360103 | Pharmaceutical Chemistry | OB | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pharmaceutical ChemistryCódigo: 0360103 Imprimir Year 3. Annual module. Compulsory. 12 credits. Profesores
Aims This course provides an introduction to Pharmaceutical Chemistry, that is, to the design, synthesis and analysis of drugs. In the lectures and problem-solving sessions, the emphasis will be, firstly, on the study and understanding of the physicochemical properties of drugs and how these affect the various pharmacokinetic stages of their action. Secondly, the structural characteristics of the biological targets of drugs will be studied, along with how molecular recognition takes place, leading to drug-target binding (pharmacodynamics). Techniques for drug design and optimisation will also be covered, based on the correlation between structure, physicochemical properties and biological activity (SAR and QSAR). Finally, the most important drug classes will be analysed, applying everything that has been learnt. At the same time, the synthesis of simple drugs will be studied, and some syntheses will be carried out experimentally during the laboratory practicals. Prerequisites 1. Basic knowledge of the nomenclature, structure and stereochemistry of organic molecules. 2. Understanding of the reactivity of the main functional groups. 3. Understanding of the methodology used in organic synthesis. 4. Ability to relate concepts and draw conclusions in order to solve the problems presented. 5. Knowledge of, and ability to carry out, the basic experimental techniques used in an organic chemistry laboratory. Competencies 1. To correctly use the basic notation and terminology of Pharmaceutical Chemistry. 2. To understand the origin, nature, design, production and analysis of medicines. 3. Learn to relate the chemical structure of a drug to its physico-chemical properties and biological activity. 4. Acquire a sound understanding of the mechanisms of action of the main families of drugs. 5. Estimate the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties of a drug. 6. To understand and apply the methodology for designing structural modifications to a drug that affect its pharmacological properties, with a view to optimising it. 7. Identify, design and obtain active ingredients. 8. Understand the basic methods of synthesis for the most representative families of drugs. 9. Carry out standard laboratory procedures, including the use of scientific equipment for synthesis and analysis, with appropriate instrumentation. 10. Understand and apply the main techniques of structural investigation, including spectroscopy. 11. Assess the risks associated with the use of chemical substances and laboratory processes. 12. Be able to locate and use bibliographic sources, in order to remain aware of the ongoing evolution of Pharmaceutical Chemistry Learning outcomes 1. Be able to systematically name and correctly represent the chemical structures of drugs. 2. Understand the rules and concepts that help to analyse, differentiate and predict the main physico-chemical properties and metabolic pathways of a drug. 3. Understand, from a chemical perspective, the biological targets of drugs and how they interact with them. 4. Understand the metabolic and excretion pathways of drugs. 5. Identify structural relationships between families of drugs and biomolecules that may interact with the same biological target, in order to predict therapeutic applications. 6. Propose chemical transformations to optimise a drug’s activity. 7. Propose synthetic methods to prepare simple drugs with good yields. 8. Be able to use the main experimental techniques to synthesise, isolate, purify and analyse simple drugs. Course content PART 1: THEORY. BASIC CONCEPTS IN DRUG DESIGN. Topic 0. – Review of basic chemical knowledge. Topic 1. Pharmaceutical chemistry: the discovery and development of drugs. Topic 2: Drugs: nomenclature and classification. Topic 3. Pharmacokinetics. Relationship with the physicochemical properties of the drug. Topic 4: Pharmacodynamics: Drug–biological target interaction. Pharmacophore. Relationships between chemical structure and : SAR (SAR). Chiral recognition. Topic 5. – Relationships between chemical structure and pharmacological activity: SAR/QSAR. Molecular modification techniques for the design and optimisation of drugs. Topic 6. Enzymes and enzymatic reactions. Topic 7: Pharmacokinetics: Drug metabolism. Factors that affect metabolism. Hard drugs. Prodrugs. Topic 8: Biological targets. Biomolecules: lipids, carbohydrates, proteins and nucleic acids. Topic 9. – Action of drugs on enzymes. Enzyme inhibition. Topic 10. – Action of drugs on receptors. Drugs that act on membrane receptors. Drugs that act on intracellular receptors. Topic 11.- Action of drugs on nucleic acids. PART 2: DRUG SYNTHESIS PRACTICALS. Synthesis of carbocyclic and heterocyclic drugs, both aromatic and non-aromatic. Practical 1. Synthesis of p-aminobenzoic acid. Synthesis of local anaesthetics . Practical 2. Hantzsch synthesis: 1,4-dihydropyridines (DHPs). Practical 3. Synthesis of an antiepileptic: phenytoin. Practical 4. Synthesis of allantoin. Learning activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1, 8–11 Learning outcomes: 1, 7–8 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12. Learning outcomes: 1, 2, 5–7 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–8, 12 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Independent study Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–8, 12 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Exam Oral and written assessments. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed ALL the laboratory practicals. 2. Achieve a mark of five points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below. In order to apply these percentages, it is essential to have achieved a mark higher than 4 in the mid-term and final examinations: a) Laboratory practicals: 15% + 5% of the final mark. Relation to competences 1 and 8–11. Learning outcomes: 1, 7 and 8. Practical sessions will be assessed by means of a final exam at the end of each term. This will consist of multiple-choice questions on the work carried out in the laboratory and the final questions for each practical session (15 per cent) and the submission of worksheets and results (5 per cent). ATTENDANCE AT ALL LABORATORY SESSIONS AND THEIR CORRESPONDING EXAMS IS COMPULSORY. Students who do not attend the laboratory sessions will not be permitted to sit the theory exams. b) Mark for in-class knowledge and problem-solving tests: 60% + 10% of the final mark. Relation to competences 1–8. Learning outcomes: 1–6. There will be four tests: Test 1 (21%), Test 2 (18%), Test 3 (21%) and Test 4 (10%). The mark will be calculated by applying the corresponding percentages to the four eliminatory tests. To be included in the average, a minimum mark of 4 must be obtained in each one. c) Coursework: 10%. Relates to competencies 1, 3–7 and 12. Learning outcomes: 1–7: • Assignment on a drug, set by the lecturer, in which concepts covered in class will be applied and supplemented by literature research. • Participation and collaboration in the creation of a Padlet on the discovery of new drugs and news items related to the module. REGULAR EXAM SESSION: STUDENTS WHO DO NOT ACHIEVE A COURSE GRADE OF 5/10 MUST TAKE THE MID-TERM EXAM OR EXAMS FOR WHICH THEY HAVE FAILED (mark below 5). If the mark obtained is higher than 4, the new mark will be included in the percentage calculation for the theory mark. If it is lower, the published mark will be that of the exam. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD: THE STUDENT MUST RETAKE THE MID-TERM EXAM OR EXAMS IN WHICH THEY FAILED AS PART OF THE CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT FOR THE COURSE. The new mark obtained is incorporated into the percentage-based calculation of the theory mark in the same way as in the ordinary examination period, provided it is higher than 4. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Avendaño, Carmen Introduction to Pharmaceutical Chemistry / edited by Carmen Avendaño López Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill Interamericana, D.L. 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8448603613 2.- Campos Rosa J, Camacho Quesada ME Fundamentals of Pharmaceutical Chemistry I: Theory and Exercises Técnica Avicam (2nd edition). 2023. ISBN: 978-841949417 3. Patrick, Graham L. An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry 7th ed. Oxford University Press (7th ed). 2023. ISBN: 9780198866664 4. Williams, David A. Foye’s Principles of Medicinal Chemistry 7th ed. Philadelphia [etc.]: Lippincott Williams. 2013. ISBN: 9781609133450 Supplementary: 5.- Avendaño, Carmen Exercises in Pharmaceutical Chemistry Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill Interamericana, 1997. 1997. ISBN: 844860184X 6. Delgado Cirilo, Antonio Introduction to Therapeutic Chemistry Madrid: Diaz de Santos, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8479786019 Others: 7. Delgado Cirilo, Antonio Introduction to Drug Synthesis Madrid: Síntesis, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8497560299 8. Silverman, Richard The Organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action Amsterdam [etc.]: Academic Press, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 0126437327 9. Thomas L. Lemke Review of organic functional groups 1st ed. Lippincott Williams. 2012. ISBN: 9781608310166 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 36 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0231001 | Food Science | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Food ScienceCódigo: 0231001 Imprimir Course 3. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives •To acquire knowledge about food in all its aspects: origin, chemical and nutritional composition, changes, processing, preservation and specific characteristics. •To be able to determine the nutritional value of different foods and their importance in the diet in relation to health. •To provide theoretical and practical knowledge on the general and specific analysis of food. •To acquire knowledge for the development and control of high-quality food. •Knowledge of food safety. •Proper use and application of current food legislation. •To carry out research projects within the scope of the module •To integrate the knowledge acquired during the course into the Bachelor’s Degree in Human Nutrition and Dietetics •Developing analytical skills and a critical mindset when assessing information relating to food in the media and in society at large. Prerequisites Knowledge of chemistry, biology and biochemistry Competencies CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. CG2 To develop their profession whilst showing respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG5 To communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, whilst being able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG8 Identify and classify foods and food products. Be able to analyse and determine their composition, properties, nutritional value, the bioavailability of their nutrients, organoleptic characteristics and the changes they undergo as a result of technological and culinary processes. CG12 Understand nutrients, their function in the body, their bioavailability, dietary requirements and recommendations, and the principles of energy and nutritional balance. CG29 Acquire the basic training required for research activity, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving using the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition. CE13 Identify and classify foods, food products and food ingredients. CE14 Understand their chemical composition, physico-chemical properties, nutritional value, bioavailability, organoleptic characteristics and the changes they undergo as a result of technological and culinary processes. CE16 Understand and apply the fundamentals of bromatological and sensory analysis of food products. CE17 Interpret and use food composition databases and tables. Learning outcomes Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding and practical application of different foods, their chemical composition, nutritional value and properties. Use and interpret food composition databases and tables in a practical manner. Apply the principles of food analysis. Prepare reports on the composition of food products. Produce practical reports on food analysis carried out in the laboratory, justifying the technique used, its advantages and/or limitations, etc. Sit examinations demonstrating the acquisition of skills and knowledge. Demonstrate a broad knowledge of and practical application of different foods, their chemical composition, nutritional value and properties. Handle and interpret food composition databases and tables in a practical manner. Apply the principles of food analysis. Prepare reports on the composition of food products. Produce practical reports on food analysis carried out in the laboratory, in which the technique used, its advantages and/or limitations, etc., must be justified. Sit examinations demonstrating the acquisition of skills and knowledge. Description of the content MODULE I. FOOD AND ITS COMPONENTS Food and the relevant legislation. Nutrients. Additives. SECTION II. PROTEIN-RICH FOODS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN Milk and dairy products. Eggs and egg products. Meat and meat products. Fish, seafood and derived products. SECTION III. SEEDS Cereals and cereal products. Pulses and derived products. Nuts and derived products. SECTION IV. VEGETABLES AND EDIBLE FUNGI Fruit, vegetables, seaweed and edible fungi. Derived products. SECTION V. OTHER COMMONLY CONSUMED FOODS Oils, fats and derived products. Sweeteners and derived products. Water and non-alcoholic drinks. Alcoholic drinks. Coffee, tea, cocoa and derived products. Spices and seasonings. Training activities Face-to-face lectures Face-to-face seminars In-person practical sessions Personalised tutorials In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- GENERAL ASSESSMENT CRITERIA To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed all laboratory practicals. Failure to complete these will prevent students from sitting the final exam for the module, except in cases of duly justified absence due to force majeure, which must not exceed 50 per cent of the total. 2. Achieve a final mark of five points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below, provided that a mark of 5 or higher is obtained in the final examination: • Laboratory practicals: 20 per cent of the final mark • Course activities: 20 per cent of the final mark • Final exam: 60 per cent of the final mark CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT CRITERIA 1. The percentages indicated in the general criteria will apply, but assessment of the content covered in the lectures will be divided into two examinations throughout the course, each accounting for 30 per cent of the final mark. The corresponding module will be considered passed from a mark of 5 upwards. 2. Assessment of the course activities will be based on: - Submission and oral presentation of an individual review assignment (the assignment will not be assessed without the oral presentation). 3. Assessment of the laboratory component will be based on a multiple-choice exam, problem-solving exercises and essay questions. JANUARY REGULAR EXAM SESSION Exam covering the mid-term exam or exams not exempted under continuous assessment, with the same weightings as in the continuous assessment. JULY SUPPLEMENTARY EXAM SESSION Exam covering the ENTIRE SYLLABUS, including the content covered in practical sessions. For the final mark, seminar and practical marks previously obtained through continuous assessment will not be taken into account, although prior attendance at practical sessions remains a requirement. STUDENTS WITH AN ACADEMIC EXEMPTION Students with academic exemption who do not opt for continuous assessment must sit the examination during the ordinary and/or extraordinary examination periods, covering the entire syllabus; this will account for 100 per cent of the mark. EXAM FORMAT (LECTURES) 30 multiple-choice questions with four possible options and only one correct answer. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0331002 | Community Nutrition | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Community NutritionCódigo: 0331002 Imprimir Course 3. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To design, implement and deliver community nutrition programmes. To train students to assess patients’ nutritional status and draw up guidelines for improvement. Case studies relating to the nutritional status of healthy or unwell individuals, at an individual or group level. Training in criteria for assessing determinants of eating behaviour and their potential implications. Prerequisites Knowledge of nutrition, public health and food science Competencies Core competences: CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. General competences CG1 Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and the practice of the profession, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for people, their habits, beliefs and cultures. CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG4 Understand the boundaries of the profession and its scope of practice, identifying when interdisciplinary treatment or referral to another professional is necessary. CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, healthcare professionals, industry representatives and the media, and be able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG7 Be able to draw up reports and complete records relating to the professional practice of the Dietitian-Nutritionist CG19 Be familiar with national and international health organisations, as well as different health systems, recognising the role of the Dietitian-Nutritionist. CG20 Be familiar with and contribute to the design, implementation and validation of nutritional epidemiological studies, as well as participate in the planning, analysis and evaluation of dietary and nutritional intervention programmes in various settings. CG21 Be able to participate in health promotion activities and the prevention of disorders and diseases related to nutrition and lifestyle, by providing dietary and nutritional education to the population. CG22 Collaborate in the planning and development of policies on food, nutrition and food security based on the needs of the population and the protection of health. CG24 Interpret reports and administrative records relating to food products and ingredients. CG26 To develop, monitor and collaborate on the planning of menus and diets tailored to the characteristics of the target group CG29 Acquire the basic training required for research activity, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving using the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition CE52 Participate in the analysis, planning, implementation and evaluation of epidemiological studies and intervention programmes on diet and nutrition in different areas. CE53 Design and carry out nutritional assessments to identify the population’s needs in terms of diet and nutrition, as well as to identify the determinants of nutritional health. CE54 Design, implement and deliver dietary and nutritional education programmes and training in nutrition and dietetics. CE55 Collaborate in the planning of food and nutrition policies for the food and nutrition education of the population. CE56 Acquire the ability to contribute to promotion, prevention and protection projects with a community-based and public health approach. Learning outcomes Be familiar with community nutrition programmes in Spain and other countries Understand nutritional reference parameters (Recommended Intakes and Nutritional Targets) and the correct use of dietary guidelines. To provide nutritional advice to different groups and to resolve any nutritional problems encountered using the most appropriate preventive methods. Apply techniques for assessing the nutritional status of populations. Interpret the results of nutritional studies. Design and plan intervention strategies in community nutrition. Use techniques for the planning, design and evaluation of nutritional education and intervention programmes. Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and the practice of the profession, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for individuals, their habits, beliefs and cultures. Interpret national and international food legislation. Sit examinations demonstrating the acquisition of the required competences and knowledge Course content description Lectures 1. Introduction. Community intervention policies and strategies. 2. Recommended intakes. Nutritional objectives. Dietary guidelines. 3. Methods for assessing nutritional status in populations. Dietary surveys 4. Mass catering in different settings: schools, workplaces and care homes. 5. Health and food biotechnology: novel foods, functional foods, genetically modified foods. 6. Fad diets, myths and nutritional misconceptions amongst the general public. 7. Eating habits and the media. 8. Genetics and nutrition. 9. Prevention of chronic diseases. Seminars 1. School meals 2. Food legislation 3. Examples of nutrition policies 4. Nutritional information and surveillance systems 5. Community nutrition intervention strategies. Supplementary work Training activities Face-to-face lecture Face-to-face seminar Tutorials Independent study In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Achieve a mark of five points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below: • Final exam: 60% of the final mark • Seminar exam: 10 per cent of the final mark • Supplementary assignment and U-Lab project: 20% of the final mark • Course activities: 10 per cent of the final mark 2. Achieve a mark of five points or higher in each theory exam. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA for passing this module under the CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT system: To be eligible for continuous assessment, a minimum of 70 per cent class attendance is required. • Assessment of the theoretical component: one qualifying exam will be held during the term. This exam will exempt students from further assessment on the material covered once a mark of 5 or above is achieved. This exam will take place once approximately 50 per cent of the syllabus has been covered; the second exam will coincide with the standard exam. Each exam will account for 30 per cent of the final mark for the module. • Assessment of the seminar component will take the form of an exam on the material covered (10% of the final mark for the module). • The supplementary work will be assessed through the submission and presentation of an assignment (10 per cent of the final mark). The U-Lab project will be assessed through the completion and submission of various activities (10 per cent of the final mark). • Course activities are activities carried out as part of the module throughout the academic year (10 per cent of the final mark). REGULAR FEBRUARY EXAM SESSION Mid-term exams not covered by continuous assessment and/or seminars will carry the same weightings as in the continuous assessment. The marks for the supplementary assignment and course activities will stand; neither can be retaken. The same criteria set out above for passing the module will apply. JULY SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSION Mid-term exams not covered by continuous assessment and/or seminars will carry the same weightings as in the continuous assessment. The marks for supplementary work and course activities will be retained; neither can be retaken. The same criteria set out above for passing the module will apply. Students with an exemption are subject to the same assessment criteria as all other students Bibliography Essential: 1. Ángel Gil Treatise on Nutrition 3rd ed. Panamericana. 2017. ISBN: 9788491101956 2. Javier Aranceta Bartrina Community Nutrition Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 2013. 2013. ISBN: 9788445821374 3. José Luis Castillo Hernández Community Nutrition: Methods and Strategies Elsevier. 2015. ISBN: 978-849022899 4. Mataix Verdú, J Nutrition and Human Diet Ergon. 2009. ISBN: 9788473664 5. Ortega RM Clinical Nutrition and Nutritional Health Medica Panamericana. 2023. ISBN: 9788491109044 6. Serra Majem, Ll. Aranceta J Nutrition and Public Health: Methods, Scientific Bases and Applications Barcelona: Masson, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 8445815288 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0360104 | Clinical Biochemistry and Haematology | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Clinical Biochemistry and HaematologyCódigo: 0360104 Imprimir Course 3. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives GENERAL OBJECTIVES 1. To identify, design, obtain, analyse, control and produce drugs, medicines and other products or raw materials of healthcare interest for human and veterinary use. 2. To evaluate the therapeutic and toxic effects of substances with pharmacological activity. 3. Apply the scientific method and develop skills in dealing with legislation, information sources, the literature, the drafting of protocols and other aspects necessary for the design and critical evaluation of pre-clinical and clinical trials. 4. To design, prepare, supply and dispense medicines and other products of healthcare interest. 5. To provide therapeutic advice on pharmacotherapy and diet therapy, as well as on nutrition and diet, within the establishments where services are provided. 6. To promote the rational use of medicines and healthcare products, incorporating basic knowledge of clinical management, health economics and the efficient use of healthcare resources. 7. Identify, assess and evaluate issues relating to drugs and medicines, and actively participate in pharmacovigilance activities. 8. Carry out clinical and social pharmacy activities, following the pharmaceutical care cycle. 9. Participate in health promotion and disease prevention at individual, family and community levels, adopting a holistic and multi-professional approach to the health–disease process. 10. Design, apply and evaluate clinical analytical reagents, methods and techniques, understanding the basic principles of clinical analysis and the preparation of laboratory diagnostic reports. 11. Assess the toxicological effects of substances and design, carry out and interpret the relevant tests and analyses. 12. Carry out hygiene and public health analyses, particularly those relating to food and the environment. 13. Develop communication and information skills, both oral and written, for the care of patients and users of healthcare centres. Furthermore, foster the ability to work and collaborate within multidisciplinary teams, including interaction with other healthcare professionals. 14. Understand the ethical and professional principles of the profession, in accordance with current regulations, and comprehend the ethical implications of healthcare within a changing social context. 15. To recognise one’s own limitations and the need to maintain and update professional competence, prioritising self-directed learning based on available scientific evidence. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES 1. To know and understand the basic principles of clinical analysis, as well as the characteristics and content of laboratory diagnostic reports. 2. To be familiar with analytical techniques relating to laboratory diagnosis, toxic substances, food and the environment. 3. To carry out biochemical hygiene and health analyses applied to health in general and, in particular, to food and the environment. 4. To understand the main metabolic pathways involved in metabolic disorders. 5. To understand the structure and function of the human body, the general mechanisms of disease, and the associated molecular, structural and functional abnormalities. 6. Assess the biological risks arising from the use of laboratory substances and processes. 7. Apply the scientific method: collecting, analysing and classifying data; formulating hypotheses; and drawing conclusions to solve experimental problems. 8. Identify and make appropriate use of bibliographic sources in order to keep abreast of advances in biochemistry and molecular biology. Prerequisites • Basic knowledge of Physiology, Pathophysiology, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. • Understanding of, and ability to carry out, the basic experimental techniques used in biochemistry laboratories Competencies 1. To be familiar with and understand the basic principles of clinical analysis and the characteristics and content of laboratory diagnostic reports. 2. Be familiar with analytical techniques relating to laboratory diagnostics, toxicology, food and the environment. 3. Carry out hygiene and health (biochemical) analyses relating to general health and, in particular, to food and the environment. 4. Theoretical and practical knowledge of the haematological and biochemical parameters commonly used in clinical laboratories. 5. To understand the main syndromes associated with defects in lipid metabolic pathways and to identify the biochemical parameters that enable their diagnosis, prevention and monitoring of their progression. 6. To be familiar with the main syndromes associated with defects in carbohydrate metabolic pathways and to identify the biochemical parameters that enable their diagnosis, prevention and monitoring of their progression. 7. To be familiar with the main syndromes associated with defects in the metabolic pathways of nitrogen-containing compounds and to identify the biochemical parameters that enable their diagnosis, prevention and monitoring of their progression. 8. To be familiar with the main parameters indicating renal and hepatic function, as well as cardiovascular, muscular and skeletal disorders. 9. To understand the main abnormalities in the white blood cell count and their significance in clinical diagnosis, as well as anaemias and disturbances in homeostasis. 10. Handle laboratory products and equipment safely and accurately. Learning outcomes 1. Know which sample is appropriate for each type of analysis to be carried out. 2. Know the appropriate system for the collection, transport and storage of biological samples. 3. To be familiar with the main biochemical parameters that indicate abnormalities in lipid metabolic pathways. 4. Know the main biochemical parameters that indicate alterations in the metabolic pathways of lipids and carbohydrates. 5. To identify the main biochemical parameters that indicate abnormalities in the metabolic pathways of lipids and nitrogen-containing compounds. 6. Be able to determine the altered biochemical parameters involved in liver, kidney, cardiovascular, muscle and bone diseases. 7. Be able to carry out and interpret a complete blood count and other blood parameters. 8. Be able to carry out haemostasis tests and interpret the results. 9. Be able to interpret blood gas and electrolyte test results 10. Be able to devise a diagnostic strategy, selecting the most appropriate laboratory tests for the diagnosis, monitoring and prognosis of common diseases. Course content Module I – Introduction to clinical biochemistry and haematology. Module II – Acid-base and electrolyte imbalances. Module III – Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism. • Glycogen storage diseases • Diabetes mellitus • Intolerances Block IV – Disorders of lipid metabolism. • Dyslipidaemias Section V. – Disorders of nitrogen-containing compound metabolism. • Nucleic acids • Proteins and amino acids Section VI – Renal and hepatic function. Section VII – Other biochemical parameters of diagnostic interest. Section VIII – Haematology. • Anaemias • Haemostasis • Abnormalities in the white blood cell count Training activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–10 Practical laboratory sessions Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–10 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 5–9 Learning outcomes: 3–6 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–10 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–10 Independent work Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–10 Exam Oral and written assessments Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–10 Assessment system and criteria GENERAL ASSESSMENT CRITERIA: To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed all practical sessions. 2. Have taken the practical assessment. 3. Have taken the course’s theory examination. 4. Achieve an overall mark of 5 points or higher, bearing in mind that the following components will be assessed: - Laboratory practicals (20%) - Assignments (literature reviews, presentations, etc.) and/or course activities (10%) - Final exam (theory) (70%). DETAILED ASSESSMENT CRITERIA: Students may pass the module through two systems per academic year: continuous assessment or by sitting the official examinations. ASSESSMENT THROUGHOUT THE ACADEMIC YEAR. Throughout the academic year, students will sit a total of two independent, credit-bearing tests. The mark for each test must be at least 5 in order to be included in the average with the other marks. The final theory mark will correspond to the weighted average of these tests once they have been passed. The student’s mark will be calculated as follows: - 70% Weighted average of the tests (a minimum mark of 5 is required in each one). - 10% Continuous assessment/activities/assignments throughout the course. - 20% Practical work mark. If a student achieves a mark of 5 or above, they will have passed the module and will not need to sit any further examinations; the resulting mark will be their final mark. ASSESSMENT OF PRACTICAL SESSIONS: PRACTICAL SESSIONS ARE COMPULSORY FOR ALL ENROLLED STUDENTS, AND FAILURE TO ATTEND (OR BEING ABSENT WITHOUT VALID REASON) WILL RESULT IN A GRADE OF ‘NP’ IN BOTH THE REGULAR AND SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSIONS. A written examination on the practical work carried out in the laboratory will be held at the end of each block of practicals; this will account for 20 per cent of the final mark. ASSESSMENT OF COURSE ACTIVITIES The following activities will be assessed: • Literature review assignments and oral presentations. ASSESSMENT VIA OFFICIAL EXAMINATION SESSIONS. - Students who pass the course will receive the mark obtained as detailed in the section on course-based assessment. - Students who do not pass the module on a per-year basis must sit the ordinary examination session. REGULAR EXAM SESSION If a student has not passed the module at the end of the academic year, they will be eligible to sit the ordinary examination session, during which they will be examined on the part or parts of the module’s assessments that they failed. The final mark will be the sum of 20% of the mark for compulsory practical work, 10% of the coursework and 70% of the mark for the ordinary examination. The exam mark must be at least 5 in order to be included in the average with the other marks. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION. If a student has not passed the module in the ordinary examination session, they will be given an extraordinary examination session, in which they will be examined on the part or parts of the module’s assessments in which they failed. The final mark will be the sum of 20% of the mark for compulsory practical work, 10% of the coursework and 70% of the mark for the exam in the supplementary assessment period. The exam mark must be at least 5 in order to be included in the average with the other marks. IMPORTANT: ANY SERIOUS CONCEPTUAL ERROR OR ANY OTHER RELEVANT FACTOR THAT THE LECTURER DEEMS APPROPRIATE MAY RESULT IN THE EXAM BEING FAILED, REGARDLESS OF THE NUMERICAL MARK OBTAINED. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Fuentes Arderiu, Xavier. Clinical Biochemistry and Molecular Pathology Reverte. 1998. ISBN: 8429118551 2. Gonzalez, A. Principles of Clinical Biochemistry and Molecular Pathology ELSEVIER. 2010. ISBN: 9788480860765 Supplementary: 3.- Anderson, Shauna C. Clinical Chemistry McGraw Hill - Interamericana. 1995. ISBN: 9682523087 4.- Baynes, John W. Medical Biochemistry Elsevier. 2006. ISBN: 8481748668 5. Devlin, Thomas M. Biochemistry: A Textbook with Clinical Applications Reverte. 1998. ISBN: 8429171258 6. Feduchi Canosa E, Romero Magdalena C, Yáñez Conde E, García-Hoz Jiménez C. Biochemistry: Essential Concepts. 3rd ed. Médica Panamericana. 2025. ISBN: 9788491106807 7. Gaw, Allan Clinical Biochemistry Harcourt. 2000. ISBN: 8481745235 8. Lehninger AL, Nelson DL, Cox MM and Cuchillo Foix CM. Lehninger. Principles of Biochemistry 7th ed. Omega. 2018. ISBN: 9788428216678 9. Ruiz Arguelles, G.J. Fundamentals of Haematology PANAMERICANA. 2009. ISBN: 9786077743040 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0360105 | Pharmacognosy and Phytotherapy | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pharmacognosy and PhytotherapyCódigo: 0360105 Imprimir Course 3. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. General objectives · To learn about the history, distribution, cultivation, collection, selection, preparation, trade, identification, evaluation, preservation and use of natural drugs and compounds derived from them that affect the health of humans or other animals. · To provide a scientific and systematic description of the natural materials used in pharmacy, covering all types of natural compounds of pharmaceutical importance. To present up-to-date information distilled into concepts that can be deduced rather than merely memorised. · To encourage students to exercise critical judgement regarding the clinical evidence for medicinal plants in chronic conditions and acute symptoms. 2. Specific objectives By the end of the course, students will be able to: - Understand the basic chemical structures of the different types of primary and secondary metabolites of importance in pharmacy. - Relate the chemical structures of natural products relevant to pharmacy to their biosynthetic origin, to some of their physicochemical properties and to some of their biological properties. Establish and apply appropriate procedures for the correct quality control and standardisation of plant raw materials. - List and describe the factors influencing the quality and quantity of active constituents in plants: conditions and factors affecting cultivation, harvesting and preservation. Develop practical techniques for the quality control of plant raw materials. - Prepare extracts using different extraction methods appropriate to the type of starting material and the type of products to be extracted, and apply purification techniques for natural products to enrich extracts with a specific type of metabolite or to isolate compounds. - To be familiar with and understand the analytical methodologies that enable the characterisation of extracts and natural products. - Use basic bibliographic resources in the field of phytotherapy. Utilise databases containing monographs on national medicinal plants (CGCOF, Infito, SEFIT, RFE, etc.) and international medicinal plants (EMEA, Commission E, WHO, ESCOP, etc.). Prerequisites Knowledge of botany, organic chemistry, physiology and pathophysiology Competencies 1. Understand the definition and objectives of pharmacognosy and its importance within the context of pharmaceutical sciences. 2. Understand medicinal plants: botanical diversity, physiology, use and management. 3. Develop skills relating to the use of the beneficial effects of medicinal plants and understand the health risks associated with their misuse. 4. Define and distinguish between concepts used in pharmacognosy: medicinal plant, drug, active ingredient, officinal plant, etc. 5. To understand the factors influencing the active ingredient content of plant-derived drugs. Selection, cultivation, harvesting and improvement of plant-derived drugs. 6. Understand preservation and storage procedures, as well as quality control methods. 7. Understand the main chemical constituents of plant origin, their classification and properties. 8. Acquire knowledge of the monographs on the main plant-derived drugs of interest in Pharmacy. 9. To train students to take their first steps in pharmacognosy research 10. To train students to be able to search for, select and analyse information in pharmacognosy with a critical mindset. Use of databases on medicinal plants. Learning outcomes 1. Define the meaning and objectives of pharmacognosy. 2. Correctly apply defined concepts, such as: medicinal plant, drug, etc. 3. List and describe the factors that influence the quality and quantity of active constituents in plants: conditions and factors affecting cultivation, harvesting and preservation. 4. Establish and apply appropriate procedures for the correct quality control and standardisation of plant-based raw materials (plants, extracts, oils, etc.). 5. Identify, evaluate and classify the main groups of chemical compounds present in plants that are responsible for their beneficial or toxic properties. 6. Make appropriate use of the main plants used in the manufacture of medicines, cosmetics, nutritional supplements, etc. 7. Develop practical techniques for the quality control of plant-based raw materials. 8. Use databases containing monographs on national medicinal plants (CGCOF, Infito, SEFIT, RFE, etc.) and international ones (EMEA, Commission E, WHO, ESCOP, etc.). Description of the course content A) THEORETICAL CONTENT PART I. Phytotherapy: Topic 1: Medicinal plants with therapeutic utility in the treatment of hypercholesterolaemia. Topic 2: Medicinal plants with therapeutic benefits in the treatment of hypertension. Topic 3: Medicinal plants with therapeutic benefits in the treatment of insomnia. Topic 4: Medicinal plants with therapeutic benefits in the treatment of depression, anxiety and stress. Topic 5: Medicinal plants with therapeutic benefits in the treatment and prevention of acute respiratory conditions. Topic 6: Medicinal plants with therapeutic benefits in the treatment of prostate conditions. Topic 7: Medicinal plants with therapeutic benefits in the treatment of diabetes. Topic 8: Medicinal plants with therapeutic benefits in the treatment of constipation and diarrhoea. Topic 9: Medicinal plants with therapeutic benefits in the treatment of inflammatory conditions. Topic 10: Phytotherapy throughout the different stages of a woman’s life. PART II. Pharmacognosy: TOPIC 1. Pharmacognosy: content and purpose. Historical development. Legal and scientific concepts of: drug, pharmaceutical, phytopharmaceutical, medicinal product, plant species of medicinal use and active ingredient. Phytopharmacy and its relationship with other pharmaceutical sciences: botany, pharmacology, galenics, ethnobotany, etc. The current status of medicinal plants in the healthcare market. Products of animal and mineral origin used in phytopharmacy. Topic 2. Basic legislative aspects in Spain concerning medicinal plants and products containing them. Botanical pharmacopoeias. Other therapies or purported therapies using plant species and their derivatives: homeopathy, aromatherapy, Bach flower remedies, flower essences. Healthcare fraud involving medicinal plants (‘miracle products’ and those labelled as ‘natural’). TOPIC 3. The extraction of medicinal plants and their active ingredients. Selection, cultivation, harvesting and improvement of medicinal plant species. Methods for obtaining plant-based medicines: extraction, drying, stabilisation. Storage. Extraction of active plant constituents: extraction and purification methods. TOPIC 4. Galenic aspects of medicines based on plants or active ingredients of plant origin. Basic concepts of galenic formulation of plant species and their derivatives. Quality assurance in the handling and manufacture of medicines derived from medicinal plants. Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) as applied to the industrial manufacture of plant-based medicines. TOPIC 5. Control of plant-based medicines. Identity tests: botanical (morphological and histological characteristics). Physico-chemical tests. Biological tests. Quality tests: foreign matter, moisture, ash, extracts, purity. Quantitative tests for active ingredients. Pharmacological and toxicological activity tests. PART III. Active ingredients of plant origin: TOPIC 6. Monosaccharides, oli TOPIC 7. Phenolic derivatives: simple and complex. General characteristics. Distribution in nature. Pharmacological effects. Extraction. Characterisation. Assay. Main derivatives of pharmaceutical use. TOPIC 8. Flavonoids. General characteristics. Distribution in nature. Pharmacological effects. Extraction. Characterisation. Assay. Main derivatives used in pharmaceuticals. TOPIC 9. Anthocyanins and anthocyanosides. General characteristics. Distribution in nature. Pharmacological effects. Extraction. Characterisation. Assay. Main derivatives used in pharmaceuticals. TOPIC 10. Quinone and anthraquinone derivatives. Anthracene glycosides. General characteristics. Distribution in nature. Pharmacological effects. Extraction. Characterisation. Assay. Main derivatives used in pharmaceuticals. TOPIC 11. Tannins. General characteristics. Distribution in nature. Pharmacological effects. Extraction. Characterisation. Assay. Main derivatives used in pharmaceuticals. TOPIC 12. Plant-derived lipids. General characteristics. Distribution in nature. Pharmacological effects. Extraction. Characterisation. Assay. Main derivatives used in pharmaceuticals. TOPIC 13. Terpenoids: mono- and sesquiterpenes. Essential oils. General characteristics. Distribution in nature. Pharmacological effects. Extraction. Characterisation. Assay. Main derivatives used in pharmaceuticals. TOPIC 14. Other monoterpenes and sesquiterpenes. Iridoids, secoiridoids, sesquiterpene lactones. General characteristics. Distribution in nature. Pharmacological effects. Extraction. Characterisation. Assay. Main derivatives used in pharmaceuticals. TOPIC 15. Triterpenes and plant steroid derivatives. Saponins. General characteristics. Distribution in nature. Pharmacological effects. Extraction. Characterisation. Assay. Main derivatives used in pharmaceuticals. TOPIC 16. Cardiotonic glycosides. General characteristics. Distribution in nature. Pharmacological effects. Extraction. Characterisation. Assay. Main derivatives of pharmaceutical use: digitalis and related compounds. TOPIC 17. Alkaloids. General characteristics. Distribution in nature. Pharmacological effects. Extraction. Characterisation. Assay. Main derivatives of pharmaceutical use. TOPIC 18. Oritine and lysine alkaloids. Tropane alkaloids: chemistry, classification, distribution in nature and importance. Pyrrolizidine and piperidine alkaloids. TOPIC 19. Alkaloids derived from phenylalanine and tyrosine: phenylethylamines. Isoquinoline alkaloids: classification and pharmacognostic importance of each group. TOPIC 20. Alkaloids derived from tryptophan: indole alkaloids. Classification and pharmacognostic importance. Quinoline alkaloids: classification and pharmacognostic importance. TOPIC 21. Alkaloids of diverse origin: histidine derivatives, imidazolic alkaloids. Derivatives of terpenoid metabolism, diterpenoid and steroid alkaloids. Xanthine bases. B) PRACTICAL CONTENT The practical sessions are divided into two main blocks: macro- and microscopic identification of plant drugs, and quantitative and qualitative analysis of active constituents of plant origin Training activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. 1,2 Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–6 and 8 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. 1 Competencies: 5–7 and 9 Learning outcomes: 2–5 and 7 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. 0.4 Competencies: 8–10 Learning outcomes: 6–8 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus 0.1 Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. 0.2 Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Independent work Study. Literature review. 2.9 Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Exam Oral and written assessments 0.2 Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–8 Assessment system and criteria To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed all laboratory practicals. 2. Have attended all practical seminars and completed all assigned assignments. 3. Have achieved a mark higher than 5 in the practicals examination and in the seminars 4. Have achieved a mark higher than 5 in each of the mid-term examinations. 5. Achieve an overall mark of five or above, bearing in mind that the following components will be assessed: - 2 assessment tests (with one resit available for each) – 30 per cent for each test. - Seminars and assignments: 15 (literature review and oral presentation) – 15% - Laboratory practicals (practical examination): 25% Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Bravo Díaz, Luis Pharmacognosy Madrid [etc.]: Elsevier, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 9788481746518 2. Bruneton, Jean Phytochemistry: Medicinal Plants Zaragoza: Acribia, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8420009563 3. Font i Quer, Pío Medicinal Plants Península. 1999. ISBN: 8483072424 4. Villar General Pharmacognosy Madrid: Síntesis, 1999. 1999. ISBN: 8477386404 Supplementary: 5.- Barnes, Joanne Medicinal Plants: A Guide for Healthcare Professionals Barcelona: Pharma, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 8495993031 6. Diego Cortés Active Secondary Metabolites Diego Cortés. 2018. ISBN: 9781982044671 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 24 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0231005 | Nutrition | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NutritionCódigo: 0231005 Imprimir Course 3. Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To understand the basic concepts used in the field of dietetics. 2. To identify the biological, psychological, social, cultural, religious and economic factors that influence food consumption. 3. To identify the characteristics of a recommended diet. 4. To analyse alternative patterns of food consumption. 5. To analyse different types of diets currently in use. 6. Use food composition tables and databases to design diets. 7. Learn to use the various methods for calculating diets. 8. Calculate appropriate, personalised diets in accordance with the biological, psychological, social, religious, cultural and economic characteristics of individuals at different stages of life and healthy groups. 9. Calculate menus for individuals, families and healthy groups. Prerequisites Knowledge of Nutrition, Biochemistry and Food Science Competencies Core competences CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in a field of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and problem-solving within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. General competences CG1 Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and professional practice, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for individuals, their habits, beliefs and cultures. CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG4 Understand the boundaries of the profession and its scope of practice, identifying when interdisciplinary treatment or referral to another professional is necessary. CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, and be able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG7 Be able to draw up reports and complete records relating to the professional practice of the Dietitian-Nutritionist CG10 Compile, interpret and manage food composition tables and databases. CG12 Understand nutrients, their function in the body, their bioavailability, requirements and recommendations, and the principles of energy and nutritional balance CG13 – Integrate and evaluate the relationship between diet and nutrition in both healthy individuals and those with medical conditions CG14 – Apply scientific knowledge of physiology, pathophysiology, nutrition and diet to the planning and provision of dietary advice for individuals and groups throughout the life course, whether healthy or unwell. CG16 – Interpret nutritional assessments, evaluate the nutritional aspects of a medical history and draw up a dietary management plan. CG17 – Understand the structure of food services and hospital food and nutrition units, identifying and outlining the role of the Dietitian-Nutritionist within the multidisciplinary team. CG18 Contribute to the organisation, management and implementation of the various forms of hospital catering and nutritional support, as well as outpatient dietary and nutritional treatment CG29 – Acquire the basic training required for research activity, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information to solve problems using the scientific method, and understanding the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition. Specific competences CE28 – Apply Food and Nutrition Sciences to dietary practice CE30 - Assess and calculate nutritional requirements in both healthy and diseased states at any stage of the life cycle. CE31 – Identify the principles of a healthy diet (sufficient, balanced, varied and tailored). CE32 Participate in the design of total diet studies. CE33 Recognise, detect at an early stage and assess quantitative and qualitative deviations from nutritional balance, whether due to excess or deficiency. CE34 Plan, carry out and interpret the assessment of the nutritional status of individuals and/or groups, both healthy (in all physiological situations) and unwell. CE35 - Understand the pathophysiological aspects of nutrition-related diseases. CE36 Identify patients’ dietary and nutritional problems, as well as risk factors and inappropriate practices. CE37 Compile and interpret a dietary history in healthy and ill individuals. Interpret a clinical history. Understand and use the terminology employed in health sciences. CE38 Interpret and integrate clinical, biochemical and pharmacological data into the nutritional assessment of the patient and their dietary and nutritional treatment CE40 Plan, implement and evaluate therapeutic diets for individuals and/or groups CE42 Participate in the multidisciplinary team of a Hospital Nutrition Unit CE44 Develop and implement dietary and nutritional transition plans CE45 Plan and deliver dietary and nutritional education programmes for healthy and sick individuals CE47 Use the basic ICT tools employed in the field of Food, Nutrition and Dietetics CE48 Understand the legal and ethical boundaries of dietetic practice. CE49 Prescribe specific treatment within the dietitian-nutritionist’s scope of practice CE50 Be able to justify the scientific principles underpinning the dietitian-nutritionist’s intervention, basing their professional practice on scientific evidence Learning outcomes Apply the basic techniques used in the field of Dietetics. Interpret food composition tables and databases for the preparation of diets. Compile personal dietary histories and carry out nutritional status assessments. Provide dietary and nutritional advice for the implementation of diets for healthy or unwell individuals or groups. Design diets using existing computer software. Design dietary and nutritional intervention strategies for healthy and unwell individuals. Undertake assessments to demonstrate the acquisition of skills and knowledge Course content Topic 1. Introduction to dietetics. Topic 2. Factors influencing eating behaviour. Topic 3. The nutritional care process. Assessment of nutritional status. Topic 4. Methods for dietary assessment. Topic 5. Nutritional recommendations Topic 6. Characteristics of a healthy and balanced diet. Topic 7. Food consumption patterns Topic 8. Other consumption patterns and alternative diets. Topic 9. Types of ‘miracle’ diets currently in use. Topic 10. Dietary planning: General aspects Topic 11. Methods for designing diets: By weight and portions Topic 12. Methods for designing diets. Food exchange or equivalents system. Topic 13. Designing meal plans for children and adolescents. Topic 14. Designing meal plans for adulthood. Reproductive years, pregnancy, breastfeeding and the menopause. Topic 15. Designing meal plans for older adults. Topic 16. Catering in educational establishments. Topic 17. Catering in workplaces, on aeroplanes and in prisons. Topic 18. Nutrition for the elderly. Care homes. Seminars Dietary surveys Assessment of nutritional status and calculation of requirements, IR Methods of dietary assessment and management of assessment programmes Exchange-based diets Catering for groups Training activities Face-to-face lecture Face-to-face seminar Tutorials Independent study Assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- GENERAL ASSESSMENT CRITERIA To pass this module, students must: Achieve a mark of five points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below: 1. Seminars and coursework: 30% of the final mark (10% each) 2. Final exam (including practical case studies): 70% of the final mark 3. Attendance at all seminars is compulsory. Failure to attend lectures and/or seminars (10% of the attendance mark) and failure to complete the scheduled theoretical and/or practical assignments will result in the loss of the right to sit the exam in both the ordinary and supplementary examination sessions for the academic year 4. A minimum mark of 5 must be obtained in the final examination 5. A minimum mark of 5 must be obtained for the seminar and coursework component of the module. 6. Students with academic exemption who do not opt for continuous assessment must sit an examination covering the theoretical component (lectures and seminars), which accounts for 70 per cent of the final mark; to this will be added 30 per cent from the assignments and activities scheduled for the module during the ordinary and/or supplementary examination periods of the current academic year. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA for passing this module using the CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT system: -The percentages indicated above in the general criteria will apply. For the assessment of the theoretical component, one qualifying examination will be held during the four-month term. This examination will exempt students from further assessment in the subject if a mark of 5 or above is achieved, and may be used to make up for the mark in the ordinary examination session. These examinations may be used to make up for each other, provided that a mark of 5 or above is achieved in both parts. JUNE REGULAR EXAMINATION SESSION: The FINAL GRADE for the module will be calculated by applying the percentages indicated above in the general assessment criteria and having obtained a minimum mark of 5 in the assignments and seminars scheduled for the module. Failure to complete one or more of the course’s practical activities will result in the loss of the right to sit the examination in both the ordinary and supplementary examination sessions for the academic year. EXAM TYPE: -Theory and practical exam: Consists of two parts: a theory section (70% short-answer questions) and a practical section (30% clinical case studies) JULY SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSION If a student has not passed the module in the ordinary June sitting, they will be eligible for an extraordinary sitting in which they will be examined on the entire syllabus of the module. The final mark for the module will be calculated by applying the percentages indicated above in the general assessment criteria; a minimum mark of 5 is required in the final exam, and a minimum mark of 5 must also have been obtained in the seminar and coursework components of the module. EXAM TYPE -Theoretical and practical examination: This consists of two parts: the theoretical part (70% short-answer questions) and the practical part (30% clinical case studies) Bibliography Core: 1. Courtney Moore, Mary Nutrition and Dietetics : Mosby. 1993. ISBN: 8480860839 2. Entrala Bueno, Alfredo Manual of Dietetics Aula Médica Group. 1994. ISBN: 8478850481 3. González de Agüero Laborda, Rafael Nutrition and Dietetics during Pregnancy : Masson. 1996. ISBN: 8445803727 4. Martínez, J. Alfredo Theoretical and Practical Foundations of Nutrition and Dietetics McGraw Hill. 1998. ISBN: 8448602072 5. Moreiras, Olga Food Composition Tables : Pirámide. 1998. ISBN: 8436812557 6. Thoulon-Page, CH. Dietetics Notebooks, 2, Nutrition for Healthy People Barcelona: Masson, 1991. 1991. ISBN: 8445804235 Links Spanish Food Code – Spanish Food Code Small changes for better eating. – Catalan Public Health Agency. Small changes for better eating. Barcelona: published by the Catalan Public Health Agency, 2019. In Spanish. Last accessed: 10 October 2019. Available at: Magic diets - Magic diets ANIBES Study - ANIBES Study Guide to Healthy Eating for Primary Care and Community Groups - Guide to Healthy Eating for Primary Care and Community Groups SENC-Planeta: Madrid, Spain, 2018. Dietary Guidelines for Food and Nutrition in Care Homes for the Elderly and Care Centres for People with Intellectual Disabilities. - Dietary Guidelines for Food and Nutrition in Care Homes for the Elderly and Care Centres for People with Intellectual Disabilities. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0360106 | Pharmaceutical Marketing | OB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pharmaceutical MarketingCódigo: 0360106 Imprimir Course 3. Second-term module. Compulsory. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module will equip you to analyse situations, devise strategies and make decisions in marketing, and provide you with the knowledge to gain a deeper understanding of the role of pharmaceutical marketing management Prerequisites 1. Basic knowledge of business administration (module taken in the first year) Competencies 1. To develop proficiency in the use and management of marketing tools within the pharmaceutical industry. 2. To consider both the legal aspects of the sector and all elements of marketing, covering a wide range of pharmaceutical products and taking into account the factors necessary for conducting proper market research. 3. The course will also examine the various communication channels used to promote these products and the challenges associated with them. Finally, it will cover sales policy – a key factor in a company’s survival – as well as distribution and the point of sale within the pharmaceutical sector 4. To review the areas and steps that need to be taken into account when launching new products in the pharmaceutical industry. 5. To improve interdepartmental relations, integration and performance by ensuring that staff from other departments understand the needs and requirements of the Marketing department, thereby achieving Total Quality. 6. To learn about new technologies applied to marketing (e-business, e-clinical, e-research) 7. To exchange experiences and discuss concerns by analysing real-life case studies with lecturers Learning outcomes 1. Be able to identify marketing objectives in the pharmaceutical industry 2. Understand merchandising strategies in the pharmacy. 3. Be able to draw up a marketing plan for ethical products or EFP. 4. Understand the basic elements involved in preparing press kits, communications materials and information packs for advertising agencies. 5. Understand the use of new technologies applied to marketing and sales. Course content Module 1: The comprehensive marketing plan • Concept • Stages • Development Module 2: Introduction to External Customer Experience • What is External Customer Experience (CX)? • Definition and key concepts • The importance of CX for pharmacy marketing • Types of Customer / Patient • Practical examples of successful experiences (Sephora, Starbucks, IKEA) Module 3: Analysing and Measuring the Customer Experience • Methods for analysing and measuring the customer experience • Satisfaction surveys and NPS • Data analysis tools for pharmacies • Activity: Design a short customer experience survey focused on pharmacies • Objective: To design an effective survey to measure customer satisfaction and experience in pharmacies, identifying key areas for improvement Module 4: Attraction/Need • Pharmacy branding: Defining the pharmacy brand • Brand Communication Strategy (Online/Offline) Module 5: Decision • The Point of Sale as a Communication Tool • Planning point-of-sale campaigns • Merchandising strategies to enhance the customer experience Module 6: Category Management • Concept • From category management to management by therapeutic need Module 7: Sales Management • Key factors for a satisfactory experience: Communication at the counter Module 8: Online Sales • Online communication plan • Websites • Social media • Blended marketing Module 9: Post-Purchase • Creating valuable content • Designing an effective loyalty scheme • Post-Purchase Online/Offline Communication: Tools and Strategies Assignments • Case study method: Applying concepts through practical pharmacy case studies Logistics and Trade Marketing • Distribution models • Packaging, labelling and logos • Establishment and optimisation of logistics centres Finance • Profit and loss account: margin, profit and profitability Introduction to Pharmaceutical Marketing • Context and position within the corporate structure • Organisation chart Market Research • Information gathering by market and therapeutic class (IMS and CRM) • Sales distribution and districts • Mandatory pharmacoeconomic studies in marketing • Pharmaceutical and healthcare expenditure and IRS • Efficacy and safety of medicines with new therapeutic benefits • Cost-effectiveness compared with competitors Outsourcing Pharmaceutical marketing tools • Applications and new technologies: web portals, intranet • Marketing techniques • Direct marketing • Services marketing and quality • Promotional marketing • Co-marketing and co-promotion: Legal differences between the two Marketing Plan • Objectives and strategies • Action Plans • Product types: Prescription, OTC • Product life cycle: Relaunch strategies, legal aspects • The 4 ‘Ps’ Negotiation and sales techniques • Pharmacies • Relationship with the Marketing Department • Sales strategy: Targets and forecasts, interpreting IMS data • Sales Management: Selection of sales staff, training, motivation, remuneration, appraisal • Legislation governing medical visits by autonomous community • Negotiation New Trends in Pharmaceutical Marketing Training Activities 1. Masterclass Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. 1.1 Competencies: 1–7 Learning outcomes: 1–5 2. E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus 0.7 Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes: 1–5 3.- Independent study Study. Literature review. 1.1 Competencies: 1–7 Learning outcomes: 1–5 4. – Examination Oral and written assessments 0.1 Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes: 1–5 Assessment system and criteria To pass this module through continuous assessment: - Attend 70 per cent of the sessions. - Attend 70 per cent of the practical sessions. - Complete the Ulab project. - Complete the UAX Skill School course. Assessment for students who pass via continuous assessment: - Case studies: 70 per cent of the mark. - Ulab: 20 per cent. - UAX Skill School: 10 per cent. Assessment for students who do not pass via continuous assessment: - An exam covering the theoretical concepts from the sessions and the practical case studies. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Al Ries and Jack Trout Positioning: The Battle for Your Mind McGraw-Hill. 2010. ISBN: 9789701036686 2. Frías, Dolores M. Pharmaceutical Marketing Madrid: Pirámide: ESIC, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 8436814282 3. Mickey C. Smith Pharmaceutical Marketing in the 21st Century Pharmaceutical Products Press. 1996. ISBN: 9781560247951 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0360107 | Research Methodology | OB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Research MethodologyCódigo: 0360107 Imprimir Course 3. Second-term module. Compulsory. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives To equip students with the ability to access the most important scientific databases and scientific journal articles, whilst developing their critical thinking skills so that they can evaluate and analyse their content. To prepare students for their final-year dissertation, which will be undertaken in the fifth year of their degree programme. To introduce students who wish to pursue Master’s and PhD studies in the future to the world of research. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been defined for this module Learning Outcomes 1. To be able to obtain scientific and technical information relating to pharmaceutical sciences from both primary and secondary sources. 2. Understand general aspects of scientific methodology and know how to apply them: the components of a scientific paper, scientific notation and how to cite references. 3. Be able to use information and communication technologies (ICT) on a regular basis. 4. Be able to use online teaching platforms and take the first steps in planning and managing active self-learning processes. 5. Understand the historical evolution of pharmacy and, specifically, the most significant scientific advances that have shaped its progression and development. Learning outcomes 1. Understand the process of generating scientific and technical information and the different types of information sources relevant to the pharmaceutical profession. 2. Be able to search for, obtain, summarise and process bibliographic and technical information. 3. Understand the components of a scientific paper and cite scientific references in the standardised manner. 4. To use metric terminology correctly, applying the rules accepted by metrology (use of numerical figures, quantities of measurement, their units and uncertainties). 5. Be able to use information and communication technologies: email, the internet, office software (word processing, spreadsheets, presentation software) and the representation of chemical structures. Description of the content Science, the scientific method and scientific research. Scientific research in Health Sciences. Scientific communication and language. Sources of documentation and information resources in Pharmaceutical Sciences. Types of information: articles, oral presentations, posters, etc. Publication. Publication systems. Evaluation of articles. Analysis of communication and its impact. Bibliographic references. Citation and standardisation. The scientific system in Europe and Spain. Funding sources. The research project. Training activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–6 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Independent study Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Exam Oral and written assessments. Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- GENERAL ASSESSMENT CRITERIA To pass this module, students must: 1. Have achieved a minimum mark of 5 in the theoretical component. 2. Have achieved a minimum mark in the course assignment. 2. Achieve a mark of five or above by adding together the percentages set out below: • Assignments: 40% of the final mark •Theory section: 60% of the final mark (exam 40% and completion and submission of assignments 20%) ASSESSMENT CRITERIA for passing this module under the CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT system: - The percentages indicated above in the general criteria will apply. For the assessment of the theory, exams will be held throughout the course to allow students to pass the module. Marks will be deducted from a score of 5. Similarly, students must complete the proposed courses, activities and exercises, which must be submitted in order to pass the module. Each student must complete a compulsory assignment for the module. Failure to do so will result in the student being awarded a grade of NP. The assessments mentioned above will evaluate the learning outcomes related to competences C1–5 REGULAR EXAM SESSION: Students who have obtained a mark of less than 5 in any or all of the examinations or continuous assessment components must sit an examination for each of the failed components during this sitting. The final mark for the module will be determined by applying the general assessment criteria. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION PERIOD: If a student has not passed the module in the ordinary examination session, they will be given an extraordinary examination session in which they will be examined on the parts they failed. The final mark for the module will be determined by applying the general assessment criteria. TYPES OF EXAM - Theoretical exams: multiple-choice and/or short-answer questions Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Chalmers, A. F. What is this thing called science? : An assessment of the nat Madrid: Siglo XXI, 1994. 1994. ISBN: 8432304263 Supplementary: 2.- Day, RA How to Write and Publish Scientific Papers The Oryx Press. 2005. ISBN: 9275315981 3.- Ordóñez, J; V Navarro; JM Sánchez Ron. History of Science Espasa Calpe. 2007. ISBN: 9788467016697 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0360108 | Parasitology | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ParasitologyCódigo: 0360108 Imprimir Course 3. Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives - For students to become familiar with the main parasites of human interest and the diseases they cause. - For students to understand the life cycles of the main parasites. - For students to be able to recognise the main human parasites on the basis of their morphology. - For students to distinguish the characteristic structures of each taxonomic group - For students to understand the mechanisms of transmission for each parasitic disease, as well as methods of prevention, prophylaxis and treatment. - Students should be able to handle the equipment in the Parasitology laboratory with proficiency. - Students should learn to use the main bibliographic sources. Prerequisites No prior requirements are necessary, although the following are recommended: 1. Basic knowledge of anatomy, physiology and immunology. 2. Basic IT skills to access websites on parasitology. 3. A sufficient level of English to read a review article or consult a website written in that language. Competencies 1. To understand the morphology and life cycle of the main parasites of human interest. 2. Be able to link parasitic diseases to their aetiological agents. 3. Understand the pathogenesis caused by the most important parasites and relate it to their life cycle. 4. To learn the main epidemiological aspects of parasitic diseases. 5. To link the routes of transmission of parasites with control and prophylaxis measures. 6. To understand the most commonly used treatments for each parasitic disease, linking the active ingredients to the life cycle of the parasites. 7. Be able to identify the characteristic structures of each taxonomic group 8. To be familiar with the main arthropod vectors and relate them to the parasite they transmit. 9. To become familiar with the equipment most commonly used in a parasitology laboratory. 10. To carry out parasitological analyses relating to general health and, in particular, to food and the environment. 11. Participate in health promotion and disease prevention activities at individual, family and community levels;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; with a holistic and multi-professional approach to the health-illness process. 12. Learn to use the main bibliographic sources Learning outcomes 1. Be able to identify the endemic areas of the world for the main parasitic diseases. 2. Be able to contribute to the development of control and prevention measures. 3. Be able to advise on the most appropriate treatment for different parasitic diseases. 4. Be able to distinguish, morphologically, between the various groups of parasites of human interest. 5. Be able to identify potential parasites present in various biological samples. 6. Be able to carry out simple parasitological diagnostic techniques. 7. Be able to prepare and interpret a parasitological report. Description of the content THEORY Module 1. – INTRODUCTION TO PARASITOLOGY Topic 1. Definition of parasitism. Types of parasites and hosts. Taxonomy in parasitology Topic 2. Life cycles. Routes of infection. Concepts of epidemiology and pathogenesis. Block 2. – PROTISTS Topic 3. General characteristics of protists. Classification. Topic 4. Phylum Metamonada. Intestinal and genital flagellates (genera Giardia and Trichomonas) Topic 5. Phylum Amoebozoa and Phylum Percolozoa. Amoebae. Morphology and classification. Genus Entamoeba and free-living amoebae Topic 6. Phylum Euglenozoa. Class Kinetoplastea. Haematological flagellates. Genera Leishmania and Trypanosoma. Topic 7. Phylum Apicomplexa. Class Coccidia (genera Cryptosporidium, Cystoisospora (Isospora), Cyclospora, Sarcocystis and Toxoplasma) and Class Haemosporea (genus Plasmodium). Topic 8. Phyla Ciliophora and Microsporidia. Genera of uncertain taxonomic status Block 3. – HELMINTHS Topic 9. General characteristics of helminths. Classification. General characteristics of trematodes. Classification. Topic 10. Blood flukes (Genus Schistosoma). Topic 11. Food-borne trematodes (Genera Fasciola, Clonorchis, Opisthorchis, Paragonimus and Fasciolopsis). Topic 12. General characteristics of cestodes. Classification. Order Pseudophyllidea (Genus Dibotriocephalus (Diphyllobothrium)). Topic 13. Cestodes. Order Cyclophyllidea (Genera Taenia and Echinococcus). Topic 14. General characteristics of nematodes. Classification. Topic 15. Superfamily Trichuroidea (Genera Trichuris and Trichinella). Topic 16. Superfamily Ancylostomatoidea (Genera Ancylostoma and Necator). Topic 17. Superfamily Rhabditoidea (Genus Strongyloides) Topic 18. Superfamily Ascaroidea (genera Ascaris, Toxocara and Anisakidae). Topic 19. Superfamily Oxyuroidea (Genus Enterobius). Topic 20. Superfamily Filaroidea (Genera Onchocerca, Wuchereria, Brugia and Loa). Topic 21. Superfamily Dracunculoidea (Genus Dracunculus). Block 4. – ARTHROPODS Topic 22. General characteristics of arthropods. Class Arachnida: Orders Acariformes and Parasitiformes Topic 23. Arthropods. Class Insecta. Orders Siphonaptera and Anoplura Topic 24. Arthropods. Class Insecta. Orders Hemiptera and Diptera PRACTICAL CLASS CONTENT: Practical Session 1. Identification and classification of parasitic and vector arthropods. Practical Session 2. Identification and description of adults, eggs and larvae of flatworms. Practical 3. Identification and description of nematode larvae, eggs and adults. Practical 4. Identification and description of intestinal, haematological and genital protists. Practical Session 5. Parasitological diagnosis. Training activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. 1.3 1.2 Competencies: 1–8, 11–12 Learning outcomes: 1–5 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. 0.6 1 Competencies: 7–10 Learning outcomes: 4–7 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. 0.2 0.4 Competencies: 4–6, 11–12 Learning outcomes: 2, 3, 7 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus 0.1 Competencies: 1–12 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. 0.2 Competencies: 1–12 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Independent work Study. Literature review. 3.4 2.9 Competencies: 1–12 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Exam Oral and written assessments 0.2 Competencies: 1–12 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Assessment system and criteria To pass this module, students must: • Have completed the laboratory practicals. • Achieve a mark higher than 4.5 in both the theory and practical examinations • Achieve a mark of five or above when the percentages for each of the course’s constituent activities are totalled. COURSE STRUCTURE: 1. THEORY. (Relates to competences C1–C6) This is taught in SESSIONS. It consists of two modules: Introduction and Protists (30% of the final mark) and Helminths (30% of the final mark). A continuous assessment test will be held for each block during the term; a mark of 5 or above is required to pass. Students who fail or do not sit these tests must sit the examination for the corresponding module in the ordinary and/or supplementary examination sessions. 2. LABORATORY PRACTICALS (25% of the final mark for the module). The practicals will be assessed through a practical examination and the marking of the activities carried out. (Relation to competences C7–C10) Attendance at practical sessions is compulsory, and each unjustified absence will result in a 2-point deduction from the final practical mark. Students who fail the practicals must sit the examination during the ordinary and/or supplementary examination periods. 3. ASSIGNMENTS. (Relates to learning outcomes C8, C11–C12.) Students will be assessed on the completion and presentation of assignments on Arthropods (10% of the final mark) and on the knowledge acquired through a test covering the syllabus presented during the presentations (5% of the final mark). The final mark for the module will take into account the student’s attitude, attendance and participation in class. If the theory mark is below 4.5, no average will be calculated and therefore the percentages for the practicals and assignments will not be added together. REGULAR AND/OR SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSION: Students will sit the theory and/or practical component that they have failed or did not sit during the term. The mark will be calculated based on the percentages for each activity only if all of them have a mark of 4.5 or higher. For students who do not pass all their exams in the ordinary or extraordinary examination session, the mark for the failed exam will be recorded. Students who do not complete the practical work will not be eligible to sit the ordinary and/or extraordinary examination session. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Ash, LR Atlas of Human Parasitology 5th ed. Panamericana. 2010. ISBN: 9789500601283 2. Bogitsh, B et al. Human Parasitology Elsevier. 2018. ISBN: 9780128137123 3. Chiodini, PL Atlas of Medical Helminthology and Protozoology 4th ed. Churchill Livingstone. 2001. ISBN: 0443062684 4. Gállego Berenguer, J Manual of Parasitology University of Barcelona. 2007. ISBN: 8447531414 Supplementary: 5.- Becerril Flores, M Medical Parasitology: From Molecules to Disease McGraw-Hill Interamericana. 2011. ISBN: 9786071505125 6. Markell, EK Medical Parasitology 8th ed. Saunders. 1999. ISBN: 0721676340 7. Mehlhorn, H Fundamentals of Parasitology. Parasites of humans and domestic animals Acribia. 1993. ISBN: 8420007382 8. Peters, W and Pasvol, G Atlas of Tropical Medicine and Parasitology 6th ed. Elsevier. 2008. ISBN: 9788480862837 Links CDC’s Alphabetical Index of Parasitic Diseases – Life cycles, photos, etc. of parasites University of Kansas – Images of parasites from the University of Kansas |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 18 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year 4
ANNUAL SUBJECTS
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0460101 | Biopharmacy and Pharmacokinetics | OB | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Biopharmacy and PharmacokineticsCódigo: 0460101 Imprimir Year 4. Annual module. Compulsory. 10 credits. Profesores
Objectives The aim of this module is that, upon completion of the course, students will be able to: 1. Understand the processes that determine how medicines enter the body and the factors that affect their bioavailability. 2. To study the temporal evolution of drug levels in the body, based on a clear mathematical framework, following administration in a pharmaceutical form and via a specific route of administration, including drug release, absorption, distribution and elimination from the body. 3. Interpret the results of plasma concentration and urinary excretion curves. 4. To design guidelines for individualised dosing. Prerequisites Knowledge is required in: 1. Mathematics, including integral and differential calculus, as well as basic descriptive statistics 2. Chemical kinetics 3. Physiology and pathophysiology, enabling students to understand the processes through which a drug acts within the body: membrane structure, blood flow to organs and tissues, physiology of the gastrointestinal tract, etc. 4. Instrumental techniques required to quantify drugs in different biological fluids Competencies 1. Apply knowledge of physics and mathematics to the pharmaceutical sciences. 2. Evaluate scientific data relating to medicines and medical devices. 3. Use statistical analysis applied to the pharmaceutical sciences. 4. Understand the properties of cell membranes and the distribution of drugs. 5. Understand the main metabolic pathways involved in drug degradation. 6. Understand the processes of drug release, absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion, and the factors that influence absorption and disposition depending on the route of administration. 7. To plan and adjust drug dosages based on their pharmacokinetic parameters. 8. Understand the physicochemical and biopharmaceutical properties of active ingredients and excipients, as well as the possible interactions between them. 9. Determination of bioavailability, assessment of bioequivalence and the factors influencing them. Learning outcomes 1. Compare and contrast the effect of different routes of drug administration on the onset, intensity and duration of the pharmacological effect, selecting ‘a priori’ the most appropriate routes to ensure optimal utilisation of the active ingredients to be administered. 2. Understand the temporal evolution of drug levels in the body, based on a clear mathematical foundation, following administration in a pharmaceutical form and via a specific route of administration, including its release, absorption, distribution and elimination from the body. 3. To design dosing regimens for patient populations with different pathophysiological characteristics that ensure safe and effective plasma concentrations of the drug. 4. Apply the criteria used by the FDA and AGEMED to assess the bioequivalence of medicinal products. 5. Problem-solving. Course content Topic 1. Introduction to Biopharmacy and Pharmacokinetics. LADME processes. Process kinetics. Pharmacokinetic models. Topic 2. Drug release. Drug screening and preformulation. Biopharmaceutical classification of drugs. Rapid-release and modified-release dosage forms. Topic 3. Drug absorption. Entry of drugs into the systemic circulation. Mechanisms of drug absorption. Topic 4. Routes of drug administration. Parenteral, enteric and other routes of administration. Topic 5. Drug distribution. Volume of distribution. Plasma protein binding. Pathophysiological factors affecting distribution. Topic 6. Drug elimination. Drug metabolism. Renal and biliary excretion processes. Clearance. Estimation of clearance. Topic 7. Single-compartment model following IV ‘bolus’ administration. Calculation of pharmacokinetic parameters (kel, t1/2, Vd, AUC, Clp) from plasma concentration-time curves. Analysis of urinary data. Topic 8. Single-compartment model following intravenous infusion. Calculation of pharmacokinetic parameters from plasma concentration-time curves. Analysis of urinary excretion data. Topic 9. Multiple-dose kinetics following intravenous administration. Dosage regimens following single administration and via infusion. Applications in clinical pharmacokinetics. Topic 10. Pharmacokinetics of extravascular administration. Calculation of ka and bioavailability. Factors affecting oral absorption. Topic 11. Bioequivalence studies. The concepts of bioavailability and bioequivalence. Design of bioequivalence studies. Topic 12. Multiple-dose kinetics following extravascular administration. Applications in clinical pharmacokinetics. Topic 13. Two-compartment model following IV ‘bolus’ administration and intravenous infusion. Calculation of pharmacokinetic parameters from plasma concentration-time curves. Multiple doses. Topic 14. Two-compartment model following extravascular administration. Calculation of pharmacokinetic parameters from plasma concentration-time curves. Multiple doses. Training activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–5 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1–3 Learning outcomes: 2,5 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Competencies: Learning outcomes: 1–3, 7, 9 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–5 Online learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–5 Independent study Study. Literature review and problem-solving. Skills: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–5 Exam Oral and written assessments. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–5 Assessment system and criteria Knowledge acquired during the practical laboratory sessions will be assessed through the submission of a workbook containing the practical work, which will be marked and will contribute 15% towards the final mark. Attendance at these practical sessions is compulsory (a necessary condition for passing the module). A continuous assessment process will be carried out, contributing 20% to the final mark and taking the following aspects into account: 1. Attendance at lectures and seminars (10 per cent) 2. Completion of written tests (randomly selected at the end of classes) (10 per cent) Finally, a written examination will be held to assess the assimilation of theoretical knowledge; the mark for this will contribute 65 per cent to the overall mark. The exam will consist of a multiple-choice section and three sections involving problem-solving similar to the exercises covered during the course; each of these sections will contribute to the overall mark as follows: - Exam 1: 15% - Exam 2: 20% - Exam 3: 20% - Exam 4: 10% Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Antonio Aguilar Ros, María Consuelo Montejo, Félix Ramón Martín Martín and Manuel Caamaño Somoza Biopharmacy and Pharmacokinetics. Exercises and solved problems. Elsevier. 2025. ISBN: 978-84-1382-6 2. Doménech Berrozpe, José et al. General Treatise on Biopharmacy and Pharmacokinetics (Volumes I and II) Sintesis. 2013. ISBN: 9788499589527 Supplementary: 3.- Benito García Resident Rotation Handbook for the Clinical Pharmacokinetics Unit Luzán 5. 2011. ISBN: 978-84-7989-6 4.- Donald J. Birkett Pharmacokinetics Made Easy McGraw-Hill Interamericana. 2008. ISBN: 8448198042 5. Sara E. Rosenbaum Basic Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics John Wiley & Sons. 2011. ISBN: 978-0-470-569 6. Stephen H. Curry, Robin Whelpton Drug Disposition and Pharmacokinetics John Wiley & Sons. 2011. ISBN: 978-0-470-684 Links Pharmacokinetics and Biopharmaceutics – Introductory course in Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics, developed by David Bourne (College of Pharmacy, University of Oklahoma, USA). Various links to exercises. Clinical Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics – Simulation models of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics, developed by Sara E. Rosenbaum (University of Rhode Island, USA) Interactive Clinical Pharmacology – Principles of Clinical Pharmacology, developed in JavaScript to allow interaction with the student |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0460102 | Pharmacology and Pharmacotherapy | OB | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pharmacology and PharmacotherapyCódigo: 0460102 Imprimir Year 4. Annual module. Compulsory. 15 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide students with a sound grounding in pharmacology, enabling them to carry out their professional duties with confidence through the rational, safe and effective use of medicines. 2. To impart to students the academic knowledge necessary to ensure safety and a thorough understanding of the most important pharmacological groups and their therapeutic indications in the treatment of the various conditions that may affect humans Prerequisites 1. Basic knowledge of physiology, pathophysiology and biochemistry. 2. Basic concepts of organic chemistry, pharmaceutical chemistry and physical chemistry, which are essential for understanding the interactions between drugs and biological structures. 3. Basic knowledge of biopharmacy and pharmacokinetics, which will enable students to understand the bioavailability of each drug. Competencies 1. Be able to use basic pharmacology terminology (concept of a drug, mechanism of action, pharmacological action and effects of drugs) 2. To know and understand the different mechanisms by which drugs exert their pharmacological actions and effects. To learn about the pharmacological actions they produce, their therapeutic effects and adverse reactions, their indications and contraindications, dosage and precautions for use, and the most relevant drug interactions. 3. Understand how drugs interact with one another or with other substances, and recognise the clinical benefits and risks of drug interactions. 4. To be familiar with the main adverse reactions arising from the use of medicines, the clinical manifestations of these adverse reactions, and the main measures for their prevention and treatment. 5. Know how to provide information on therapeutic interventions involving medicines and their beneficial and adverse consequences. 6. To monitor therapeutic effects, adverse effects and drug interactions appropriately 7. Acquire the knowledge necessary for the rational use of medicines. 8. Properly record incidents related to the use of medicines 9. To educate on the appropriate use of medicines. 10. Develop an awareness of the importance of the correct handling of any substance used for therapeutic or diagnostic purposes. 11. Understand the current challenges facing pharmacology in the discovery of new drugs in the face of rapid technological advances. 12. Develop the habit of consulting the literature regarding newly introduced therapeutic drugs, new adverse reactions, new indications, etc. 13. Understand the significance of genetic factors in the variability of response to drugs 14. Be familiar with genetic polymorphisms and changes in the therapeutic activity of medicines related to alterations in pharmacodynamics or pharmacokinetics 15. Understand the metabolic implications of genetic variations in enzymes that metabolise various medicines and how this knowledge can be used to improve pharmacological therapy 16. To learn about genomic technologies applied to the discovery and development of new medicines. 17. To analyse the bioethical implications of pharmacogenetic studies 18. To be familiar with and understand therapeutic strategies based on gene therapy and gene transfer 19. To be familiar with the genes that encode enzymes or transporters influencing the pharmacokinetics of drugs, those that encode the molecular target of drug action or the pathway through which the drug acts, and the genes involved in the disease of interest to be treated or in its intermediate phenotype. 20. Carry out public health analyses relating to health in general and to food and the environment in particular 21. Acquire the skills to provide therapeutic advice on pharmacotherapy Learning outcomes 1. Use and express oneself correctly in terms of the specific terminology of pharmacology. 2. Apply instrumental techniques to assess agonist or antagonist pharmacological actions. Quantify pharmacological action by distinguishing between agonist and antagonist drugs, and calculate the parameters that assess the potency and efficacy of the drugs. 3. Apply active ingredients appropriately in the pharmacological treatment of different pathological conditions. 4. Identify and detect potential drug interactions associated with different pharmacological treatments. 5. Identify, assess and classify different types of adverse reactions associated with pharmacological treatments. 6. Understand and use Spanish and international pharmacological databases and sources of information on medicines to gain knowledge of authorised active ingredients, their marketed pharmaceutical forms and all their characteristics of therapeutic relevance. 7. To learn how to use and interpret drug summaries of product characteristics and the information provided by the Spanish (AGEMED), European (EMEA) and US (FDA) medicines regulatory agencies. 8. Carry out literature reviews that demonstrate critical thinking and the ability to synthesise results of relevance to pharmacology. 9. Apply the general principles of pharmacogenetics and pharmacogenomics to identify specific adverse reactions and drug interactions, and their implications for patient care. 10. Identify the factors contributing to variability in response to medicines 11. Select medicines based on the greatest benefit to the patient, whilst minimising the risks of adverse reactions Course content 1. INTRODUCTION TO PHARMACOLOGY 2. PHARMACOKINETICS 3. PHARMACODYNAMICS 4. PHARMACOLOGY OF CELLULAR MEDIATORS 5. NSAIDs 6. PHARMACOTHERAPY FOR RHEUMATOID ARTHRITIS 7. INTRODUCTION TO THE PERIPHERAL NERVOUS SYSTEM 8. CHOLINERGIC TRANSMISSION. CHOLINERGIC AND ANTICHOLINERGIC DRUGS 9. ADRENERGIC TRANSMISSION. ADRENERGIC AND ANTIADRENERGIC DRUGS 10. NEUROMUSCULAR BLOCKERS 11. LOCAL ANAESTHETICS 12. INTRODUCTION TO THE PHARMACOLOGY OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM 13. CENTRAL ANALGESICS. OPIATES 14. GENERAL ANAESTHETICS 15. ANXIOLYTICS, SEDATIVES AND HYPNOTICS 16. NEUROLEPTIC ANTIPSYCHOTICS 17. ANTI-EPILEPTICS AND ANTICONVULSANTS 18. ANTI-PARKINSON’S DRUGS 19. ANTIDEPRESSANTS AND ANTIMANIC AGENTS 20. PHARMACOLOGY OF MULTIPLE SCLEROSIS AND ALS 21. PHARMACOLOGY OF ALZHEIMER’S DISEASE 22 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ANTIMICROBIAL THERAPY 23 ANTIBIOTICS 24. ANTIFUNGALS 25. ANTIVIRALS 26. ANTINEOPLASTIC AGENTS AND IMMUNOSUPPRESSANTS 27. PHARMACOLOGY OF HAEMOSTASIS 28. DIURETICS 29. PHARMACOLOGY OF HEART FAILURE 30. ANTIARRHYTHMIC DRUGS 31. ANTIHYPERTENSIVES 32. ANTIANGINAL DRUGS 33. PHARMACOLOGY OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM 34. PHARMACOLOGY OF THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM 35. DRUGS FOR THE ENDOCRINE AND METABOLIC SYSTEMS I: CORTICOSTEROIDS, ANTITHYROID AGENTS, ANTIDIABETICS, 36. DRUGS FOR THE ENDOCRINE AND METABOLIC SYSTEM II: LIPID-LOWERING AGENTS, ANTIGOUT AGENTS AND ANTI-ANAEMIC AGENTS Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Seminars: Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries. Independent study: Study. Interpretation and resolution of practical case studies. Exam: Oral and written assessments. Lecture (theoretical) Presentation of pharmacological concepts, content and processes 4 Competencies: 1–21 Learning outcomes: 1–11 Practical laboratory sessions Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. 1,2 2,2 Competencies: 3,5,6,19, Learning outcomes: 2, 6, 7 and 10 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Lectures. 0.8 Competencies: 7, 8, 9, 12, 21 Learning outcomes: 6–8 and 11 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus 0.3 Competencies: 1–21 Learning outcomes: 1–11 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. 0.4 Competencies: 1–21 Learning outcomes: 1–11 Independent work In groups of 5 students who will present and discuss their work publicly 8 7 Competencies: 1–21 Learning outcomes: 1–11 Exam Written tests 0.3 Competencies: 1–21 Learning outcomes: 1–11 Assessment system and criteria GENERAL ASSESSMENT CRITERIA To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed all laboratory practicals. Failure to do so will prevent you from sitting the final exam for the module. 2. Have achieved a minimum mark of 5 in the theory component. 3. Achieve a mark of five or above by adding together the percentages set out below: - Lecture-based exam: 60% - Practical exam: 15% - Practical logbook: 5% - Written assignments and other activities: 20% ASSESSMENT CRITERIA for passing this module under the CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT system: - The percentages indicated above in the general criteria will apply, but for the assessment of theory, four qualifying exams will be held throughout the course. - These exams will exempt students from further assessment of the material covered from a mark of 5 upwards, and marks of 4 or above will count towards the final mark. - If a student achieves a mark lower than 4 in any of these exams, they may sit the others; if they pass them, they will have the opportunity to retake those sections in the final exam during the ordinary June sitting or the extraordinary July sitting. REGULAR JUNE EXAM SESSION: Students who have obtained a mark lower than 4 in any or all of the continuous assessment exams must sit an exam for each of the failed sections during this sitting. These exams will exempt students from further assessment for marks of 5 or above, and will allow for compensation for marks of 4 or above. The final mark for the module will be determined by applying the general assessment criteria. JULY EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION If a student has not passed the module in the ordinary June sitting, they will have the opportunity to sit an extraordinary sitting in which they will be examined on the parts they failed. These examinations will exempt students from further assessment for marks of 5 or above, and marks of 4 or above will be taken into account. The final mark for the module will be determined by applying the general assessment criteria. TYPES OF EXAM - Practical exams: multiple-choice and short-answer questions. - Theoretical exams: multiple-choice Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Espinosa Meléndez Pharmacology and Therapeutics in Dentistry Panamericana. 2012. ISBN: 9786077743484 2. Jesús Flórez Human Pharmacology, 6th edition 5th ed. Elsevier. 2013. ISBN: 9788445818619 3. Lorenzo / Moreno / Leza / Lizasoain / Moro Velázquez. Basic and Clinical Pharmacology. 18th edition (Includes website) Editorial Médica Panamericana. 2008. ISBN: 9788498351682 4.- Raffa, R. / Rawls, S.M. / Beyzarov, E.P. Netter. Illustrated Pharmacology Elsevier. 2008. ISBN: 9788445819012 5. Rang and Dale Pharmacology Elsevier. 2012. ISBN: 9788480869089 6. Tripathi Pharmacology in Dentistry Panamericana. 2008. ISBN: 9789500600866 Supplementary: 7.- Betés / Durán / Mestres / Nogues Pharmacology for Physiotherapists, 1st ed. Panamericana Medical Publishers. 2008. ISBN: 9788498351743 8.- Donald J. Birkett Pharmacokinetics Made Easy McGraw-Hill Interamericana. 2008. ISBN: 8448198042 9. Heinz Lullmann Atlas of Pharmacology Masson. ISBN: 8445811606 10. Lüllmann / Mohr / Hein Pharmacology. Textbook and Atlas. 6th Edition Panamericana Medical Publishers. 2010. ISBN: 9788498352177 11. Magali Taylor ‘Mosby’s Crash Course’: The Essentials of Pharmacology Elsevier. ISBN: 8481746940 12. Nicandro Mendoza Medical Pharmacology (Includes Website and CD-ROM) 1st ed. Panamericana Medical Publishing. 2009. ISBN: 9789687988443 13. Mestres / Durán Pharmacology in Nutrition, 1st ed. Panamericana Medical Publishing. 2011. ISBN: 9788498353327 14.- Ruiz Gayo / Fernández Alfonso Fundamentals of Basic and Clinical Pharmacology. 2nd edition Editorial Médica Panamericana. 2013. ISBN: 9788498355987 15.- Somoza Pharmacology in Nursing. Clinical Cases, 1st ed. Panamericana Medical Publishers. 2012. ISBN: 9788498354119 Others: 16. A. Velasco Clinical Pharmacology and Medical Therapy McGraw-Hill Interamericana. ISBN: 844860427x 17. A. Velasco Fundamental Pharmacology McGraw-Hill Interamericana. ISBN: 8448604822 18. Alfonso Velasco Velázquez. Pharmacology McGraw-Hill Interamericana. ISBN: 8476159587 19. Alfred Goodman Gilman The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics McGraw-Hill. ISBN: 970-10-3879-7 20. Josep - Eladi Baños Díez Scientific Foundations of Drug Use Masson. ISBN: 8445811665 21. Luis Bravo Díaz Handbook of Pharmacotherapy ISBN: 8481747645 22. Mary Kaye Asperheim Pharmacology McGraw-Hill Interamericana. ISBN: 9701014502 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0460103 | Pharmaceutical Technology | OB | 14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pharmaceutical TechnologyCódigo: 0460103 Imprimir Year 4. Annual module. Compulsory. 14 credits. Profesores
Objectives To teach students the various techniques used in the design, formulation, manufacture, packaging and evaluation of pharmaceutical dosage forms. It also aims to provide students with the knowledge required to identify the pharmaceutical form—for one or more active ingredients—best suited to the treatment of a specific disease, whilst always adhering to the quality criteria set out in the Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) guidelines and the provisions of the Spanish Royal Pharmacopoeia. Prerequisites 1. Physics, Mathematics, Chemistry and Physical Chemistry, enabling students to understand the basic processes governing the preparation, formulation and/or manufacture of medicines. 2. Pharmacology, to enable students to interpret the site of action of drugs and select the appropriate pharmaceutical form and route of administration for a specific active ingredient. 3. Biopharmacy and pharmacokinetics, enabling students to design the appropriate pharmaceutical form for a given route of administration. 4. Instrumental techniques and chemical analysis, enabling students to carry out the necessary checks following the preparation and/or manufacture of a medicinal product. 5. Physiology and pathophysiology, enabling students to understand the processes through which a drug acts within the body: membrane structure, blood flow to organs and tissues, physiology of the gastrointestinal tract, etc., so that they can design the most suitable dosage form for a specific drug. Competencies 1. To understand the physicochemical and biopharmaceutical properties of active ingredients and excipients, as well as the possible interactions between them. 2. Understand the stability of active ingredients and pharmaceutical forms, as well as the methods used to study them. 3. Understand the basic operations and technological processes involved in the manufacture and control of medicines. 4. Understand the chemical, physical and physicochemical properties of drugs in pre-formulation studies and the possibilities for optimising these properties. 5. Determination of bioavailability, assessment of bioequivalence and the factors influencing them. 6. Understand the processes of drug release, absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion, and the factors influencing absorption and disposition depending on the route of administration. 7. Understand the various excipients and their function in each dosage form 8. To design, optimise and manufacture pharmaceutical dosage forms whilst ensuring their quality, including the formulation and quality control of medicines, and the development of magistral formulations and officinal preparations. 9. To train and equip students to design and correctly prepare non-conventional pharmaceutical forms and to introduce them to the development of new formulations, including those of biotechnological origin. 10. Understand and apply the controls to be carried out during the manufacturing process of these formulations and on the finished medicinal product, in accordance with the Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia. 11. To apply quality control to medical devices, dermopharmaceuticals, cosmetics and packaging materials. 12. To plan and adjust the dosage of medicines based on their pharmacokinetic parameters. 13. To design and implement guidelines for the preparation and/or manufacture of medicines. 14. Understand the standards of good manufacturing and preparation practice (GMP) at industrial, hospital and community pharmacy levels. 15. Understand the relevant standard operating procedures (SOPs) for carrying out the various activities required at industrial, hospital and community pharmacy levels. (Manufacture or preparation, operation of equipment, cleaning, maintenance, etc.) 16. Understand the importance of the various types of calibration and learn how to calibrate small laboratory equipment (balances, pH metres, automatic pipettes, etc.) 17. Understand quality control systems and the most commonly used international standards (ICH, FDA). 18. Learn to work in accordance with Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) standards and to carry out study protocols. 19. Act in accordance with ethical and professional principles and in line with the legislative, regulatory and administrative provisions governing professional practice. 20. Acquire the skills to work independently: information retrieval and the ability to evaluate information. 21. Acquire the skills to work as part of a team. 22. Be able to apply knowledge in practice. Learning outcomes 1. Demonstrate discipline and responsibility both independently and as part of a team. 2. Be able to participate effectively in teamwork. 3. Demonstrate a sense of ethics in the workplace. 4. Be able to recognise and correct mistakes. 5. Respect the opinions and decisions of others. 6. Design pre-formulation studies to be carried out in accordance with the chemical, physical and physico-chemical characteristics of the medicines. 7. Select the appropriate pharmaceutical form and route(s) of administration based on the pathophysiological process to be treated and the characteristics of the medicinal product. 8. Select the excipients appropriate to the chosen pharmaceutical form. 9. Design and carry out the processes for the preparation and/or manufacture of conventional pharmaceutical forms. 10. Apply the technological procedures relating to the design and correct preparation of innovative pharmaceutical forms. 11. Carry out quality controls during the preparation and/or manufacture of medicines and on the finished formulation. 12. Conduct literature reviews that demonstrate critical thinking and the ability to synthesise results. 13. Draw up the relevant standard operating procedures (SOPs) for carrying out the various activities to be performed at industrial, hospital or community pharmacy level. (Manufacture or preparation, operation of equipment, cleaning, maintenance, etc.). 14. Work in accordance with Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) standards. 15. Draw up a study protocol. 16. Calibrate small laboratory equipment (balances, pH metres, automatic pipettes, etc.). 17. Be able to select and implement the most appropriate technological strategies for each type of pharmaceutical formulation. Description of the course content A) THEORY WEEKS 1 to 5 Course presentation and introduction: Topic 1: Introduction to pharmaceutical technology. Concepts and objectives. Definitions: active ingredient, excipients, pharmaceutical dosage forms. Basic operations. Formulation Topic 2 Pre-formulation: Properties of the solid state. Purity. Crystallinity. Polymorphism. Hydrates and solvates. Stability. Compatibility with excipients. Suitability for the preparation and/or manufacture of medicines. Analytical techniques for evaluation and control. Section: Basic pharmaceutical operations: Topic 3 Particle size reduction. Pulverisation. Importance of particle size for the preparation of solid, semi-solid and liquid medicines. Importance as a determinant of biopharmaceutical properties. Pulverisation systems in community pharmacies, hospital pharmacies and the pharmaceutical industry. Topic 4: Separation and classification of particles by size. Particle size analysis. Selection of the appropriate particle size fraction for the dosage form. Equivalent diameters. Techniques. Sieving. Sedimentation. Microscopy. Laser particle counters, other techniques. Mixing of solids: drugs and excipients. Types of mixtures. Mixing mechanisms. Process analysis. Techniques. Controls Topic 5 Mixing of solids. Particle agglomeration. Topic 6 Rheology of raw materials for pharmaceutical use. Rheology of powdered solids. Flow and deformation properties. Evaluation methods. Technological procedures for modifying rheological properties WEEKS 6, 7 AND 8 Topic 7 Drying and atomisation. Drying. Importance of the equilibrium moisture content of drugs and excipients in the development of pharmaceutical dosage forms. Drying as a process prior to the manufacture of pharmaceutical dosage forms. Equipment. Atomisation. Fluidised bed. Other systems Topic 8 Filtration. Filtration as a process prior to the manufacture of pharmaceutical dosage forms. Filtration systems. Controls. Topic 9. Sterilisation. Methods: heat, filtration, radiation, chemical agents. Sterilisation of pharmaceutical dosage forms. Controls. Topic 10: Freeze-drying. Theoretical principles. Stages of the process: freezing, primary and secondary drying. Process conditions and controls. Excipients. Equipment. Pressure and temperature control systems. Special conditions for biological medicines. Packaging and controls of the finished product. WEEK 9 FIRST MID-TERM EXAM WEEK 9 10 Part: Pharmaceutical Dispersed Systems: Topic 11. General properties of homogeneous dispersion systems. Importance of the parameters affecting solubility and dissolution rate in pharmaceutical formulation. Drug solubilisation techniques depending on the dosage form to be developed. Controls Dissolution. General principles. Solubility and dissolution rate. Influencing factors. WEEKS 11, 12, 13, 14 There are no classes during the December bank holiday week Topic 12. General properties of heterogeneous dispersed systems. Preparation of pharmaceutical suspensions. Preparation of pharmaceutical emulsions, microemulsions and multiple emulsions. Specific properties. Quality control. Classification. Factors influencing the stability of dispersed systems. Colloidal systems. Rheology. General principles. Newtonian fluids. Behaviour of non-Newtonian fluids. Thixotropy. 1. Suspensions. General characteristics. Preparation, stability and formulation of suspensions. Pharmaceutical control of suspensions. 2. Emulsions. General characteristics. Emulsifiers: definition. Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance (HLB). Selection of emulsifiers. 3. Classification of the main emulsifiers. Anionic, cationic, non-ionic and amphoteric emulsifiers. Other substances used in the stabilisation of emulsions. 4. Formulation of emulsions. General methods of preparation. Pharmaceutical control of emulsions. Week of 18 December: questions ahead of the second mid-term exam in January SECOND TERM PART: PHARMACEUTICAL DOSAGE FORMS: WEEK 1 2 3 4 • Solid oral dosage forms. Topic: Solid forms for oral administration: powders. Compounding. Industrial production. Packaging and preparation. Testing and quality control. Topic: Solid forms for oral administration: granules. Granulation techniques. Coatings. Compounding and industrial formulation. Packaging and conditioning. Testing and quality control. Topic. – Solid oral dosage forms: Tablets. Theoretical principles: Physics of compression. Formulation components. Preparation. Industrial production. Packaging and conditioning. Testing and quality control. Topic. – Solid oral dosage forms: Special tablets. Classification. Coatings. Formulation components. Industrial production. Packaging and conditioning. Testing and quality control. Topic. - Solid oral dosage forms: Capsules. Raw materials. Composition and formulation. Compounding. Industrial production. Packaging and finishing. Testing and quality control. • Liquid oral dosage forms. Solutions, emulsions and suspensions. Syrups. Other liquid oral formulations. Components of these formulations. Compounded formulations. Industrial production. Packaging and conditioning. Testing and quality control. • Otic and nasal dosage forms. Liquid and semi-solid formulations. Requirements, excipients, general methods of preparation and finished product controls. WEEKS 5, 6, 7 5–8 CONTROLLED-RELEASE FORMULATIONS Innovative controlled-release therapeutic systems. Objectives, theoretical basis and manufacturing technology of formulations grouped according to route of administration. Topic: Controlled-release systems I. Mucoadhesive systems. Theoretical basis. Advantages and limitations. Patches, tablets and gels. Excipients and manufacturing methods. Oral and nasal mucoadhesive systems. Applications. Quality controls. Topic: Controlled-release systems II. Oral routes of administration. Orally dispersible systems. Matrix systems. Reservoir systems. Osmotic systems. Other systems. Excipients and preparation procedures. Topic. – Controlled-release systems III. Parenteral routes of administration. Classification. Liquid systems and implants. Components. Applications. Topic. - Controlled-release systems IV. Transdermal delivery systems (TDS). Classification. Objectives. Advantages and limitations. Controls and applications WEEKS 8 AND 9 VECTORISATION Topic 11. – Micro- and nanoparticles for pharmaceutical use. Definition and classification. Micro/nanocapsules: advantages and limitations. Components: excipients and adjuvants. Preparation techniques. Matrix micro/nanoparticles: preparation methods. Specific controls. Topic 12.- Processes for producing liposomes and other related structures. Liposomes: definition and classification. Advantages and limitations. Components: excipients and adjuvants. Preparation methods. Applications. Controls. Other liposome-like vesicles. WEEKS 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 Parenteral routes of administration. Classification. Technological requirements. Pyrogen removal methods. Isotonicisation methods. Formulation of parenteral preparations. Stages of the manufacturing process. Tests and controls Ophthalmic routes of administration. Eye drops, ointments and other ophthalmic formulations: Requirements, excipients, general methods of preparation and finished product controls. Topical dosage forms. Rectal and vaginal routes of administration. Suppositories, enemas and other rectal forms. Vaginal forms. Requirements, excipients, general methods of preparation and finished product controls Percutaneous dosage forms. Semisolid formulations: ointments, creams, gels and foams. Liquid and solid formulations. Requirements, excipients, general methods of preparation and finished product controls Heterogeneous dispersed systems: aerosols. Pulmonary routes of administration. Pressurised systems. Advantages and limitations. Theoretical basis. Formulation components. Containers. Filling methods. Controls. Non-pressurised systems: nebulisers and dry powder inhalers. Advantages and limitations. Types, operation and formulation. New formulations. Applications. Controls. B) PRACTICAL SESSIONS The main aim of the practical sessions is to enable students to apply their theoretical knowledge to the preparation and control of medicines. Practical sessions will cover the preparation of: 1st TERM: 1. Granules. 2. Tablets. 3. Capsules. 2nd QUARTER 1. Syrups. 2. Suppositories. 3. Emulsions and ointments. Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Seminars: Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries. Independent study: Study. Analysis and resolution of practical case studies. Exam: Oral and written assessments. Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Learning outcomes: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1, 5, 6–9, 12, 13, 15 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1–5, 10–11, 13–22 Learning outcomes: 2–5, 8–11, 13–17 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Lectures. Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1–17 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1–17 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 6–10, 15, 17 Independent study Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1–17 Exam Oral and written assessments Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1–17 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70% of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- GENERAL ASSESSMENT CRITERIA To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed all laboratory practicals. Failure to complete these will prevent you from sitting the final exam for the module. 2. Have achieved a minimum mark of 5 in the theoretical component. 3. Achieve a mark of five or above by adding together the percentages set out below: • Laboratory practicals: 20% of the final mark • Coursework: 20% of the final mark •Final exam: 60% of the final mark ASSESSMENT CRITERIA for passing this module under the CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT system: - The percentages indicated above in the general criteria will apply, but for the assessment of the theory, four qualifying exams will be held throughout the course. - These exams will exempt students from further assessment of the material covered from a mark of 5 upwards, and marks of 4 or above will count towards the final mark. - If a student achieves a mark lower than 4 in any of these exams, they may sit the others; if they pass them, they will have the opportunity to retake those sections in the final exam during the ordinary June sitting or the extraordinary July sitting. REGULAR JUNE EXAMINATION SESSION: Students who have obtained a mark lower than 4 in some or all of the continuous assessment exams must sit those mid-term exams during this session. These exams can be used to offset each other provided they are marked 4 or above, but the average of the four mid-term exams must be 5 (requirement 2: having obtained a minimum mark of 5 in the theory section). The final mark for the module will be determined by applying the general assessment criteria. JULY SPECIAL EXAMINATION SESSION If a student has not passed the module in the ordinary June sitting, they will have the opportunity to sit an extraordinary sitting in which they will be examined on the parts they failed. These exams may be used to compensate for one another, provided the mark is 4 or above, but the average of the four mid-term exams must be 5 (requirement 2: having obtained a minimum mark of 5 in the theory section). The final mark for the module will be determined by applying the general assessment criteria. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Lozano Estevan, María del Carmen; Córdoba Díaz, Damián; Córdoba Díaz, Manuel Handbook of Pharmaceutical Technology ELSEVIER. 2012. ISBN: 9788480866002 Supplementary: 2.- MINISTRY OF HEALTH Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia Madrid: Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs, Centre d. 1998. ISBN: 8434009420 Other: 3.- AULTON Pharmacy: the science of pharmaceutical formulation design 2nd ed. Madrid [etc.]: Elsevier, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8481747289 4.- BANKER Modern Pharmaceutics 4th ed. New York; Basel (Switzerland): Marcel Dekker, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 0824706749 5. Belon, Jean-Paul Advice in the Pharmacy Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8445810901 6. COF VIZCAYA Compounding of Medicines Bizkaia: Official College of Pharmacists of Bizkaia. 2004. ISBN: 8492185260 7.- Spain. Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs National Formulary Madrid: Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs: Bulletin. 2003. ISBN: 8434014718 8. Herrera Carranza, Joaquín Manual of Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Care Madrid [etc.]: Elsevier, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8481746584 9. Hir, Alain Le Galenic Pharmacy Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 1995. 1995. ISBN: 8445802941 10. Llopis Clavijo, Mª José Basic Formulary of Compounded Medicines Valencia: El Cid, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8460729664 11. LOZANO ESTEVAN, MC HANDBOOK OF PHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY PRACTICES II BELLISCO. 2007. ISBN: 8496486690 12. MARTINDALE Martindale: A Comprehensive Guide to Pharmacotherapy Barcelona: Pharma, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8495993007 13. Plasencia Cano, Manuela Manual of Supervised Practical Training in a Pharmacy Madrid: Editorial Complutense, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 847491678X 14. Thompson, Judith E. Contemporary Pharmacy Practice Madrid: McGraw-Hill, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 970105136X 15. VILA JATO, JL Pharmaceutical Technology Madrid: Síntesis, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8477385394 Links TRENDS IN PHARMACOLOGICAL SCIENCES – scientific article Genetically engineered loaded extracellular vesicles for drug delivery TRENDS IN PHARMACOLOGICAL SCIENCES – journal Spanish Medicines Agency – Spanish Medicines Agency website Spanish Pharmacists’ Business Federation – Spanish Pharmacists’ Business Federation website Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia - Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia Spanish Society of Industrial and Galenic Pharmacy (SEFIG) – SEFIG website Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs – Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs website Spanish Society of Hospital Pharmacy (SEFH) – SEFH website Complutense University of Madrid. Faculty of Pharmacy – Website of the Faculty of Pharmacy at the Complutense University of Madrid AEFI Spanish Association of Industrial Pharmacists – Portal of the Spanish Association of Industrial Pharmacists |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 39 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0460104 | Clinical Microbiology and Parasitology | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Clinical Microbiology and ParasitologyCódigo: 0460104 Imprimir Course 4. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To ensure that students learn the main characteristics of infectious and parasitic diseases: their aetiology, diagnosis and treatment. Students will be trained in the entire process of pathogen identification, starting with the criteria to be followed when collecting and transporting samples to the laboratory, and continuing with identification procedures using classical microbiological, parasitological, serological and molecular methods. Finally, the foundations of antimicrobial and antiparasitic therapy will be established so that students are able to interpret the results and analyse the most effective agent for each condition. Prerequisites • To have completed the modules in Physiology, Pathophysiology, Microbiology, Parasitology and Immunology. • Be familiar with and able to carry out the basic experimental techniques used in microbiology, parasitology and immunology laboratories. • Have a sufficient knowledge of English to read a review article or access a website written in that language • Basic IT skills to use word processors, databases, create PowerPoint presentations and access data on the Internet. Competencies 1. To be familiar with and understand the basic principles of clinical analysis and the characteristics and content of laboratory diagnostic reports. 2. Carry out hygiene and health analyses (microbiological and parasitological) relating to general health and, in particular, to food and the environment. 3. Establish the criteria to be followed in the collection, transport, counting and processing of a sample in a clinical laboratory for the diagnosis of infectious and parasitic diseases. 4. Identify the main infectious diseases and understand the microbiological, serological and molecular methods used for laboratory diagnosis. 5. Be able to interpret and prepare reports on the results of microbiological analyses of hygiene and health samples. 6. Understand the methods used to select the antimicrobial agents of choice for the treatment of infections. 7. Identify the main parasitic diseases and understand the parasitological, serological and molecular methods used for laboratory diagnosis. 8. Apply the scientific method – including the collection, evaluation and classification of data, the drawing of conclusions, and the formulation of hypotheses – to resolve experimental questions. 9. Understand the basic quality and safety standards in microbiology and parasitology laboratories. Learning outcomes 1. Know which sample is appropriate for each type of analysis to be carried out. 2. Know the appropriate system for the collection, transport and storage of biological samples. 3. Be able to isolate and identify the microorganisms involved in various infectious diseases. 4. Be able to carry out an antibiotic susceptibility test and advise on the antibiotic of choice for treatment. 5. Be familiar with the main parasitological techniques used to isolate and identify the parasites involved in various parasitic diseases. 6. Be able to use databases within the field of Health Sciences. Course description CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY TOPIC 1. Laboratory diagnosis of bacterial, viral and fungal infections. TOPIC 2. Infections of the upper respiratory tract and pararespiratory structures. TOPIC 3. Infections of the lower respiratory tract. TOPIC 4. Pulmonary tuberculosis. TOPIC 5. Urinary tract infections TOPIC 6. Sexually transmitted infections and infections of the genital tract. TOPIC 7. Infections of the gastrointestinal tract. TOPIC 8. Infections of the central nervous system. TOPIC 9. Systemic infections. TOPIC 10. Infections of the skin and subcutaneous tissue. Viral rashes. TOPIC 11: Pyogenic, necrotising and osteoarticular infections. TOPIC 12: Eye infections and otitis externa. TOPIC 13. Infectious hepatitis. TOPIC 14. Vertically transmitted infections. Serology in pregnancy. CLINICAL PARASITOLOGY TOPIC 1. Diseases caused by parasites and their clinical manifestations TOPIC 2. Laboratory diagnosis of parasitic diseases TOPIC 3. Intestinal parasitic infections. Diagnostic techniques for faecal samples TOPIC 4. Haemoparasitic diseases. Histoparasitic diseases. Diagnostic techniques in blood and other tissues. TOPIC 5. Immunological diagnosis in parasitology. Molecular techniques Training activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 2, 5, 6, 8, 9 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 4–8 Learning outcomes: 3–7 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Independent work Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Exam Oral and written assessments. Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Assessment system and criteria To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed the laboratory practicals. Failure to do so will result in a fail for the module. 2. Have achieved a minimum mark of 5 in the theory examinations. 3. Achieve a mark of five or above by adding together the percentages set out below: Theoretical content examination: 60% of the final mark (Acquisition of knowledge: written examination). Relation to competences C1–C8. Laboratory practicals: 25% of the final mark (Application of knowledge: ‘on-site’ assessment by the lecturer and written examination). Relates to competences C2, C5, C6, C8 and C9. Course activities: 15% of the final mark (literature review assignments, case studies, in-class tests, attendance, participation and collaboration in tutorials and seminars). Relates to competences C4–C8. NOTE: In order for the percentages corresponding to Laboratory Practical Work and Course Activities to be included in the final mark, students must have passed the theory examinations with a mark of 5 (or higher). Otherwise, these percentages will not be included in the final mark for the module. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Ash, LR Atlas of Human Parasitology 5th ed. Panamericana. 2010. ISBN: 9789500601283 2. Becerril Flores, M Medical Parasitology: From Molecules to Disease McGraw-Hill Interamericana. 2011. ISBN: 9786071505125 3. Prats, Guillem Medical Microbiology and Parasitology Buenos Aires: Editorial Medica Panamericana, 2012. 2012. ISBN: 9788498354294 4. Struthers, J. Keith Clinical Bacteriology Barcelona: Masson, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 8445814494 Supplementary: 5.- García, Lynne S. Diagnostic Medical Parasitology Washington, D.C.: American Society for Microbiology, 2007. ISBN: 1555813801 6. Nath, Swapan K. Microbiology: Based on Problem Solving Barcelona: Elsevier, 2007. 2007. ISBN: 072160630 7. Rosa Fraile, Manuel de la Microbiology in Health Sciences: Concepts and Applications Madrid [etc.]: Elsevier, 2011. 2011. ISBN: 9788480866927 8. Spicer, John W. Clinical Microbiology and Infectious Diseases: Text and A Amsterdam [etc.]: Elsevier, 2009. 2009. ISBN: 9780443103032 Others: 9. Murray, P.R. Medical Microbiology Harcourt S.A. 2006. ISBN: 8481749273 10. Various authors SEIMC Treatise on Infectious Diseases and Clinical Microbiology Madrid: Mdica Panamericana, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 9788479039219 Links Centres for Disease Control and Prevention – General information |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0460105 | Toxicology | OB | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ToxicologyCódigo: 0460105 Imprimir Course 4. First-semester module. Compulsory. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To provide students with the basic concepts of toxicology. 2. To develop skills in searching for, selecting, organising and analysing information on toxicology. 3. To understand the mechanisms of uptake, metabolism and excretion of chemical pollutants, as well as to study: a. The mechanisms at the molecular and cellular levels involved in toxic processes b. The methods used to assess toxicity. 4. To introduce students to the most relevant toxicological issues of today. 5. Fostering a culture of toxicology that enables the understanding and analysis of the risk-benefit balance in the use of medicines and chemical substances in general. 6. To improve and consolidate students’ understanding of the scientific method as applied to solving toxicological problems. 7. To round off their education with a view to community work, the development of own knowledge and skills, self-directed learning and the development of critical thinking skills regarding scientific publications in the field of toxicology. Prerequisites It is recommended that students have completed the core subjects (chemistry, biochemistry and physiology) and pharmacology Competencies 1. Select the appropriate techniques and procedures for the design, application and evaluation of reagents, methods and analytical techniques. 2. Carry out standard laboratory procedures, including the use of scientific equipment for synthesis and analysis, using the appropriate instrumentation. 3. Assess the risks associated with the use of chemical substances and laboratory processes. 4. Understand the origin, nature, design, production, analysis and control of medicines and medical devices. 5. Understand the principles and procedures for the analytical determination of compounds: analytical techniques applied to the analysis of water, food and the environment. 6. Evaluate scientific data relating to medicines and medical devices. 7. Understand the properties of cell membranes and the distribution of drugs. 8. Understand the main metabolic pathways involved in the degradation of drugs. 9. Understand the processes of drug release, absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion, and the factors that influence absorption and disposition depending on the route of administration. 10. Use medicines safely, taking into account their physical and chemical properties, including any risks associated with their use. 11. Understand the basic principles of clinical analysis and the characteristics and content of laboratory diagnostic reports. 12. To evaluate the effects of substances with pharmacological activity. 13. To know and understand the techniques used in the design and evaluation of pre-clinical and clinical trials. 14. Assess the toxicological effects of substances and design and carry out the relevant tests and analyses. 15. Understand the properties and mechanisms of action of drugs. 16. To be familiar with and understand the structure and function of the human body, as well as the general mechanisms of disease, molecular, structural and functional alterations, syndromic expression and therapeutic tools for restoring health. 17. Understand the nature, mechanism of action and effects of toxic substances, as well as the resources available in the event of poisoning. 18. Understand analytical techniques relating to laboratory diagnosis, toxic substances, food and the environment. 19. To master information retrieval techniques relating to primary and secondary sources of information (including computerised databases) Learning outcomes Be able to use the fundamental techniques and methods for toxicological research (laboratory diagnosis, toxic substances, food, the environment) and, more specifically, in basic analytical aspects 1. Become familiar with the use of instruments and general techniques of the scientific method 2. Be able to interpret the results of the most common toxicological assessment tests 3. Identify the toxic effects resulting from exposure to various toxic substances 4. Identify the toxic effects resulting from the consumption of medicines and drugs of abuse 5. To develop the assessment of such risks with a view to preventing and treating poisoning 6. Be able to design and interpret basic toxicity tests when evaluating a new medicinal product Course content TOPIC 1 – FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF TOXICOLOGY - Toxicology as a science. Historical perspective - Basic toxicological concepts - Toxicology on the Internet TOPIC 2. – TOXICOKINETICS - Phases of the toxicological process. - ADME processes. - Uptake of toxins into the body (via the lungs, skin and mouth) - Distribution of substances in the body: volume of distribution and protein binding - Elimination of substances from the body: metabolism and excretion TOPIC 3 – TOXICODYNAMICS - Mechanisms of toxicity. Genotoxicity: mutagenesis and carcinogenesis. Oxidative stress - Factors that modify toxicity - Dose-response relationship TOPIC 4. – TOXICITY STUDIES - Introduction to test methods - Assessment of risks to human health posed by chemical substances - Regulations governing toxicological testing - Main in vivo toxicity assessment tests. Studies on genotoxicity - Alternative experimental methods TOPIC 5.- BASIC ASPECTS OF CLINICAL TOXICOLOGY - Classification of poisonings - Toxicological information. Identification of toxic substances. - Treatment of poisoning TOPIC 6. – TOXICITY OF XENOBIOTICS - Medicines: analgesics and anti-inflammatories, antineoplastic agents, antidepressants, anxiolytics, antibiotics, anaesthetics, etc. - Psychoactive substances: cannabis, cocaine, heroin, other opiates, synthetic drugs, hypnotics and sedatives (tranquillisers and sleeping pills), volatile substances - Other drugs of abuse: alcohol and tobacco - Biological contaminants (toxins), persistent, migrating from materials in contact with food. - Marine biotoxins, mushrooms, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, aflatoxins Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Seminars: Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries. Independent study: Study. Analysis and resolution of case studies. Exam: Oral and written assessments. Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. 1 Competencies: 3–17 Learning outcomes: 3–7 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. 0.5 Competencies: 1–3, 18 Learning outcomes: 1–3 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. 0.3 Competencies: 3, 5–17, 19 Learning outcomes: 3–6 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus 0.1 Competencies: 1–19 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. 0.2 Competencies: 1–19 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Independent study Study. Literature review. 1.7 Competencies: 3, 5–17, 19 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Exam Oral and written assessments 0.2 Competencies: 1–19 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Assessment system and criteria The assessment system will be as follows: - In-person exam using the student’s own computer covering topics 1 to 5 and problem-solving seminars: 50% of the mark. - Compulsory presentation of an assignment on Topic 6 (25% of the mark: 20% for the content of the assignment and 5% for the presentation) and in-person examinations on the remaining assignments for Topic 6 (15% of the mark): 40% of the mark. Students exempt from attending theory classes due to work commitments: - Preparation and submission of the assignment (20 per cent of the mark); if presented in class, 5 per cent of the mark (this presentation is not compulsory for those with an exemption, but if they do not present it, this 5 per cent will not be included in their final mark). - Examination of a selection of assignments submitted by their classmates (15% of the mark). Practical examination: 10% of the mark. Attendance at practical sessions is compulsory to pass the module (100% attendance). The additional assessment criteria are as follows: - Students must achieve a mark of 5 or above in each section to pass the module. - Students will have the option to be exempted from the assessment for each section via continuous assessment, provided they meet the attendance criteria set by the University. IMPORTANT - To be exempted from that component, the mark for each of the above points must be 5 or above. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Mencías, E. and Mayero, L.M. Manual of Basic Toxicology Madrid: Ediciones Díaz de Santos, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 9788479784362 2. Repetto, Manuel Fundamental Toxicology Madrid: Díaz de Santos, 2009. 2009. ISBN: 9788479788988 Links Basic and Fundamental Toxicology – Teaching Innovation Project 04-03-11 Vice-Rectorate for Planning, Quality and Teaching Self-Evaluation. University of Granada Toxicology Tutorials – Copyright, Privacy, Accessibility U.S. National Library of Medicine, 8600 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, MD 20894 National Institutes of Health, Department of Health and Human Services BUSCA-TOX – A search engine facilitating access to bibliographic databases and curated information. Repetto G, Moreno, del Peso A, Repetto M, Cameán AM. Spanish Society of Toxicology - Spanish Society of Toxicology Spanish Agency for Medicines and Healthcare Products (AEMPS) – The AEMPS, as a state agency attached to the Ministry of Health, Social Services and Equality, is responsible for ensuring, from a public service perspective, the quality, safety, efficacy and accurate information regarding medicines and healthcare products, from their research through to their use, in the interests of protecting and promoting human health, animal health and the environment. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0331006 | Clinical Nutrition | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Clinical NutritionCódigo: 0331006 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives A. GENERAL. The systematic acquisition of the skills, competences and theoretical knowledge that will enable students to competently carry out prevention, diagnosis and therapeutic intervention activities in the field of Clinical Nutrition. The aim is to: • To study the relationship between clinical nutrition and disease. • To acquire methodological skills in identification, screening and clinical-nutritional assessment. • To incorporate nutritional diagnosis into the clinical history of the disease, promoting the recognition of malnutrition, its severity and type. • To acquire knowledge of metabolic, organic or functional, systemic or localised conditions, covering their aetiopathogenesis, diagnosis, progression and nutritional implications. • Training in the nutritional management and/or specialised nutritional support for various conditions. • Planning and monitoring the nutritional management of specific pathological conditions. • Ability to work as part of a team. • Critical and self-critical thinking. Ability to make decisions when resolving clinical cases. • To provide objective criteria for good practice and ethical considerations relating to current treatments in Clinical Nutrition. B. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES • Comprehensive assessment of nutritional status from a clinical perspective. • Identification of patients likely to benefit from nutritional support. • Knowledge and application of the various nutritional screening scales most commonly used in hospital settings. • Acquiring the conceptual and practical foundations for assessing, managing and monitoring a patient’s nutritional status in specific clinical conditions. Description of the course content THEORETICAL CONTENT OF THE MODULE Unit 1: ASSESSMENT OF NUTRITIONAL STATUS • NUTRITIONAL STATUS. STAGES • NUTRITIONAL SCREENING METHODS. • NUTRITIONAL ASSESSMENT. Unit 2: Malnutrition • DEFINITION OF MALNUTRITION. • DEFICIENCY MALNUTRITION. • CACHEXIA. • SARCOPENIA. • FRAGILITY. • EXCESSIVE NUTRITION. OVERWEIGHT AND OBESITY. Unit 3: Nutrition in Gastrointestinal Conditions and Diseases. • DISEASES OF THE OESOPHAGUS AND STOMACH: DYSPHAGIA. DYSPEPSIA OR INDIGESTION. GASTRO-OESOPHAGEAL REFLUX (GERD). PEPTIC ULCER. GASTRITIS. • DISEASES OF THE SMALL INTESTINE: IRRITABLE BOWEL SYNDROME (IBS). SHORT BOWEL SYNDROME (SBS). • DISEASES OF THE LARGE INTESTINE: INFLAMMATORY BOWEL DISEASE (IBD). CROHN’S DISEASE. ULCERATIVE COLITIS Unit 4: Nutrition in Surgery and Situations of Metabolic Stress. • STOMACH SURGERY: GASTRIC RESECTIONS. GASTRECTOMY. BARIATRIC SURGERY (BS). • SMALL BOWEL SURGERY: INTESTINAL RESECTIONS. • LARGE INTESTINE SURGERY: COLLECTOMY. ILEOSTOMIES AND COLOSTOMIES. • METABOLIC STRESS CONDITIONS: TRAUMA, MAJOR SURGERY AND BURNS. SEPSIS. Unit 5: Nutrition and Other Conditions. • NUTRITION IN CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM DISORDERS: CEREBROVASCULAR DISEASE (STROKE). ALZHEIMER’S DISEASE (AD). PARKINSON’S DISEASE. EPILEPSY. • NUTRITION IN CARDIOVASCULAR DISORDERS. • NUTRITION AND SUBSTANCE ABUSE: ALCOHOLISM AND RECOVERY FROM ALCOHOLISM. • NUTRITION AND CANCER. Unit 6: Diabetes mellitus. • DEFINITION. • DIAGNOSTIC CRITERIA. • HYPERGLYCAEMIA AND HYPOGLYCAEMIA. • NUTRITIONAL SUPPORT. Unit 7: Liver Disease and Nutritional Support. • CAUSES. • METABOLIC ABNORMALITIES IN LIVER DISEASES. • PATHOGENESIS. • NUTRITIONAL ASSESSMENT. • NUTRITIONAL TREATMENT. Unit 8: Nutritional Care in Food Allergies and Intolerances. • ALLERGY AND IMMUNE RESPONSE. • MOST COMMON ALLERGENS. • INTOLERANCE AND IMMUNE RESPONSE. • MAIN SUBSTANCES THAT CAUSE INTOLERANCE. • DIAGNOSIS. • TREATMENT. Unit 9: Enteral, Parenteral and Home-Based Artificial Nutrition. • ENTERAL NUTRITION. • PARENTERAL NUTRITION. • HOME ARTIFICIAL NUTRITION. PRACTICAL CONTENT OF THE MODULE • Seminar 1. Nutritional assessment. • Seminar 2. Nutritional screening methods. • Seminar 3. Clinical case study. Malnutrition vs. cachexia. • Seminar 4. Interpretation of blood test results. • Seminar 5. Adapted basic diet (ABA). • Seminar 6. The FODMAP diet. • Seminar 7. Clinical case study. Trauma. • Seminar 8. Clinical case study: Cancer patient. • Seminar 9. Enteral nutrition formulas: classification and clinical application. • Seminar 10. Microbiota. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must achieve a mark of five points or higher, calculated by adding together the following assessment criteria: - Lecture component. Exams: 70% - Seminar component: 30% • Exams 1) Continuous assessment exam (35%). April. 2) Continuous assessment exam (35%). May. * If a mark of 5 or above is achieved in each of these two exams, the lecture component of the module will be passed. 3) Ordinary examination session. June. Students will only need to sit the part they have not already passed through continuous assessment, and the marks obtained in the parts they have passed during continuous assessment will be retained. If they have not passed any part, they will be examined on the entire course during this sitting. 4) Extraordinary examination session (70 per cent). July. An examination covering the entire lecture component of the module will be held, regardless of whether the student has passed any of the parts during continuous assessment. Marks from examinations taken during the other three examination sessions will not be carried forward. Students wishing to improve their overall mark for the lecture component may also sit this examination. • Seminars Seminar exercises will consist of practical activities related to the lecture component or a theoretical part thereof, together with the associated activity. Students will complete a total of 10 activities or assignments, depending on the nature of the content in each unit. Work will be carried out in groups of 2–3 people during the remaining time of the class. The seminar assignments will be presented orally over the following two weeks for assessment and then, if necessary, revised by the student before being submitted via the virtual classroom under the relevant activity. To pass this part of the module, students must submit all 10 activities. Failure to do so will result in a mark of zero for this part of the module. Bibliography Supplementary: 1. De Luis, DA; Bellido, D; García, PP et al. Diet Therapy, Clinical Nutrition and Metabolism Aula Médica. 2017. ISBN: 8479789646 2. Liliana P. Rodota, María Eugenia Castro Clinical Nutrition and Diet Therapy Editorial Médica Panamericana. 2019. ISBN: 9789500695756 3. Olveira Fuster, Gabriel et al. Manual of Clinical Nutrition and Dietetics Díaz de Santos. 2016. ISBN: 8479788062 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0331007 | Nutrition and Sport | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nutrition and SportCódigo: 0331007 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the module are: 1. To understand the physiology of exercise in relation to nutrition. 2. To understand the nutritional needs and requirements of athletes. 3. To develop the skills to carry out a comprehensive nutritional assessment of an athlete. 4. To acquire the ability to draw up personalised dietary plans for people who take part in sport. 5. To understand the basic concepts of exercise and different types of exercise in order to provide personalised recommendations. 6. To understand and know how to incorporate various ergogenic aids into an athlete’s diet plan according to their specific needs. 7. To understand the concept of doping and identify nutrition-related substances that fall under this concept. 8. Complete examinations and assignments that demonstrate the acquisition of skills and knowledge. Prerequisites Prior knowledge of Nutrition, Food Science, Physiology and Biochemistry Competencies Core competences: CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in a field of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. General competences CG1 Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and the practice of the profession, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for people, their habits, beliefs and cultures. CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG4 Understand the boundaries of the profession and its scope of practice, identifying when interdisciplinary treatment or referral to another professional is necessary. CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, healthcare professionals, industry representatives and the media, and be able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG7 Be able to draw up reports and complete records relating to the professional practice of the Dietitian-Nutritionist CG10 Compile, interpret and manage food composition tables and databases CG12 Understand nutrients, their function in the body, their bioavailability, requirements and recommendations, and the principles of energy and nutritional balance CG13 Integrate and evaluate the relationship between diet and nutrition in both healthy individuals and those with medical conditions. CG14 Apply scientific knowledge of physiology, pathophysiology, nutrition and diet to dietary planning and advice for individuals and groups throughout the life course, whether healthy or unwell. CG15 Design and implement protocols for assessing nutritional status, identifying nutritional risk factors. CG16 Interpret nutritional diagnoses, assess the nutritional aspects of a clinical history and draw up a dietary action plan. CG17 Understand the structure of food services and hospital food and nutrition units, identifying and developing the roles of the Dietitian-Nutritionist within the multidisciplinary team. CG18 Contribute to the organisation, management and implementation of the various forms of hospital feeding and nutritional support, as well as outpatient dietary and nutritional treatment CG29 Acquire the basic training required for research activity, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving in accordance with the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition Specific competences CE28 Apply Food and Nutrition Sciences to dietary practice. CE30 Assess and calculate nutritional requirements in both healthy and diseased states at any stage of the life cycle. CE31 Identify the principles of a healthy diet (sufficient, balanced, varied and tailored). CE33 Recognise, detect at an early stage and assess quantitative and qualitative deviations from nutritional balance, whether due to excess or deficiency CE34 Plan, carry out and interpret the assessment of the nutritional status of individuals and/or groups, both healthy (in all physiological situations) and unwell CE44 Develop and implement dietary and nutritional transition plans. CE45 Plan and carry out dietary and nutritional education programmes for healthy and unwell individuals CE47 Use the basic ICT tools employed in the field of Food, Nutrition and Dietetics. CE48 Understand the legal and ethical boundaries of dietetic practice. CE49 Prescribe specific treatment within the scope of practice of the dietitian-nutritionist. CE50 Be able to justify the scientific principles underpinning the dietitian-nutritionist’s intervention, basing their professional practice on scientific evidence. Learning outcomes Compile personal dietary histories and assess the nutritional status of healthy and unwell individuals. Implement a dietary and nutritional treatment plan, acting as a member of the relevant multidisciplinary team. Interpret artificial feeding protocols and implement the appropriate techniques and care. Assess different dietary treatments and their potential incompatibilities, specifically those related to food-medication interactions. Advise on ergogenic aids and distinguish them from doping. Design a simple, practical and personalised physical exercise programme, combining it with an appropriate dietary plan for each medical condition or physiological situation. Undertake assessments to demonstrate the acquisition of skills and knowledge. Description of the content Topic 1. Muscle structure and function. Topic 2. Energy systems used by muscles. Topic 3. Muscle fatigue. Topic 4. Oxygen consumption during exercise. Topic 5. Adaptations to exercise. Topic 6. Carbohydrates and exercise. Topic 7. Lipids and exercise. Topic 8. Proteins and exercise. Topic 9. Vitamins and exercise. Topic 10. Minerals and exercise. Topic 11. Hydration during exercise. Topic 12. Nutritional assessment of athletes I Topic 13. Nutritional assessment of athletes II Topic 14. Eating disorders in sport. Topic 15. General characteristics of the athlete’s diet. Topic 16. Determining an athlete’s energy requirements. Topic 17. Nutritional planning according to the phase of sporting activity I. Topic 18. Nutritional planning according to the sporting activity period II. Topic 19. The concept of ergogenic aids. Topic 20. Types of ergogenic aids I. Topic 21. Types of ergogenic aids II. Topic 22. Doping. Seminars: Designing a nutrition programme for an athlete. Types of training. Exercise intensity and its assessment. Ways of modifying training to improve results in relation to nutrition. Myths in sports nutrition. Training activities Face-to-face masterclass Face-to-face seminar Tutorials Independent study In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Achieve a mark of five points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below: • Final exam: 60% of the final mark. • Seminar exam: 20 per cent of the final mark. • Supplementary assignments: 10 per cent of the final mark. • Course activities: 10 per cent of the final mark. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA for passing this module under the CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT system: • Assessment of the theoretical component and seminars/practicals: one qualifying exam will be held during the four-month term. This exam will exempt students from further assessment on the material covered once a mark of 5 or above has been achieved, and will take place once 50 per cent of the syllabus has been covered. The exam will account for 30 per cent of the final mark for the module for the theory component and 10 per cent for the seminar component. The second mid-term exam will take place during the official examination period, with the theory component accounting for 30 per cent and the seminar component for 10 per cent of the final mark. • Assessment of supplementary assignments will be based on the submission of one assignment (10% of the final mark). • Course activities will be set throughout the term (10% of the final mark). REGULAR JUNE EXAM SESSION The final exam for the course and any mid-term exam that was failed during the term will be held. The marks for the supplementary assignment and course activities will stand; neither can be retaken. The same criteria outlined above will apply for passing the course. JULY SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSION Exam for the mid-term exam or exams not passed in the continuous assessment and the ordinary examination period. These will carry the same weightings as in the ordinary examination period. The marks for supplementary assignments and course activities will be retained; neither can be retaken. The same criteria outlined above will apply for passing the module. Bibliography Supplementary: 1. Javier González Gallego, Pilar Sánchez Collado, José Mataix Verdú. Madrid Nutrition in Sport: Ergogenic Aids and Doping Díaz de Santos. 2006. ISBN: 8479787708 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0460106 | Legislation and Professional Ethics | OB | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Legislation and Professional EthicsCódigo: 0460106 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Compulsory. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives -The objectives of this module are primarily to familiarise students with the body of legal provisions of varying legal force that govern pharmaceutical practice, the proper provision of pharmaceutical services to patients, in accordance with the code of ethics of their profession, and with current regulations governing both the manufacture and the dispensing of medicines and related products. - Furthermore, the course aims to provide training on the responsibilities and types of liability that a pharmaceutical professional may incur as a result of improper professional conduct, and the legal treatment of the various types of medicines and products. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set for enrolment on this module Learning Outcomes 1. Knowledge of the regulations governing medicines, authorisation procedures, marketing conditions and pharmacovigilance activities to be carried out once the medicine is on the market. 2. Knowledge of the regulations governing products subject to special registration, such as medical devices, cosmetics, biocides, etc. 3. Knowledge of the legislation affecting pharmaceutical manufacturers and distributors. 4. Knowledge of pharmaceutical organisation, the regulation of medical prescriptions, dispensing, the valuation of magistral formulae and officinal preparations, and the billing of prescriptions to the National Health Service 5. Health promotion and disease prevention, emphasising the significant public health implications of complying with the dispensing conditions established for each medicinal product, and requiring – first and foremost for public health reasons – the presentation of a medical prescription before dispensing any medicinal product that requires one. 6. Knowledge of the ethical principles and professional standards that pharmacists must observe, and the types of liability they may incur in the course of their professional practice Learning outcomes 1. Prepare a marketing authorisation dossier for a medicinal product 2. Supply, monitor, store appropriately and dispense medicines and other healthcare products in community pharmacies, hospitals and the pharmaceutical industry. 3. Complete the prescription register (in community pharmacies) and the narcotics ledger in community pharmacies, hospital pharmacy departments, distribution warehouses and pharmaceutical laboratories. 4. Prepare package leaflets, labels, standardised manufacturing protocols and carry out the valuation of magistral formulae and officinal preparations 5. Complete a ‘yellow card’ to report adverse drug reactions. 6. Act in accordance with ethical and professional principles and in line with the legislative, regulatory and administrative provisions governing the practice of the profession. Description of the content BLOCK I: THE LAW: Student activity: Consult the recommended reading list and the Spanish Constitution of 1978 Topic 1: General issues in law: Law as a social reality. The functions of law. The purposes of law. The social, democratic state governed by the rule of law. The legislative, executive and judicial branches of government. Sources of the legal system: Statute, Custom and General Principles of Law. Limits on the exercise of law: Good faith, abuse of rights and fraud of law. The Spanish Constitution: Fundamental Rights. Topic 2: The Legal System: Rules. BLOCK II: PHARMACEUTICAL LAW: Student activity: Consult the recommended bibliography, the Spanish Constitution of 1978 and Law 29/2006 of 26 July on guarantees and the rational use of medicines and healthcare products Topic 3: The Right to Health. Topic 4: Key Pharmaceutical Legislation: Fundamental pharmaceutical legislation: international, European and Spanish. Topic 5: Pharmaceutical Regulation: Student activity: Consult the recommended reading list and the Pharmaceutical Regulation Act of the Autonomous Community where the student initially intends to practise professionally. Administrative obligations of the pharmacy. Roles of pharmacists in community pharmacies. The dispensing of medicines. The ‘virtual pharmacy’. Operation of the community pharmacy: Evolution of the roles of the community pharmacist. Conceptual framework of the roles of the community pharmacist. Roles of the community pharmacist: Procurement of medicines and healthcare products. Safekeeping and proper storage. Dispensing. Preparation and dispensing of magistral formulae and officinal preparations. Head pharmacist, manager, locum, assistant and technical support staff. Topic 6: Professional Bodies Definition. The Official College of Pharmacists (COF). Unauthorised practice of the profession: Concept. Types. Sanctions SECTION III: ETHICS Student activity: Consult the recommended bibliography and the Code of Ethics for Pharmacists. Topic 7: Ethics: The individual. Human actions and human conduct. Ethics and morality. Moral good and human values. Factors influencing morality. Theories of morality. Conscience. Bioethics: Principles: a specific study of the principle of justice in the community pharmacy setting; Ethics committees. Pharmaceutical conscientious objection Topic 8: Professional Ethics: Professional codes and oaths. The concept of deontology. The Spanish Code of Ethics for Pharmacists: Definition. Scope of application. General principles. Professional training. Duties and responsibilities of the pharmacist. Topic 9: Specific deontological situations for the pharmacist. SECTION IV: THE PHARMACIST–PATIENT CLINICAL RELATIONSHIP: Student activity: Consult the recommended bibliography and the Patient Autonomy Act 41/2002. Topic 10: Therapeutic information on medicines: Fundamental aspects of clinical or healthcare information. Responsibility to inform. Information and the pharmaceutical industry: the patient information leaflet and summary of product characteristics. Informed consent: Definition. Healthcare information. Therapeutic privilege. The right not to be informed. Incapacity, representation, minors. Emancipation. Topic 11: Privacy and Data Protection. Confidentiality of information: The pharmacist’s duty of confidentiality regarding patients’ personal data. Pharmacotherapeutic records and hospital medical records. Protection of personal health data. Topic 12: Pharmacotherapeutic monitoring of patients: The pharmacotherapeutic history SECTION V: LIABILITY: Topic 13: General issues. Topic 14: Liability: concept and types. Criminal liability: the pyrimethamine case. Civil liability: the thyroxine case. Financial liability. Disciplinary liability. Administrative liability: dispensing of medicines for hospital use. Ethical liability. Topic 15: Methods of conflict resolution. Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Seminars: Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries. Independent study: Study. Analysis and resolution of case studies. Exam: Oral and written assessments. Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. 1 Learning outcomes: 1–6. Learning outcomes 1–3, 6. Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. 0.1 0.3 Competencies: 1–6. Learning outcomes: 1–6 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus 0.1 Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. 0.2 Competencies: 1–6. Learning outcomes: 1–6 Independent work Study. Literature review. 1.5 1.3 Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Exam Oral and written tests 0.1 Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass the module through continuous assessment: a) Students must sit two assessed and credit-bearing exams during the term. Each exam will be a multiple-choice test with four options, only one of which will be correct. Each exam accounts for 30 per cent of the final mark for the module. Each is passed by achieving a mark of 5/10. Total weighting in the final mark: 60 per cent. If a mark of 5/10 is not achieved in each part, students must sit the ordinary examination session on the official date set by the University and retake the part(s) not passed. Assignments on topics related to the course content will account for 20 per cent of the final mark for the module. 20 per cent will be based on the lecturer’s assessment, which will take into account attendance, behaviour, interest and attitude. IMPORTANT: If you have failed or have not sat any of the continuous assessment exams with a mark of 5/10 or higher in each, you will be required to sit the exam during the regular examination period on the official date set by the University and retake the part(s) you failed. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION: This will consist of an examination covering the knowledge acquired during the course, in the form of a multiple-choice test, the result of which will account for 60% of the final mark for the module. A mark of 5/10 or above is required to pass. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. CARMONA I CORNET, A.M THE PHARMACY. NATIONAL AND REGIONAL LEGISLATION ATELIER. 2007. ISBN: 8496758281 2.- LÓPEZ GUZMÁN, JOSÉ AND ÁNGELA APARISI MIRALLES Pharmaceutical Ethics EUNSA. 2000. ISBN: 9788431317829 3. Sánchez-Caro and Abellán The Pharmacist–Patient Clinical Relationship COMARES. 2007. ISBN: 9788498362459 4. Sánchez-Caro, Javier A Handbook of Practical Cases in Bioethics and Health Law. BOCM. 2009. ISBN: M265392009 5. Vida Fernández, José; Faus Santasusana, Jordi Treatise on Pharmaceutical Law Aranzadi. 2017. ISBN: 9788490599976 6. Vila-Coro Barrachina, María Dolores Introduction to Bio-law Madrid: Complutense University, Publications Service. 1995. ISBN: 8486926882 Supplementary: 7.- Berzosa Peiró, Jesús Basic Pharmaceutical Legislation and Case Law on Pharmacies: A Practical Guide to Pharmaceutical Legislation and Case Law Berzosa Peiró, Jesús. 2003. ISBN: 8460770664 8. Bonal de Falgás, Joaquim Pharmaceutical care: 100 frequently asked questions Edimsa (Editores Médicos, S.A.), 2002. ISBN: 8495076071 9. European Group on Pharmaceutical Law Health Rights – 21st Century – Eupharlaw. 2004. ISBN: 8460902528 10. López Guzmán, J. and Aparisi Miralles, A. The Morning-After Pill. La Caja. 2002. 11. Sánchez-Caro, Javier and Abellán, Fernando. Pharmaceutical care and professional responsibility. Comares-Granada. 2004. 12. Suñé Arbussá, J.M. and Bel Prieto, E. Pharmaceutical Legislation University of Barcelona. Faculty of Pharmacy. 1997. ISBN: 8460048209 Links |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0460107 | Organisation and Management of the Pharmaceutical Industry | OB | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Organisation and Management of the Pharmaceutical IndustryCódigo: 0460107 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Compulsory. 2 credits. Profesores
Objectives To enable students to understand the situation of the pharmaceutical industry within the national and international socio-economic context, and the legislation governing the manufacture and marketing of pharmaceutical products. To understand all the functional areas of a pharmaceutical company. To understand the management of each of these functional areas and to visit a pharmaceutical manufacturing plant. Prerequisites 1. Basic knowledge of business administration (a module taken in the first year) and pharmaceutical marketing (a third-year module) Learning outcomes 1. To understand the position of the pharmaceutical industry within the national and international socio-economic environment. 2. To understand the legislation governing the manufacture and marketing of pharmaceutical products. 3. Understand all the functional areas of a pharmaceutical company. 4. Understand the management of each of the functional areas of a pharmaceutical company. 5. To visit a pharmaceutical manufacturing plant. Learning outcomes 1. Training on the importance of the pharmaceutical industry in society 2. Ability to understand the legislative framework governing the manufacture of medicines. 3. Ability to understand the organisational structure and each of the departments within a national and multinational pharmaceutical company. 4. Understanding the structure and facilities of a pharmaceutical manufacturing plant Course content description Thematic Block 1 – The Pharmaceutical Company and its Environment · General characteristics of the pharmaceutical industry · The pharmaceutical market · The operating environment: distribution channels · Legislation Thematic Block 2: Specific Departments. Characteristics and Functions · Records, finance, HR, marketing, medical, sales, · Manufacturing: GMP standards Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries. Independent study: Study, analysis and resolution of practical case studies. Exam: Oral and written tests. Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. 0.7 Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–4 (includes a visit to the production plant) E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus 0.2 Competencies: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–4 Independent study Study. Literature review. 1 Competencies: 1–4 Learning outcomes: 1–4 Exam Oral and written tests 0.1 Competencies: 1–5 Learning outcomes: 1–4 Assessment system and criteria • Class attendance. Participation. 20% • Coursera (successful completion): 10% • Final assessment: 70%. Multiple-choice exam. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Cuatrecasas, Pedro The Pharmaceutical Industry: An Insider’s View J.R.Prous. 2003. 2.- Carlos Galdón Cabrera Innovation and Progress in the Pharmaceutical Industry UCM Publications Service. 2002. Supplementary: 3. Ramón Salazar Macián Total Quality: its Application to the Pharmaceutical Industry Salazar Macián. 2003. 4. Smith, Mickey C Principles of Pharmaceutical Marketing Internacional de Ediciones y Publicaciones, S.A. 2002. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0460108 | Public Health | OB | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Public HealthCódigo: 0460108 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Compulsory. 5 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To understand the basic principles of public health 2. To analyse the determinants of health 3. To analyse the main causes of morbidity and mortality in the population 4. To acquire a basic understanding of the principles of epidemiology 5. To apply the various tools used in epidemiological analysis. 6. To understand the basic principles of health promotion and health education. 7. To understand the main preventive measures targeting the leading causes of morbidity and mortality. 8. Analyse the various intervention programmes and health policies at local and international levels. Prerequisites 1. Basic knowledge of elementary mathematics, statistics, pathophysiology, microbiology and pharmacology. 2. Computer skills and the ability to conduct literature searches. 3. Be able to read an article or access a website in English. 4. Ability to consult the bibliography in order to gain a deeper understanding of the course content. Competencies 1. To understand the basic elements of health and its determinants, public health and health education. 2. Acquire knowledge of the epidemiological method and general prevention measures. 3. To participate in health promotion and disease prevention activities at individual, family and community levels;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; adopting a holistic and multi-professional approach to the health–disease continuum. 4. To understand the relationship between the environment and health. 5. To understand the epidemiology and prevention of the main communicable and non-communicable diseases. 6. To promote the rational use of medicines and healthcare products, as well as to acquire basic knowledge of clinical management, health economics and the efficient use of healthcare resources. 7. To be able to apply the scientific method and acquire skills in managing bibliographic information sources in order to maintain professional competence and promote evidence-based practice in the health sciences. 8. To develop communication and information skills, both oral and written, and to foster the ability to work and collaborate within multidisciplinary teams. Learning outcomes 1. Be able to calculate and evaluate the demographic indicators of a population. 2. Be able to conduct and interpret an analytical study to identify the risk and protective factors associated with diseases. 3. Be able to participate in the conduct and analysis of studies on medicines, their use and effects on the population. 4. Be able to analyse health problems from a community perspective, as resulting from biological, social and cultural processes. 5. To know how to participate in health education programmes and in primary, secondary and tertiary prevention of major health problems. 6. To understand and utilise the various data sources within Health Information Systems. 7. Be able to critically evaluate scientific literature. 8. Be able to participate in the surveillance of health problems. 9. Assess the efficacy, effectiveness and efficiency of the preventive measures used. 10. Know how to plan a public health intervention programme addressing a health problem. Course content description LECTURES 1. Conceptualisation and functions of public health 2. Determinants of health and disease 3. Natural history of disease and levels of prevention 4. Main causes of morbidity and mortality in the population 5. Demography and public health 6. Epidemiology. Conceptual aspects. Applications of epidemiology. 7. Types of epidemiological studies 8. Causal inference in epidemiology 9. Errors in epidemiology 10. Epidemiological surveillance 11 Health promotion and health education in different population groups 12. Health policies and programmes at local and international level SEMINARS 1. Epidemiological measures. General measures 2. Epidemiological measures. Frequency measures 3. Epidemiological measures. Measures of association. Ratio measures 4. Epidemiological measures. Measures of association. Measures of difference. 5. Epidemiological measures. Measures of potential impact Training activities Training activities;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; Methodology;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; Link to competences 1. Lecture; Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools Competencies: 1–3, 5–; Learning outcomes: 1–5, 8–9 2.- Practical sessions; Experimental application of the knowledge acquired Competencies: 2, 7, 8; Learning outcomes: 6–7, 10 3.- Seminars; Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations; Competencies: 4, 7, 8; Learning outcomes: 4–10 4.- E-learning; Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus; Competencies: 1; Learning outcomes: 1–10 5. Individual and group tutorials; Guidance and clarification of queries; Competencies: 1–10; Learning outcomes: 1–10 6. Independent study; Study; Literature review; Competencies: 1–9; Learning outcomes: 1–10 7.- Examination; Oral and written tests; Competencies: 1–8; Learning outcomes: 1–10 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- ASSESSMENT CRITERIA Regular Examination Period Assessment of the module will take place as set out below, but it is important to note that CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT will be applied during this assessment period. Continuous assessment will consist of the following components: • Active participation in seminar discussions, accounting for 10% of the final mark for the module. • Submission of the exercises set in seminars, accounting for 20% of the final mark for the module. • Assessment of the student’s participation in the various activities carried out, accounting for 5% of the final mark. • Mark obtained in the written examination. This will account for 65% of the final mark for the module. It is worth noting here that, as a student, you will have the option of sitting mid-term exams or taking a single exam on the date of the regular examination session. Written examination: You may complete this part of the course assessment either through: i) mid-term exams or ii) a single exam during the ordinary examination period in June. Mid-term exams. These will correspond to each of the two modules of the course, as detailed above. To pass these exams, you must achieve a mark of at least 6 out of 10. The mid-term exams will consist of a theoretical section comprising multiple-choice questions and another section containing open-ended questions or problems. The weighting of each part in the final mark for each mid-term exam will be as follows: • Multiple-choice questions: 60% of the mark • Essay-type questions: 40% of the mark. Note: Multiple-choice questions do not result in marks being deducted Final exam. To pass this exam, a mark of at least 6 out of 10 must be obtained. Mid-term exams will consist of a theoretical section comprising multiple-choice questions and another section containing open-ended questions/problems. The weighting of each part in the final mark will be as follows: • Multiple-choice questions: 45% of the mark • Essay-type questions: 55% of the mark. Note: There is no penalty for incorrect multiple-choice answers.
It is important to note that passing the written assessment (whether through mid-term exams or the final exam) is an essential requirement for the continuous assessment mark to be included in the final mark. Extraordinary Examination Session Assessment for the module will take place as follows: A final exam will be held, comprising a multiple-choice section and an essay section, and will account for 100% of the final mark for the module. The weighting of each section in the final mark for each part will be as follows: • Multiple-choice questions: 40% of the mark • Essay-type questions: 60% of the mark. In this exam, students will be assessed on all the content covered during the semester. As with previous exams, a mark of 6 or above will be required to pass. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Frías Osuna, Antonio Public Health and Health Education Barcelona: Masson, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 9788445810033 2. Hernández-Aguado, Ildelfonso Handbook of Epidemiology and Public Health Panamericana. 1995. ISBN: 8479039558 3. Martínez Hernández, Juan Fundamentals of Public Health, 2nd Edition (e-book) 2nd ed. Madrid: Díaz de Santos, 2014. 2014. ISBN: 9788499697925 4. Piédrola Gil Preventive Medicine and Public Health, 12th edition Barcelona: Elsevier Masson, 2015. 2015. ISBN: 9788445826058 5. San Martín, H. Handbook of Public Health and Preventive Medicine 2nd ed. Barcelona: Masson, 1989. 1989. ISBN: 8445804782 6. Serra Majem, Ll. and Aranceta, J. Nutrition and Public Health: Methods, Scientific Bases and Applications Barcelona: Masson, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 8445815288 7. Vaquero Puerta, José Luis Handbook of Preventive Medicine and Public Health Madrid: Pirámide, 1992. 1992. ISBN: 8436806301 8. Willett, Walter Nutritional Epidemiology. / Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2013. 2013. ISBN: 9780199754038 Supplementary: 9.- Armijo Rojas, Rolando Basic Epidemiology in Primary Health Care Madrid: Díaz de Santos, 1993. 1993. ISBN: 847978105X 10. Barker, D. J. P. Epidemiology in Medical Practice 2nd ed. Barcelona: Ediciones Científicas y Técnicas, 1992. 1992. ISBN: 8445800345 11. Canela Soler, Jaume Preventive Medicine and Public Health: Self-Assessment Test Schemes Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8445812742 12. Colimon, Kahl-Martin Fundamentals of Epidemiology Madrid: Díaz de Santos, 1990. 1990. ISBN: 8487189490 13. Fletcher, Robert H. Clinical Epidemiology: Fundamental Aspects 2nd ed. Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 844581187X 14. Halbom, Anders Fundamentals of Epidemiology Madrid: Siglo XXI, 1995. 1995. ISBN: 8432305855 15. Martínez Navarro, Fernando Public Health Madrid: McGraw Hill - Interamericana, 1997. 1997. ISBN: 8448601882 Links PAPPS – Programme for Preventive Activities and Health Promotion |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 23 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year 5
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0331000 | Dietary therapy | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dietary therapyCódigo: 0331000 Imprimir Course 5. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives GENERAL 1. To study the relationship between nutrition and disease 2. To understand the role of the dietitian-nutritionist within a multidisciplinary team 3. To acquire theoretical and practical knowledge of diet therapy in different clinical contexts 4. To acquire methodological skills in nutritional screening, assessment and diagnosis in clinical practice 5. To plan and monitor nutritional treatment for various conditions and syndromes 6. Ability to make decisions when resolving clinical cases SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES 1. To identify the various nutritional screening tools used in different healthcare settings 2. Acquire knowledge of and practical experience with dietary and nutritional guidelines in a hospital setting 3. Understand the principles of diet therapy in different pathophysiological situations Prerequisites Prior knowledge of anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology, biochemistry, food science and dietetics Competencies Core competences: CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. General competences CG1 Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and the practice of the profession, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for people, their habits, beliefs and cultures. CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG4 Understand the boundaries of the profession and its scope of practice, identifying when interdisciplinary treatment or referral to another professional is necessary. CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, and be able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG7 Be able to draw up reports and complete records relating to the professional practice of the Dietitian-Nutritionist CG10 Compile, interpret and manage food composition tables and databases CG12 Understand nutrients, their function in the body, their bioavailability, requirements and recommendations, and the principles of energy and nutritional balance CG13 Integrate and evaluate the relationship between diet and nutrition in both healthy individuals and those with medical conditions. CG14 Apply scientific knowledge of physiology, pathophysiology, nutrition and diet to dietary planning and advice for individuals and groups throughout the life course, whether healthy or unwell. CG15 Design and implement protocols for assessing nutritional status, identifying nutritional risk factors. CG16 Interpret nutritional assessments, evaluate the nutritional aspects of a medical history and draw up a dietary action plan. CG17 Understand the structure of food services and hospital food and nutrition units, identifying and developing the roles of the Dietitian-Nutritionist within the multidisciplinary team. CG18 Contribute to the organisation, management and implementation of the various forms of hospital feeding and nutritional support, as well as outpatient dietary and nutritional treatment CG29 Acquire the basic training required for research activity, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving in accordance with the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition. Specific competences CE28 Apply Food and Nutrition Sciences to dietary practice CE30 Assess and calculate nutritional requirements in both healthy and diseased states at any stage of the life cycle. CE31 Identify the principles of a healthy diet (sufficient, balanced, varied and tailored). CE32 Participate in the design of total diet studies. CE33 Recognise, detect at an early stage and assess quantitative and qualitative deviations from nutritional balance, whether due to excess or deficiency CE34 Plan, carry out and interpret the assessment of the nutritional status of individuals and/or groups, both healthy (in all physiological situations) and unwell. CE35 Understand the pathophysiological aspects of nutrition-related diseases. CE36 Identify patients’ dietary and nutritional problems, as well as risk factors and inappropriate practices. CE37 Compile and interpret a dietary history in healthy and unwell individuals. Interpret a clinical history. Understand and use the terminology employed in health sciences. CE38 Interpret and integrate clinical, biochemical and pharmacological data into the nutritional assessment of the patient and their dietary and nutritional treatment. CE39 Apply the principles of clinical nutrition to diet therapy. CE40 Plan, implement and evaluate therapeutic diets for individuals and/or groups. CE41 Understand hospital organisation and the various stages of the food service. CE42 Participate in the multidisciplinary team of a Hospital Nutrition Unit. CE43 Understand the various techniques and products used in basic and advanced nutritional support. CE44 Develop and implement dietary and nutritional transition plans. CE45 Plan and deliver dietary and nutritional education programmes for healthy and sick individuals CE46 Understand clinical pharmacology and the interaction between drugs and nutrients CE47 Be able to use the basic ICT tools employed in the field of Food, Nutrition and Dietetics. CE48 Understand the legal and ethical boundaries of dietetic practice. CE49 Prescribe specific treatment within the scope of practice of the dietitian-nutritionist. CE50 Be able to justify the scientific principles underpinning the dietitian-nutritionist’s intervention, basing their professional practice on scientific evidence. Learning outcomes Apply the basic techniques used in the field of Dietetics. Interpret food composition tables and databases for the preparation of diets. Compile personal dietary histories and carry out nutritional status assessments. Provide dietary and nutritional advice for the implementation of diets for healthy or unwell individuals or groups. Design diets using existing computer software. Design dietary and nutritional intervention strategies for healthy and unwell individuals. Undertake assessments to demonstrate the acquisition of skills and knowledge Description of the content MODULE 1. INTRODUCTION TO DIET THERAPY • The concept of diet therapy and its relationship to health and illness • Dietetic and nutritional intervention • Types of dietary modifications • The role of the dietitian-nutritionist in the patient’s treatment plan • The role of the dietitian-nutritionist in • Planning dietary and nutritional recommendations and the patient’s meal plan • Concepts of professional ethics • Other important aspects of the relationship with the patient • Steps for issuing a dietary prescription • Food composition tables • Food composition databases • Diet calibration software • Cooking techniques and preparation of special diets • Clinical practice guidelines (SENPE, ESPEN) • Consensus documents on diet therapy • Recent advances in dietary therapy MODULE 2. SETTINGS AND METHODS OF NUTRITIONAL SUPPORT • Nutrition in healthcare settings • Disease-related malnutrition • Prevalence of disease-related malnutrition in Spain • Dietary handbook: organisation and planning of hospital diets • Planning hospital diets • The role of the dietitian-nutritionist in hospital dietary therapy • Diet codes, menus and technical data sheets • Types of hospital diets • Basic diets • Therapeutic diets • Coded therapeutic diets • Other coded therapeutic diets • Non-coded or personalised therapeutic diets • Adapted basic nutrition: concepts, natural products and preparations • Nutritional supplementation: concepts and types of formulae • Enteral nutrition: concepts, types of formulae and routes of administration • Parenteral nutrition: concepts, types of formulae and routes of administration MODULE 3. ASSESSMENT OF NUTRITIONAL STATUS AND CALCULATION OF ENERGY REQUIREMENTS • Nutritional screening methods • Methods for assessing nutritional status • Clinical, dietary and nutritional history • Components of the clinical history • Dietary history: assessment of dietary intake and assessment of gastrointestinal symptoms • Tools for assessing dietary intake: dietary questionnaires (24-hour recall, food frequency questionnaires, etc.) • Anthropometric assessment: weight, height, diameters and circumferences • Body composition assessment: BIA, DEXA, etc. • Functional tests: dynamometry, up-and-go test, etc. • Direct methods for calculating basal requirements: calorimetry • Indirect methods for calculating basal requirements: predictive formulae • Calculation of macronutrients and lipid profile • Recommended intake tables for the Spanish population: importance and uses • Food pyramids for the Spanish population • Quantitative and qualitative assessment of intake • Nutrient adequacy and balance according to age, sex and physiological status MODULE 4. NUTRITIONAL THERAPY FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF THE MOST COMMON METABOLIC DISORDERS • Obesity: definition, prevalence, diagnosis, classification, associated comorbidities, dietary management of obesity • Dietary and nutritional treatment of obesity • Dietary therapy for obesity and new approaches • Other therapeutic approaches to obesity • Dietary therapy following bariatric surgery • Diabetes mellitus: definition, prevalence, diagnosis, classification, associated comorbidities • Dietary therapy for diabetes mellitus • Other therapeutic approaches for diabetic patients • Essential care for diabetic patients • Dyslipidaemia: definition, prevalence, classification, diagnosis • Associated comorbidities • Dietary management of dyslipidaemia • Other therapeutic approaches to dyslipidaemia • Hypertension: definition, prevalence, diagnosis and classification • Dietary management of high blood pressure • Other therapeutic approaches to managing high blood pressure MODULE 5. THERAPEUTIC DIETS FOR GASTROINTESTINAL DISEASES • Key aspects of dietary therapy for disorders of the digestive tract • Oral, oesophageal and gastric disorders • Dietary therapy following oesophagogastric surgery • Dietary therapy for hepatobiliary disorders • Dietary therapy for pancreatic disorders • Dietary management following intestinal resection • Dysphagia: definition, characteristics, causes and diagnosis • Dietary management for patients with dysphagia • Dietary management for patients with gastro-oesophageal reflux • Dietary management for patients with gastric disorders: dyspepsia, gastritis, peptic ulcer • Dietary management for patients with intestinal disorders: acute diarrhoea, chronic diarrhoea, constipation • Characteristics of nutritional management in conditions affecting the gut: coeliac disease • Dietary management of food intolerances: lactose, fructose, non-coeliac gluten sensitivity • Dietary management of liver and biliary tract diseases • Dietary management of pancreatic disease • Dietary management of acute pancreatitis • Dietary therapy for chronic pancreatitis MODULE 6. DIETARY MANAGEMENT OF OTHER CONDITIONS (CANCER, KIDNEY FAILURE, KIDNEY STONES, EATING DISORDERS, OSTEOPOROSIS) • Dietary management of kidney failure • Dietary management of acute renal failure: chronic renal failure, nephrotic syndrome • Dietary management of kidney stones • Dietary therapy for cancer patients • Nutritional objectives and specific recommendations for cancer patients • Nutritional management of eating disorders • Dietary and nutritional management of osteoporosis • Dietary and nutritional management of anaemia • Dietary and nutritional management of hyperuricaemia • Dietary therapy for neurological conditions: Parkinson’s, Alzheimer’s, etc. • Diet therapy for lung diseases: COPD, respiratory failure, etc. • Vegetarian diet: definition, classification and therapeutic approach for vegetarian patients Training activities Face-to-face lecture Face-to-face seminar Tutorials Self-study In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- GENERAL ASSESSMENT CRITERIA To pass this module, students must: Achieve a mark of five points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below: 1. Seminars and coursework: 30% of the final mark 2. Final exam: 70% of the final mark 3. Attendance at all seminars is compulsory, and a minimum attendance rate of 70% is required. Failure to attend will result in the loss of the benefits of continuous assessment. 4. Have achieved a minimum mark of 5 in the final exam 5. A minimum mark of 5 must be achieved in the seminars and coursework component of the module. 6. Students on academic leave who do not opt for continuous assessment must sit an examination covering the theoretical component (lectures and seminars), which accounts for 70% of the final mark; to this will be added 30% from the assignments and activities scheduled for the module during the ordinary and/or supplementary examination periods of the current academic year. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA for passing this module using the CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT system: -The percentages indicated above in the general criteria will apply. For the assessment of the theoretical component, one qualifying examination will be held during the semester. This examination will exempt students from further assessment in the subject if a mark of 5 or above is achieved, and may be used to make up for the mark in the ordinary examination session. These examinations may be used to make up for each other, provided that a mark of 5 or above is achieved in both parts. JANUARY REGULAR EXAM SESSION: The FINAL GRADE for the module will be calculated by applying the percentages indicated above in the general assessment criteria and having obtained a minimum mark of 5 in the assignments and seminars scheduled for the module. Failure to complete one or more of the course’s practical activities will result in the loss of the continuous assessment mark. JULY SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSION If a student has not passed the course in the January ordinary examination session, they will be eligible for an extraordinary examination session in which they will be examined on the entire course syllabus. The final mark for the module will be calculated by applying the percentages set out above in the general assessment criteria; a minimum mark of 5 is required in the final exam, and a minimum mark of 5 must also have been obtained in the seminar and assignment component of the module. EXAM TYPE -Theoretical and practical examination: This consists of two parts: the theoretical part (90% multiple-choice questions with 4 options and 1 correct answer) and the practical part (10% clinical case studies) Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Ángel Gil Hernández Treatise on Nutrition: Volume 5. Nutrition and Disease Médica Panamericana. 2021. ISBN: 978-849110194 2. Janice L Raymond Krause’s Diet Therapy Elsevier. 2019. ISBN: 978-849113937 3. Jordi Salas Salvadó Nutrition and Clinical Dietetics 4th ed. Elsevier. 2019. ISBN: 9788491133032 Supplementary: 4. Rodota L Clinical Nutrition and Diet Therapy Panamericana. 2012. ISBN: 9789500602723 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560101 | Pharmaceutical Care | OB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pharmaceutical CareCódigo: 0560101 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Compulsory. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives To explore in depth the concept of Community Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Care, its philosophy, challenges and responsibilities. To learn the methodology and practice of the patient care process. To understand the basic requirements for the professional practice of Pharmaceutical Care. To analyse the current situation and development of Pharmaceutical Care in Spain, as well as its impact and development in other countries. Prerequisites 1. To have completed the modules in Pharmaceutical Technology, Clinical Pharmacy, and Pharmacology and Pharmacotherapy. 2. Basic IT skills to use word processors, spreadsheets and presentation software, and to access online databases. 3. Sufficient knowledge of English to read articles and books in that language. Competencies 1. Understand the fundamentals of public health and participate in health promotion and disease prevention activities at both individual and collective levels, whilst contributing to health education, recognising the determinants of health within the population, including genetic factors, as well as those related to gender, lifestyle, demographics, the environment, society, the economy, psychology and culture. 2. To be familiar with, understand and apply the legal, social and economic conditions relating to the health sector and, in particular, to medicines. 3. To be familiar with ethical and professional conduct principles and to act in accordance with the legislative, regulatory and administrative provisions governing professional practice, collaborating with other health professionals and developing teamwork skills. 4. To master information retrieval techniques relating to primary and secondary sources of information (including computerised databases). 5. Understand and apply management techniques in all aspects of pharmaceutical activities. 6. Understand the principles and scientific methodology applied to the pharmaceutical sciences, including the history and social role of pharmacy. 7. Possess a basic understanding of the National Health Service, health legislation in general, and specifically that relating to medicines, medical devices and pharmaceutical care. 8. Understand oral and written communication techniques, acquiring the skills to inform users of pharmaceutical establishments in terms that are intelligible and appropriate to diverse cultural levels and social contexts. Learning outcomes 1. Demonstrate discipline and responsibility both independently and as part of a team. 2. Be able to participate effectively in teamwork. 3. Demonstrate a sense of ethics in the workplace. 4. Be able to recognise and correct errors. 5. Respect the opinions and decisions of others. 6. Understand the concept of pharmaceutical care and the social role of the pharmacy. 7. Knowledge of a system for implementing pharmaceutical care in community pharmacies and hospitals. 8. Drafting various documents simulating the implementation of a pharmaceutical care service in a community pharmacy. 9. Preparing various treatment monitoring forms for different conditions. 10. Act in accordance with ethical and professional principles and in line with the legislative, regulatory and administrative provisions governing professional practice. 11. Ability to work independently: searching for information and applying criteria for decision-making. 12. Ability to work as part of a team. 13. Initiative and an entrepreneurial spirit. 14. Ability to adapt to new situations. 15. Ability to apply knowledge in practice. Course content 1. Pharmaceutical Care. Introduction. Professionals involved. 2. Consensus on Pharmaceutical Care: an overview. 3. Pharmaceutical indications. 4. Integrated medication management. 5. Access to medicines during the COVID-19 pandemic. The role of pharmacists. 6. Health and the proper use of medicines: rational use. 7. Health and the proper use of medicines: pharmacovigilance. 8. Pharmacological monitoring. Special circumstances. Training activities Training activities Methodology ECTS Link to learning outcomes Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. 1 Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–15 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. 0.1 Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–15 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. 0.1 0.3 Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–15 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus 0.1 Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–15 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. 0.1 Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–15 Independent work Study. Literature review. 1.5 1.3 Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–15 Exam Oral and written assessments 0.1 Competencies: 1–8 Learning outcomes: 1–15 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- ASSESSMENT CRITERIA PHARMACEUTICAL CARE ASSESSMENT SYSTEM FOR THE COURSE ‘PHARMACEUTICAL CARE’ • 10% seminar mark • Coursework: 20% of the final mark • Final exam: 70% of the final mark 1. There will be a mid-term exam which is eliminatory; that is, students who achieve a mark of 4 or above will not be required to be examined on this part of the subject in the final exam. 2. Students who do not sit the mid-term exam, or who do not achieve the minimum required mark in that exam, will be assessed on the entire course, and 70 per cent of their mark will be based on their performance in the final exam for the course. 3. The TOTAL average mark must be 5 or higher to pass the module Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Cipolle, Robert J. The Practice of Pharmaceutical Care Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill Interamericana, 1998. 1998. ISBN: 8448602676 2. Herrera Carranza, Joaquín Handbook of Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Care Madrid [etc.]: Elsevier, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8481746584 3. Juen Esteva de Sagrara The Social Role of Pharmacy Elsevier. 2006. ISBN: 8480862165 4. Sánchez-Caro, Javier Pharmaceutical Care and Professional Responsibility Granada: Comares, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8484448916 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560102 | Clinical Pharmacy | OB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Clinical PharmacyCódigo: 0560102 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Compulsory. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To acquire the knowledge required by pharmacists, as part of the healthcare team, to ensure the safe and rational use of medicines. 2. To critically evaluate scientific data relating to medicines in order to provide evidence-based information on medicines to healthcare professionals and patients. 3. To select medicines appropriately, using criteria relating to efficacy, safety, pharmacokinetics and cost-effectiveness. 4. To evaluate clinical trial protocols. 5. To draw up protocols for the use of medicines and conduct therapeutic audits. 6. Be familiar with programmes for the reporting and prevention of adverse drug reactions (ADRs). 7. Carry out pharmacotherapeutic monitoring correctly 8. Ability to integrate and work within an interdisciplinary team 9. Critical thinking and decision-making Prerequisites 1. Knowledge of pharmacology, covering the main therapeutic groups, as well as biopharmacy and pharmacokinetics, is required, along with an understanding of LADME processes, how these are modified in specific pathophysiological and clinical situations, and their implications, particularly in terms of dosage. 2. Sufficient knowledge of English to read articles and books in that language. Competencies 1. To acquire the knowledge required of a pharmacist, as part of the healthcare team, to ensure the safe and rational use of medicines. 2. To critically evaluate scientific data relating to medicines in order to provide evidence-based information on medicines to healthcare professionals and patients. 3. Select medicines appropriately using criteria of efficacy, safety, pharmacokinetics and cost-effectiveness. 4. To evaluate clinical trial protocols. 5. To draw up protocols for the use of medicines and conduct therapeutic audits. 6. Be familiar with programmes for the reporting and prevention of adverse drug reactions (ADRs). 7. Carry out pharmacotherapeutic monitoring correctly 8. Ability to integrate and work within an interdisciplinary team 9. Critical thinking and decision-making Learning outcomes 1. To communicate with and educate patients on the rational use of medicines to ensure adherence to treatment, as well as to advise other healthcare professionals on the correct administration and use of medicines. 2. Act in accordance with ethical and professional principles 3. Provide training in pharmaceutical matters to other healthcare professionals 4. Develop protocols for the use of medicines and conduct therapeutic audits. 5. Participate in programmes for the reporting and prevention of adverse drug events (ADEs). 6. Carry out pharmacotherapeutic monitoring correctly 7. Express oneself orally and in writing appropriately, using healthcare terminology. 8. Be able to work as part of a team. 9. Ability to engage in self-criticism. 10. Professional ethics and creativity. 11. Commitment to quality. Course content • Clinical Pharmacy. Concept and historical development. • Selection and information on medicines • Therapeutic protocols and clinical pathways. Concept, development, implementation and monitoring. • Medication dispensing and distribution systems • Therapeutic compliance. Risk factors for non-compliance. Strategies for assessing and improving adherence. • Medication errors. Terminology. Types. Analysis and prevention • Pharmacoeconomics • Clinical ethics • Gene therapy • Radiopharmacy • Clinical toxicology • The clinical interview with the patient • Pharmacovigilance • Clinical pharmacokinetics • Artificial nutrition • Clinical pharmacy in special circumstances. Paediatrics. Geriatrics. Pregnancy. Chronic diseases Training activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. 1 Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–11 Practical laboratory sessions Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. 0.1 0.2 Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–11 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. 0.1 0.2 Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–11 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus 0.1 Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–11 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. 0.1 Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–11 Independent work Study. Literature review. 1.5 1.3 Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–11 Exam Oral and written assessments 0.1 Competencies: 1–9 Learning outcomes: 1–11 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities requiring the student’s physical presence will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA The overall mark will be obtained by calculating the weighted average according to the following criteria: Continuous assessment 25%: (Attendance and active participation) In the seminar classes, we will simulate real-life cases led by the lecturer; attendance and active participation will account for 10%. Theory exam 65%: (multiple-choice questions covering the content of the sessions and assignments) Students with a medical exemption will be exempt from all these criteria, and only their examination marks will be taken into account. ASSESSMENT SYSTEM FOR THE PHARMACEUTICAL CARE COURSE • Seminar • Course activities • Final exam 1. There will be a mid-term exam which is eliminatory; that is, students who achieve a mark of 4 or above will not be required to sit this part of the subject in the final exam. 2.- Students who do not sit the mid-term exam, or who do not achieve the minimum required mark in that exam, will be assessed on the entire course, and 70 per cent of their mark will be based on their performance in the final exam for the course. 3. The TOTAL average mark must be 5 or above to pass the module. Addendum Any detection of cheating during examinations will automatically result in the student’s exam being invalidated. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Primary: 1. A. Velasco Clinical Pharmacology and Medical Therapy McGraw-Hill Interamericana. ISBN: 844860427x 2. Climente Martí M, Jiménez Torres NV Manual for Pharmaceutical Care APAHPE. 2005. 3. Di Piro, J.T. Pharmacotherapy McGraw-Hill. 2005. 4. Herfindal, ET, Hart, LL. Clinical Pharmacy and Therapeutics 1996. ISBN: 0683094971 5. Herrera Carranza, Joaquín Manual of Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Care Madrid [etc.]: Elsevier, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8481746584 6. Various authors - Hospital Pharmacy FEFH. 2002. Complementary: 7. Winter, ME Basic Clinical Pharmacokinetics Applied Therapeutics. 2003. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560103 | Management and Planning | OB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Management and PlanningCódigo: 0560103 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Compulsory. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives Knowledge: a pharmacist = a technician + a manager. Primary objective: to know how to run a business. In any activity (business or otherwise): Decisions are made, problems arise and they must be solved. There are sales and purchases, so there are estimates, indices and ratios. There are Human Resources and employees. Companies are set up and sold (business transfers). Latest trends in pharmaceutical management and planning, covering pharmaceutical marketing and merchandising, forms of investment and financing, loans and business transfers. Prerequisites 1. To have completed the second-year module, ‘Psychology and Communication with the Patient’ 2. Be willing to integrate the knowledge acquired in this module with that of the related modules “Organisation and Management of the Pharmaceutical Industry” and “Pharmaceutical Marketing” 3. Basic knowledge of the business world and marketing, particularly microeconomics. 4. Ability to make connections between concepts and draw conclusions 5. A proactive approach to solving the problems raised. 6. Attend classes with full attention and active participation. 7. Check the course website. 8. Pass the specific periodic assessments. 9. To understand and benefit from the course, it is essential to attend classes, during which there will be representative assessments as part of a continuous assessment process. Competencies 1. To acquire specific business and economic knowledge, which is essential for the development of the pharmaceutical profession. 2. Understand and apply recent trends in pharmaceutical management and planning. 3. To know how to set up a business, specifically a pharmacy. 4. To use the standard tools for decision-making and problem-solving in the pharmaceutical sector with confidence. 5. To apply and interpret the main economic indicators 6. Apply the key estimation methods used in the fields of investment and finance, which are common in a business. 7. To analyse the various purchasing and procurement processes in a pharmacy. 8. Understand the specific marketing characteristics of an SME. 9. Understand how pharmaceutical merchandising techniques are implemented. 10. Analyse and understand how to manage cash flow and credit effectively. 11. Understand the practical quality procedures and requirements in the pharmaceutical industry. 12. Understand how to select and manage the various aspects of human resources as they relate to employees in a pharmaceutical SME. 13. To understand and acquire knowledge of the characteristics of commercial planning, sales management and medical representative visits. Learning outcomes 1. Acquire specific business and economic knowledge that is essential for the development of a career in the pharmaceutical sector. 2. To be familiar with and understand recent trends in pharmaceutical management and planning. 3. To equip students with the skills required to set up a business, specifically a pharmacy. 4. To become proficient in using the standard tools for decision-making and problem-solving in the pharmaceutical sector. 5. To use and interpret the main economic indicators 6. To apply the key estimation methods used in the fields of investment and financing, which are common in a business. 7. To analyse and apply the standardised techniques and procedures for purchasing and procurement processes in a pharmacy. 8. Understand the specific marketing characteristics of an SME. 9. Understand how pharmaceutical merchandising techniques are implemented. 10. Be able to analyse and understand how to manage cash flow and credit effectively. 11. Understand the practical quality procedures and requirements in the pharmaceutical industry. 12. Understand how to select and manage the various aspects relating to human resources and staff in a pharmaceutical SME. 13. To understand and acquire knowledge of the characteristics of commercial planning, sales management and medical representative visits; to develop communication and information skills, both oral and written. Course content description 1. Acquire specific business and economic knowledge essential to the development of a career in the pharmaceutical sector. 2. Understand and apply recent trends in pharmaceutical management and planning. 3. Learn how to set up a business, specifically a pharmacy. 4. To use the standard decision-making and problem-solving tools in the pharmaceutical sector with confidence. 5. To use and interpret the main economic indicators 6. Apply the key estimation methods used in the fields of investment and finance, which are common in a business. 7. To analyse the various purchasing and procurement processes in a pharmacy. 8. Understand the specific marketing characteristics of an SME. 9. Understand how pharmaceutical merchandising techniques are implemented. 10. Analyse and understand how to manage cash flow and credit effectively. 11. Understand the practical quality procedures and requirements in the pharmaceutical industry. 12. Understand how to select and manage the various aspects of human resources as they relate to employees in a pharmaceutical SME. 13. Understand and acquire knowledge of the characteristics of commercial planning, sales management and medical representative visits. Training activities Lecture Presentation and explanation of the theoretical foundations, using IT tools. 1.3 Competencies: 1–13 Learning outcomes: 1–13 E-learning Presentation of case studies and application of the knowledge acquired. Presentations. 0.6 Competencies: 1–13. Learning outcomes: 1–13 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. 0.4 Competencies: 1–13 Learning outcomes: 1–13 Independent study Study. Literature review. 0.5 Competencies: 1–13 Learning outcomes: 1–13 Exam Oral and written assessments 0.2 Competencies: 1–13 Learning outcomes: 1–13 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Assessment criteria Continuous assessment: o Attendance: 50% of the mark (attendance at a minimum of 7 sessions) o Exam: 30% (There will be a single exam for the continuous assessment component of the module) o Assignment: 20% (Details will be provided at a later date) Ordinary and resit exams: 30% of the mark. For those not undertaking the continuous assessment: exam 80%, assignments 20% Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Amado Guirado, J Handbook of Business Management, CISS Pharmacy Offices CISS. 1995. 2. General Council of Official Pharmaceutical Associations Accounting in Pharmacy Practices: Practical and Tax Aspects c.g.c.o.f.. 2003. 3. Esther Alegre, Jordi Amado, Elvira Bel PHARMACEUTICAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT CISS S.A. Publishers. Special Edition for Managers. 1998. ISBN: 84-8235-196-6 4. – Merinero A., Marketing and Sales in the Pharmacy Diaz de Santos Publishers. 1997. Supplementary: 5. Spilker, B. and Cuatrocasas, P. The Pharmaceutical Industry Prous Science Publishers. 1992. 6. Wonnacott, P. and Wonnacott, R. Economics McGraw-Hill. 1998. Others: 7. Drummond, M. Methods for the Economic Evaluation of Health Care Programmes Oxford Medical Publications. 1997. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560104 | Monitoring and Management of Clinical Trials | OB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Monitoring and Management of Clinical TrialsCódigo: 0560104 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Compulsory. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives To acquire knowledge of clinical research. To monitor and manage clinical trials and studies. Prerequisites 1. Basic knowledge of pharmaceutical development 2. Ability to make connections between concepts and draw conclusions in order to solve problems. Competencies 1. Understanding the importance of clinical research in pharmaceutical development. 2. To be familiar with the types of national and international regulations governing the conduct of clinical research. 3. To gain an understanding of each of the phases of clinical research. 4. To understand the activities required to conduct a clinical trial in Spain. 5. To understand the role of the clinical research monitor, as well as their responsibilities. 6. Carry out standard monitoring procedures, including protocol review, cross-checking of medical records and the preparation of monitoring reports. 7. To be familiar with other types of studies involving medicinal products that are not included in the definition of a clinical trial. 8. Analytical and synthesis skills 9. Skills in managing activities and projects 10. Know how to find and use regulatory and bibliographic sources. Learning outcomes 1. Demonstrate theoretical and practical knowledge of the clinical development of new molecules. 2. Identify the different phases of clinical research 3. Understand the importance of current legislation 4. Manage and analyse specific monitoring techniques 5. Prepare documentation relating to monitoring activities 6. Ability to interpret a protocol 7. Ability to communicate with non-experts Course content Introduction GCP guidelines. Key figures in the conduct of a clinical trial: roles and responsibilities of the sponsor, monitor and investigator. Legislation on clinical trials. Clinical and pre-clinical research. Phases of a clinical trial. Classification of clinical trials. Statistical analysis in clinical trials. Data management Essential documentation for conducting clinical trials. Clinical trial evaluation and approval process. Feasibility studies. Importance in clinical research. Pre-study visit. Start-up visit. Monitoring visits Clinical Trial Monitoring I. (Review of medical records and essential documentation at a site). Clinical Trial Monitoring II. Preparation of monitoring reports. Closing visits Reports: Follow-up Reports, Safety Reports, Final Report Adverse events and SAEs. Reporting, monitoring and management. Pharmacovigilance Studies Investigator meetings Clinical trials in various therapeutic areas. Observational studies Audits: importance, preparation and follow-up. Pharmaceutical Companies vs. CROs. Differences in approach to conducting clinical trials Clinical trials and new technologies Career opportunities in clinical research. Training activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–4 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: 6, 9 Learning outcomes: 5–7 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Independent work Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Exam Oral and written assessments Competencies: 1–10 Learning outcomes: 1–6 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: . Have completed the individual assignment. . Have passed a practical seminar . Have achieved a minimum mark of four in examinations . Achieve a mark of five or above by adding together the percentages set out below: 30% SEMINAR 10% INTERIM ASSIGNMENTS 60% MULTIPLE-CHOICE EXAM AND/OR ESSAY QUESTIONS Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Trounce, John R. Handbook of Clinical Pharmacology Mexico [etc.]: Interamericana – McGraw Hill, 199. 1993. ISBN: 9682519799 Links RD1090/2015 – regulating clinical trials involving medicinal products, Ethics Committees for Research Involving Medicinal Products and the Spanish Register of Clinical Trials. (Official State Gazette no. 307, 24 December). ICH Good Clinical Practice - The aim of this Good Clinical Practice (GCP) guideline from the International Conference on Harmonisation (ICH) is to provide a single standard for the European Union, Japan and the United States, thereby facilitating the mutual acceptance of clinical data by the regulatory authorities in these jurisdictions Introductory Video on Clinical Trials (English) - orio Clinical Trials (English) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560105 | Specialised Pharmaceutical Technology | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Specialised Pharmaceutical TechnologyCódigo: 0560105 Imprimir Course 5. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives Pharmaceutical Technology is the science whose primary aim is the transformation of substances with pharmacological activity into medicines that can be administered to humans or animals and which provide an appropriate therapeutic response. Based on this definition, the two parts of the Pharmaceutical Technology module should provide students with the knowledge required to correctly carry out the design, formulation, manufacture, packaging, control and validation of a pharmaceutical dosage form, as well as the study of routes of administration. All of this is aimed at ensuring medicines of a high standard of quality, safety and efficacy. The primary objective of the Specialised Pharmaceutical Technology module is to introduce students to the practical application of quality control and process validation relating to the manufacture—both on an industrial scale and as compounded preparations in a pharmacy—of medicines and compounded formulations. Finally, students will be introduced to pharmaceutical practice within a community pharmacy: the preparation of compounded formulations and officinal preparations, and knowledge of the various healthcare products Prerequisites 1. Physics, Mathematics, Chemistry and Physical Chemistry, enabling students to understand the basic processes governing the preparation, formulation and/or manufacture of medicines. 2. Pharmacology, to be able to interpret the site of action of drugs and select the appropriate pharmaceutical form and route of administration for a specific active ingredient. 3. Biopharmacy and pharmacokinetics, enabling students to design the appropriate pharmaceutical form for a given route of administration. 4. Instrumental techniques and chemical analysis, enabling students to carry out the necessary checks following the preparation and/or manufacture of a medicinal product. 5. Physiology and pathophysiology, enabling students to understand the processes through which a drug acts within the body: membrane structure, blood flow to organs and tissues, physiology of the gastrointestinal tract, etc., so that they can design the most suitable dosage form for a specific drug. Competencies 1. To understand the physicochemical and biopharmaceutical properties of active ingredients and excipients, as well as the possible interactions between them. 2. Understand the stability of active ingredients and pharmaceutical forms, as well as the methods used to study them. 3. Understand the basic operations and technological processes involved in the manufacture and control of medicines. 4. Understand the chemical, physical and physicochemical properties of drugs in pre-formulation studies and the possibilities for optimising these properties. 5. Determination of bioavailability, assessment of bioequivalence and the factors influencing them. 6. Understand the processes of drug release, absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion, and the factors influencing absorption and disposition depending on the route of administration. 7. Understand the various excipients and their function in each dosage form 8. To design, optimise and manufacture pharmaceutical dosage forms whilst ensuring their quality, including the formulation and quality control of medicines, and the development of extemporaneous preparations and officinal formulations. 9. To train and equip students to design and correctly prepare non-conventional pharmaceutical forms and to introduce them to the development of new formulations, including those of biotechnological origin. 10. Understand and apply the controls to be carried out during the manufacturing process of these formulations and on the finished medicinal product, in accordance with the Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia. 11. To apply quality control to medical devices, dermopharmaceuticals, cosmetics and packaging materials. 12. To plan and adjust the dosage of medicines based on their pharmacokinetic parameters. 13. To design and implement guidelines for the preparation and/or manufacture of medicines. 14. Understand the standards of good manufacturing and preparation practice (GMP) at industrial, hospital and community pharmacy levels. 15. Understand the relevant standard operating procedures (SOPs) for carrying out the various activities required at industrial, hospital and community pharmacy levels. (Manufacture or preparation, operation of equipment, cleaning, maintenance, etc.) 16. Understand the importance of the various types of calibration and learn how to calibrate small laboratory equipment (balances, pH metres, automatic pipettes, etc.) 17. Understand quality control systems and the most commonly used international standards (ICH, FDA). 18. Learn to work in accordance with Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) standards and to carry out study protocols. 19. Act in accordance with ethical and professional principles and in line with the legislative, regulatory and administrative provisions governing professional practice. 20. Acquire the skills to work independently: information retrieval and the ability to evaluate information. 21. Acquire the skills to work as part of a team. 22. Be able to apply knowledge in practice. Learning outcomes 1. Demonstrate discipline and responsibility both independently and as part of a team. 2. Be able to participate effectively in teamwork. 3. Demonstrate a sense of ethics in the workplace. 4. Be able to recognise and correct mistakes. 5. Respect the opinions and decisions of others. 6. Design pre-formulation studies to be carried out in accordance with the chemical, physical and physico-chemical characteristics of the medicines. 7. Select the appropriate pharmaceutical form and route(s) of administration based on the pathophysiological process to be treated and the characteristics of the medicinal product. 8. Select the excipients appropriate to the chosen pharmaceutical form. 9. Design and carry out the processes for the preparation and/or manufacture of conventional pharmaceutical forms. 10. Apply the technological procedures relating to the design and correct preparation of innovative pharmaceutical forms. 11. Carry out quality controls during the preparation and/or manufacture of medicines and on the finished formulation. 12. Conduct literature reviews that demonstrate critical thinking and the ability to synthesise results. 13. Draw up the relevant standard operating procedures (SOPs) for carrying out the various activities to be performed at industrial, hospital or community pharmacy level (manufacture or preparation, operation of equipment, cleaning, maintenance, etc.). 14. Work in accordance with Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) standards. 15. Draw up a study protocol. 16. Calibrate small laboratory equipment (balances, pH metres, automatic pipettes, etc.). 17. Be able to select and implement the most appropriate technological strategies for each type of pharmaceutical formulation. Course content WEEK 1. Presentation, introduction WEEKS 2 AND 3 Packaging and conditioning of medicines. Study of packaging systems for pharmaceutical dosage forms and stability testing of medicines based on the specifications of the Spanish Medicines Agency and ICH guidelines. Packaging of pharmaceutical dosage forms. Primary and secondary packaging. Glass. Plastics. Controls Packaging materials: glass and plastics. WEEK 4 Excipients for pharmaceutical use. 5. Water as a vehicle in pharmacy. Types of water. Methods for obtaining water for pharmaceutical use. 6. Non-aqueous, water-soluble and water-miscible excipients. 7. Fatty excipients and macromolecules. 8. Sugars, sugar derivatives and synthetic products. 9. Correctives and colouring agents: classification, regulations and specifications. WEEKS 5 and 6 Drug stability WEEKS 7, 8 and 9 Quality management Quality in Compounded Medicines. Topic 1: Quality Assurance. Its three basic pillars: Good Manufacturing Practice, Good Laboratory Practice and Good Clinical Practice. The difference between Quality Assurance and Quality Control. Topic 2: Good Manufacturing Practice relating to staff. Organisation of staff in community pharmacies, hospital pharmacies and the pharmaceutical industry. Topic 3: Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) in Community Pharmacies, Hospital Pharmacies and the Pharmaceutical Industry. Components of an SOP. Types of SOPs. Topic 4. – Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) relating to facilities. Distinct areas in Community Pharmacies, Hospital Pharmacies and the Pharmaceutical Industry. Requirements they must meet. Manufacturing areas. Storage areas. Quality control areas. Auxiliary areas. Topic 5.- Machinery and Equipment in Community Pharmacies, Hospital Pharmacies and the Pharmaceutical Industry. Segregation and service areas. Labelling and documentation relating to machinery. Maintenance and cleaning. WEEKS 10, 11 AND 12 Validation. Design qualification, installation qualification, operational qualification, process qualification. Master validation plan. Quality control. Validation of analytical methods in accordance with ICH and FDA standards. Topic 8.- Documentation relating to raw materials and packaging materials. Receipt. Quarantine. Suppliers. Supplier approval. Agreed quality. Storage of finished product. Topic 9.- Documentation relating to manufacturing: Manufacturing guidelines. Master formula and master method. In-process controls. Topic 10. – Hygiene standards. Their importance. Clothing and conduct in controlled environment areas. Cross-contamination. Topic 11.- Controlled-environment areas. Environmental requirements for the manufacture of sterile and non-sterile medicinal products. Concept and requirements for cleanrooms. Turbulent, unidirectional or combined ventilation. Topic 12.- Good Laboratory Practice (GLP). Study protocols. WEEKS 13 and 14 Medical devices. Veterinary medicinal products. Homeopathic medicinal products. https://www.boe.es/eli/es/rd/2010/02/05/109 https://www.boe.es/diario_boe/txt.php?id=BOE-A-2007-19249 https://www.boe.es/eli/es/res/2021/09/24/(2) https://www.aemps.gob.es/industria-farmaceutica/etiquetado-y-package-leaflets/medicinal-product-excipients/information-on-excipients-in-technical-data-sheets-package-leaflets-and-medicinal-product-labelling/#package-leaflet WEEK 15 REVIEW OF CONTENT PRACTICAL CLASS CONTENT: • Preparation of FM and PO • Drafting the guide for the preparation and control of formulations • Labelling formulations and listing the ingredients of each one along with their functions • Carrying out analytical tests Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1, 5, 6–9, 12, 13, 15 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1–5, 10–11, 13–22 Learning outcomes: 2–5, 8–11, 13–17 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Lectures. Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1–17 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1–17 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 6–10, 15, 17 Independent study Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1–17 Exam Oral and written assessments Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1–17 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70% of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed the laboratory practicals. 2. Achieve a mark higher than 4 in each part of the module. 3. Achieve a mark of five or above by adding together the percentages set out below: - Theory exam (70%). (Competencies: 1–22) (Learning outcomes: 1, 5, 6–9, 12, 13, 15). Two tests (each accounting for 35 per cent of the mark) will be held throughout the course; these will be exempting provided a mark of 5 or above is achieved. One test may be offset by another if a mark of 4 or above is achieved. If a mark below 4 is obtained in either test, or if the marks are not offset, the student must sit the examination during the ordinary or supplementary examination period. - Laboratory practicals: 20% of the final mark (Competencies: 1–5, 10–11, 13–22) (Learning outcomes: 2–5, 8–11, 13–17). - Course activities: 10% of the final mark. (Competencies: 1–22) (Learning outcomes: 1–17). Tests, bibliographic research assignments and quizzes available on the portal (ONLINE), participation and collaboration in lectures and seminars. REGULAR EXAM SESSION: Students will be examined on the above components (mid-term exams, practicals, seminars) that they have not already passed through continuous assessment. The same weightings will apply as for continuous assessment. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION PERIOD: Students will be examined on the components listed above (mid-term exams, practicals, seminars) that they have not passed through continuous assessment. These will carry the same weightings as in the continuous assessment. Exam details: - Mid-term exams: These will consist of a set of multiple-choice questions. The exam will comprise 30 multiple-choice questions, each with four options, of which only one is correct. Incorrect answers will be marked down by 33% of their value - Practical exam: The practicals will be assessed through daily evaluation in the laboratory by the lecturer (50%) and the marking of the practicals logbook (50%). Attendance at practicals is compulsory. Students who do not undertake the practicals will not be permitted to sit the theory exam. Each instance of justified absence will result in a deduction of 2 marks from the final practical mark, whilst an unjustified absence will result in a fail for the module. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. JL VILA JATO PHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY, VOLUME I José Luis Vila Jato, José Luis Lastres García. 1997. ISBN: 9788477385370 2.- JL VILA JATO PHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY, VOLUME II Synthesis. 1997. ISBN: 9788477385387 3. Lozano Estevan, María del Carmen; Córdoba Díaz, Damián; Córdoba Díaz, Manuel Handbook of Pharmaceutical Technology ELSEVIER. 2012. ISBN: 9788480866002 Links SIGRE: Initiatives by the pharmaceutical sector to prevent packaging waste. - SIGRE: Initiatives by the pharmaceutical sector to prevent packaging waste. Guide to Good Manufacturing Practice for Medicines and Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients in Spain. - Guide to Good Manufacturing Practice for Medicines and Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients in Spain. How medicines and medical devices are regulated in Spain – AEMPS – How medicines and medical devices are regulated in Spain – AEMPS Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia – Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia Spanish Society of Industrial and Galenic Pharmacy (SEFIG) – SEFIG website Spanish Medicines Agency – Spanish Medicines Agency website Spanish Pharmacists’ Business Federation – Spanish Pharmacists’ Business Federation website Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs - Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs website AEFI Spanish Association of Industrial Pharmacists – Spanish Association of Industrial Pharmacists website Spanish Society of Hospital Pharmacy (SEFH) – SEFH website Complutense University of Madrid. Faculty of Pharmacy – Website of the Faculty of Pharmacy at the Complutense University of Madrid |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 24 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0331005 | Food legislation and ethics | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Food legislation and ethicsCódigo: 0331005 Imprimir Course 5. Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and the practice of the profession, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for individuals, their habits, beliefs and cultures. To interpret national and international food legislation. Sit examinations demonstrating the acquisition of skills and knowledge. - Gain a deeper understanding of the ethical values underpinning professional practice, in relation to oneself, other professionals and clients/patients. - To become aware of the value of human life in a technological society. To understand the value of human dignity through the necessary knowledge of bioethics. - Problem-solving and ethical decision-making in the various situations in which a food professional may find themselves involved. - Understanding the role of ethics committees and the scope and significance of conscientious objection and professional intrusion. Prerequisites No prerequisites Competencies Core competences: CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in a field of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. General competences CG1 Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and the practice of the profession, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for people, their habits, beliefs and cultures. CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG4 Understand the boundaries of the profession and its scope of practice, identifying when interdisciplinary treatment or referral to another professional is necessary. CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, healthcare professionals, industry representatives and the media, and be able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG7 Be able to draw up reports and complete records relating to the professional practice of the Dietitian-Nutritionist CG19 Be familiar with national and international health organisations, as well as different health systems, recognising the role of the Dietitian-Nutritionist. CG20 Be familiar with and contribute to the design, implementation and validation of nutritional epidemiological studies, as well as participate in the planning, analysis and evaluation of dietary and nutritional intervention programmes in various settings. CG21 Be able to participate in health promotion activities and the prevention of disorders and diseases related to nutrition and lifestyle, by providing dietary and nutritional education to the population. CG22 Collaborate in the planning and development of policies on food, nutrition and food security based on the needs of the population and the protection of health. CG24 Interpret reports and administrative records relating to food products and ingredients. CG25 Participate in the management, organisation and development of food services. CG26 Develop, monitor and contribute to the planning of menus and diets tailored to the characteristics of the target group. CG29 Acquire the basic training required for research work, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving using the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition. Specific competences CE51 Understand national and international health organisations and systems, as well as health policies. CE52 Participate in the analysis, planning, implementation and evaluation of epidemiological studies and intervention programmes on diet and nutrition in different areas. CE55 Collaborate in the planning of food and nutrition policies for the food and nutrition education of the population. Learning outcomes Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and the practice of the profession, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for people, their habits, beliefs and cultures. Interpret national and international food legislation. Undertake examinations demonstrating the acquisition of competences and knowledge Course content A) PROFESSIONAL ETHICS • Ethics: Concept. Individual ethics and collective ethics. Ethical issues of our time. • The person: Human life. The concept of the person. Human dignity. • Bioethics: Concept, characteristics, principles, competencies. • Recognition of fundamental human rights. Promotion of health and social wellbeing. Genetically modified organisms: benefits and risks, bioethical dilemmas. • Axiology: Moral value and the moral law. Morality and the law. Foundations of ethics: the good, freedom, truth and conscience. • Deontology: Concept; professional ethics. The Hippocratic Oath. European codes of ethics. Essential constitutive principles. Professional Association for Ethics and Deontology. Code of Ethics for Nutritionists. • Information and informed consent. • The right to privacy and professional confidentiality. • Medical records and data protection. • Conscientious objection and ethics committees. Teamwork. Working conditions. • Ethics in education, research and scientific dissemination. Professional study and competence; setting an example. • Professional responsibility. B) LEGISLATION. • The law. General issues. • The right to health. • Specific food legislation: Codex Alimentarius. International, European, national and regional regulations. • Healthcare professions. Professional bodies. The offence of practising without a licence. • Competency profile for university graduates in Human Nutrition and Dietetics. Consensus Document (February 2003) • Consumer and User Rights and Protection. • Food safety and nutrition. European Food Safety Authority. • Food hygiene and handling. • Food labelling and advertising. • Retail trade. • Legal liability: General issues and types. Specific offences under the NHD. • Access to the labour market. Training activities Face-to-face lecture Face-to-face seminar Tutorials Independent study In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD: To pass the module through continuous assessment: a) Students must sit two assessed and exempting examinations during the term. Each examination accounts for 30% of the final mark for the module. To be exempted from this part of the continuous assessment, students must achieve a mark of 5/10 or higher in each examination. Total weighting of this component in the final mark (60%) b) Two assessed assignments, which may consist of individual text analyses, presentations, attendance, group case studies and class participation, each of which accounts for 15 per cent of the final mark for the module. These may only be submitted via the application created for this purpose on the Virtual Campus. Total weighting of this component in the final mark (30%) c) Continuous assessment by the lecturer: a maximum of 10% of the final mark for the module. This assessment will take into account attendance (in person or online, as applicable) unless there is a valid reason for absence, participation in seminars, the student’s attitude and interest, and completion of activities set in class SPECIAL EXAMINATION SESSION: - This will consist of an examination testing the knowledge acquired, in the form of a predominantly theoretical multiple-choice test, which will account for 100% of the course mark; the course will be passed by achieving a mark of 5/10 or higher. Bibliography Essential: 1.- Ayllón, José Ramón Reasoned Ethics. Palabra. 5th edition. 2004. ISBN: 8482398407 2. Literary Editor: Deleuze Isasi, Paloma FOOD LEGISLATION TECNOS. 2006. ISBN: 9788430943142 3. Sánchez-Caro and Abellán The Pharmacist–Patient Clinical Relationship COMARES. 2007. ISBN: 9788498362459 4. Sánchez-Caro, Javier A Handbook of Practical Cases in Bioethics and Health Law. BOCM. 2009. ISBN: M265392009 5. Tomás Garrido, Gloria Mª Handbook of Bioethics Ariel Ciencia. 2001. ISBN: 8434480409 6. Vila-Coro Barrachina, María Dolores Introduction to Bio-law Madrid: Complutense University, Publications Service. 1995. ISBN: 8486926882 Supplementary: 7.- Junquera de Estéfani, Rafael (ed.) Some Issues in Bioethics and their Legal Regulation Grupo Nacional de Editores. 2004. ISBN: 849622614X 8.- Laws Spanish Food Code Tecnos-Aranzadi-Colex-Civitas. 2005. ISBN: 84-309-3828-1 9. Recall Girela, Miguel Ángel Treatise on Food Law Thomson Reuters. 2011. ISBN: 9788499039039 10. Sánchez-Caro, Javier Pharmaceutical Care and Professional Liability Granada: Comares, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8484448916 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560106 | Supervised Work Placements | OB | 24 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Supervised Work PlacementsCódigo: 0560106 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Compulsory. 24 credits. Profesores
Objectives Order CIN/2137/2008 sets out the requirements that official university degrees qualifying graduates for the profession of pharmacist must meet, including the competencies acquired during the Supervised Practical Training. The primary aim of the Supervised Practical Training is for students to acquire the knowledge, skills and attitudes required in the field of Community Pharmacy or Hospital Pharmacy Services. The aim is for future pharmacists to be prepared to carry out the specific activities of their profession relating to the preparation, management, control, dispensing and advice on medicines, with a view to achieving results in the prevention and treatment of diseases, thereby improving patients’ quality of life. Prerequisites 1. The requirements for enrolment on the Supervised Placements module will be published each academic year 2. Prior knowledge of Pharmacognosy, Pharmacology and Pharmacotherapy, Clinical Pharmacy, Pharmaceutical Technology, Legislation and Professional Ethics is recommended. 3. Basic computer skills to use word processors, spreadsheets and presentation software, and to access online databases. 4. Sufficient knowledge of English to read articles and books in that language. Competencies 1. To organise and manage the running of a pharmacy. 2. Understand the operation and management of a hospital or primary care pharmacy service, including the staff assigned to these services 3. Manage medicines. 4. The storage, safekeeping, dispensing and rational distribution of medicines and other pharmaceutical products. 5. Prepare extemporaneous preparations and officinal formulations. Applicable regulations. 6. Provide pharmaceutical care to patients. Planning and ethical criteria. 7. Carry out pharmacovigilance: information, reporting and sources of information. 8. Carry out the invoicing for a pharmacy, where applicable. 9. Presentation and defence before the University Examination Board of a final-year project, consisting of an exercise integrating the course content covered and the skills acquired. 10. Information management. 11. Apply IT tools to monitor cash flow, stock levels and expiry dates of pharmaceutical products, as well as billing, database management, etc. 12. Keeping official records and documents up to date. 13. Obtain information on the legal requirements for opening a pharmacy, opening hours, transfer of ownership, etc. 14. Obtain information on the healthcare market to enable comparisons of pharmaceutical products, costs, etc. 15. Draw up a treatment plan that identifies, resolves or prevents medication-related problems (MRPs). 16. Select the appropriate location for each type of medicine or pharmaceutical product. 17. Communication skills. 18. Ability to work as part of a team. 19. Analytical and critical thinking skills. 20. Ability to make decisions. 21. Ability to evaluate the information received. 22. Ability to observe reality critically. 23. Ability to structure and apply acquired knowledge. 24. Ability to critically analyse texts read. 25. Ability to make connections between ideas. 26. Ability to express oneself orally and in writing. 27. Ability to maintain good relationships with colleagues. 28. Ability to uphold ethical standards. Learning outcomes 1. To demonstrate discipline and responsibility both independently and as part of a team. 2. Ability to participate in teamwork. 3. Demonstrate ethical standards at work. 4. Be able to recognise and correct mistakes. 5. Respect the opinions and decisions of others. 6. Draw up the relevant standard operating procedures (SOPs) for carrying out the various activities to be performed in a hospital or pharmacy (manufacture or preparation, operation of equipment, cleaning, maintenance, etc.). 7. Manage the running of a pharmacy or a hospital pharmacy service. 8. Manage the procurement of medicines. 9. Draw up the protocol for the storage, safekeeping and dispensing of medicines and other pharmaceutical products, tailored to each specific situation. 10. Implement a pharmaceutical care programme for patients. 11. Implement a pharmacovigilance programme. Description of the content PHARMACY 1. ORGANISATION AND FUNCTIONS OF A PHARMACY 2. PHARMACEUTICAL MANAGEMENT 3. – MANAGEMENT OF MEDICINES 4. STORAGE AND SAFEKEEPING OF MEDICINES 5. DISPENSING OF MEDICINES 6.- COMPOUNDING IN A PHARMACY 7.- PHARMACOTHERAPEUTIC MONITORING OF PATIENTS. PHARMACEUTICAL CARE 8. OTHER ACTIVITIES 9. ORGANISATIONAL CHART HOSPITAL PHARMACY 1.- ORGANISATION AND FUNCTIONS OF A HOSPITAL PHARMACY DEPARTMENT. 2. SELECTION OF MEDICINES 3. MEDICINES MANAGEMENT 4. DISPENSING AND DISTRIBUTION OF MEDICINES 5. PREPARATION AND CONTROL OF PHARMACEUTICAL DOSAGE FORMS 6.- ENTERAL AND PARENTERAL NUTRITION 7.- PHARMACOTHERAPEUTIC INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS AND HEALTHCARE PROFESSIONALS 8.- PHARMACOVIGILANCE 9. MEDICAL DEVICES LECTURE THEATRES ON THE UNIVERSITY CAMPUS 1. ACTIVITIES, COURSERA COURSE 2. COFM GUIDE Training activities Work placement Work placement and integration into the team working in OF or SF. Competencies: 1–28 Learning outcomes 1–11 Online learning ;;;;;;;;Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Competencies: 1–28 Learning outcomes 1–11 Seminars;;;;;;;; Attendance at conferences and information seminars. Competencies: 1–28 Learning outcomes 1–11 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. 0.1 Competencies: 1–28 Learning outcomes 1–11 Independent study;;;;;;;; Preparation and completion of practical assignments. Compilation and drafting of the Supervised Placement Report. Competencies: 1–28 Learning outcomes 1–11 Exam;;;;;;;; Written tests. Competencies: 1–28 Learning outcomes 1–11 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The assessment of the module will be calculated by adding together the following percentages: 1. The assessment by the Professional Tutor for Supervised Placements (a confidential assessment to be submitted to the Coordinator) (20%) 2. The mark for the Work Report: as per the table of contents in the dossier, minimum 20 pages (10%) 3. Multiple-choice exam to assess the learning achieved during the Supervised Placement period. Compliance with attendance regulations. (60%) 4. Proposed activities: High Performance Collaboration course: Leadership, Teamwork, and Negotiation, assignments and seminars (10%) Bibliography Core: 1. Cipolle, Robert J. The Practice of Pharmaceutical Care Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill Interamericana, 1998. 1998. ISBN: 8448602676 2. Juen Esteva de Sagrara The Social Role of Pharmacy Elsevier. 2006. ISBN: 8480862165 3. Lozano Estevan, María del Carmen; Córdoba Díaz, Damián; Córdoba Díaz, Manuel Handbook of Pharmaceutical Technology ELSEVIER. 2012. ISBN: 9788480866002 4. LOZANO ESTEVAN, MC HANDBOOK OF PHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY PRACTICES II BELLISCO. 2007. ISBN: 8496486690 5. Sánchez-Caro, Javier Pharmaceutical Care and Professional Responsibility Granada: Comares, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8484448916 Supplementary: 6. MINISTRY OF HEALTH Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia Madrid: Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs, Centre d. 1998. ISBN: 8434009420 Other: 7.- AULTON Pharmacy: the science of pharmaceutical formulation design 2nd ed. Madrid [etc.]: Elsevier, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8481747289 8.- BANKER Modern Pharmaceutics 4th ed. New York; Basel (Switzerland): Marcel Dekker, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 0824706749 9. Belon, Jean-Paul Advice in the Pharmacy Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8445810901 10. COF VIZCAYA Compounding of Medicines Bizkaia: Official College of Pharmacists of Bizkaia. 2004. ISBN: 8492185260 11.- Spain. Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs National Formulary Madrid: Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs: Bulletin. 2003. ISBN: 8434014718 12. Herrera Carranza, Joaquín Manual of Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Care Madrid [etc.]: Elsevier, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8481746584 13. Hir, Alain Le Galenic Pharmacy Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 1995. 1995. ISBN: 8445802941 14.- Llopis Clavijo, Mª José Basic Formulary of Compounded Medicines Valencia: El Cid, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8460729664 15. MARTINDALE Martindale: A Comprehensive Guide to Pharmacotherapy Barcelona: Pharma, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8495993007 16. Plasencia Cano, Manuela Manual of Supervised Practical Training in a Pharmacy Madrid: Editorial Complutense, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 847491678X 17. Thompson, Judith E. Contemporary Pharmacy Practice Madrid: McGraw-Hill, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 970105136X 18. VILA JATO, JL Pharmaceutical Technology Madrid: Síntesis, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8477385394 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560107 | Final-Year Project | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Final-Year ProjectCódigo: 0560107 Imprimir Course 5. Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives • The final-year project must be geared towards assessing the general competences associated with the degree programme. • It shall consist of the presentation and defence before a university examination board of a final-year project, which involves integrating the course content covered and the skills acquired. • In carrying out this project, students must acquire skills relating to the research, analysis and organisation of documentation, as well as the effective communication of their work. Prerequisites 1. Students who are enrolled for the credits corresponding to the Final-Year Project and are in the final stage of their undergraduate studies shall be entitled to be awarded a Final-Year Project and to be assigned the corresponding supervisor. Submission of the Final-Year Project requires that students have passed all the modules comprising the curriculum. Competencies 1) To independently acquire new knowledge and techniques suitable for the design, development or implementation of professional programmes and projects. 2) To devise and carry out work and/or research programmes and projects using the principles and methodologies characteristic of research programmes. 3) To conceive, plan, develop and implement programmes of academic and professional quality, applying critical and constructive analysis, in order to achieve results of excellence worthy of publication in academic and even research forums. 4) To devise, design and develop original ideas for implementing a range of methodologies that represent a scientific or technological contribution within the knowledge society. 5) To be familiar with the techniques and systems for documenting and bibliographic sources specific to the subject under investigation. 6) Understand the different languages in which sources are typically expressed, depending on their type and content. Learning outcomes 1. The ability to develop, present and defend a piece of work related to the professional profile. 2. Acquire the necessary knowledge regarding the use and application of the various bibliographic and documentary source systems. 3. Demonstrate an understanding of the principles of quantitative and qualitative research. 4. Demonstrate the ability to conceive, design, implement and adopt a research method to assess the variables under study. 5. To carry out a critical analysis of the results obtained, such that this analysis enables the production of a report of a standard high enough to serve as a starting point for the preparation of a biomedical paper or publication. 6. Demonstrate that they have engaged with members of the academic and research community to exchange views on the chosen research topic or topics. 7. Efficiently consult information sources and access specialised databases Description of the course content 1) Techniques for drafting scientific documentation. 2) Techniques for preparing technical presentations, presenting documentation, etc. 3) Formulation of the problem and hypotheses. 4) Critical methodology and textual hermeneutics. 5) Use of direct and indirect sources. Use of supplementary sources. 6) Methods of citing bibliographical sources. 7) The value and usefulness of documentary sources in the research process. Learning activities Seminars: Guidance on the assignment and completion of the coursework Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes 1–7 E-learning;;;;; Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Individual and group tutorials;;;;; Guidance and clarification of queries regarding the assignment. Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes 1–7 Independent work;;;;; Preparation and completion of the assignment. Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes 1–7 Exam: Submission of the written and electronic versions of the assignment. Presentation and public defence before the relevant examination board. Competencies: 1–6 Learning outcomes 1–7 Assessment system and criteria The Final Year Project (FYP) must be an unpublished document, for which the student bears full responsibility as the sole author. The use of artificial intelligence (AI)-based tools in its preparation is restricted to auxiliary functions such as grammar checking, outline generation or general information searches. Any use of AI must be properly cited, specifying the tool used, its specific function and when it was applied. The use of AI to draft substantial content, carry out critical analysis or interpret results compromises the originality and authorship of the work. Checks for plagiarism and/or the use of AI will be carried out using the tool provided on the virtual campus and will be assessed by the supervisor to verify the integrity of the work submitted. The Final Year Project (TFG) will be assessed by a panel of four lecturers: the TFG tutor themselves and a three-member panel during the presentation. The quantitative mark will be calculated as follows: 1. Scientific quality (40%). (Assessment of the TFG by the supervisor) 2. Clarity of presentation, both written and oral (25% presentation and 5% other activities) 3. Ability to engage in debate and defend arguments (30 per cent) (Presentation) Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Cipolle, Robert J. The Practice of Pharmaceutical Care Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill Interamericana, 1998. 1998. ISBN: 8448602676 2. Juen Esteva de Sagrara The Social Role of Pharmacy Elsevier. 2006. ISBN: 8480862165 3. Lozano Estevan, María del Carmen; Córdoba Díaz, Damián; Córdoba Díaz, Manuel Handbook of Pharmaceutical Technology ELSEVIER. 2012. ISBN: 9788480866002 4. LOZANO ESTEVAN, MC HANDBOOK OF PHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY PRACTICES II BELLISCO. 2007. ISBN: 8496486690 5. Sánchez-Caro, Javier Pharmaceutical Care and Professional Responsibility Granada: Comares, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8484448916 Supplementary: 6. MINISTRY OF HEALTH Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia Madrid: Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs, Centre d. 1998. ISBN: 8434009420 Other: 7.- AULTON Pharmacy: the science of pharmaceutical formulation design 2nd ed. Madrid [etc.]: Elsevier, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8481747289 8.- BANKER Modern Pharmaceutics 4th ed. New York; Basel (Switzerland): Marcel Dekker, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 0824706749 9. Belon, Jean-Paul Advice in the Pharmacy Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8445810901 10. COF VIZCAYA Compounding of Medicines Bizkaia: Official College of Pharmacists of Bizkaia. 2004. ISBN: 8492185260 11.- Spain. Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs National Formulary Madrid: Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs: Bulletin. 2003. ISBN: 8434014718 12. Herrera Carranza, Joaquín Manual of Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Care Madrid [etc.]: Elsevier, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8481746584 13. Hir, Alain Le Galenic Pharmacy Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 1995. 1995. ISBN: 8445802941 14.- Llopis Clavijo, Mª José Basic Formulary of Compounded Medicines Valencia: El Cid, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8460729664 15. MARTINDALE Martindale: A Comprehensive Guide to Pharmacotherapy Barcelona: Pharma, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8495993007 16. Plasencia Cano, Manuela Manual of Supervised Practical Training in a Pharmacy Madrid: Editorial Complutense, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 847491678X 17. Thompson, Judith E. Contemporary Pharmacy Practice Madrid: McGraw-Hill, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 970105136X 18. VILA JATO, JL Pharmaceutical Technology Madrid: Síntesis, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8477385394 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 36 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ELECTIVE COURSES
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS |
|---|---|---|---|
| N/A | Elective | OP | 6 |
| TOTAL: | 6 | ||
Year 6
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0331001 | Food Hygiene and Safety | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Food Hygiene and SafetyCódigo: 0331001 Imprimir Course 6. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives - To familiarise students with the various concepts relating to foodborne illnesses and the main methods of controlling the microbial population in food. - To facilitate an understanding of the factors influencing microbial contamination arising from staff and the hygiene practices that must be followed by workers carrying out tasks at different stages of the food chain. - To provide knowledge of the microbial ecology of the main groups of microorganisms that cause food poisoning and food poisoning, including emerging pathogens. - To review the main groups of substances that cause food contamination, as well as the control of the parameters that can affect their presence in food. - To explain how to prevent the presence of infectious vectors in the food industry. - To emphasise that students should be familiar with all the different types of detergents and disinfectants to be used in the food industry, as well the properties required of the premises, equipment, materials and products to be used, as well as their correct method of to ensure maximum effectiveness. Prerequisites Prior knowledge of Microbiology, Biochemistry and Food Science Competencies CB1 That students have demonstrated knowledge and understanding in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education, typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students should be able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and problem-solving within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. CG2 To develop their profession whilst showing respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG5 To communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, whilst being able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 To understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, food, lifestyles and health issues. CG27 Contribute to food quality and safety in relation to products, facilities and processes. CG28 Provide appropriate training in hygiene, health, diet and nutrition to staff involved in catering services. CG29 Acquire basic training in research, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving in accordance with the scientific method, and understanding the imCE20 Develop, implement, evaluate and maintain appropriate hygiene and food safety practices and risk control systems, in accordance with current legislation. CE21 Participate in the design, organisation and management of various food services. CE22 Collaborate in the implementation of quality systems. CE25 Provide scientific and technical advice on food products and their development. Assess compliance with such advice. CE26 Participate in business teams working on social marketing, advertising and health claims. CE27 Collaborate on consumer protection within the framework of food safety Learning outcomes Understand and explain the main structural characteristics of facilities in relation to their hygienic design. Understand how to combat potential hazards that may arise throughout the production process, as well as the diseases associated with them. Understand good hygiene practices, as well as the legal provisions governing them. Understand self-monitoring practices aimed at preventing hazards arising from malpractice. Be able to explain how cleaning and disinfection protocols work. Understand the effectiveness of traceability and raw material control procedures. To be familiar with and understand the mechanisms of action of sanitising products and their practical application. To be familiar with and able to carry out the basic experimental techniques used in a testing laboratory. To be familiar with good hygiene practices, food safety and risk control systems. Understand the fundamentals of Quality Management Systems in the food industry, based on Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP). Be able to develop and implement self-monitoring systems in the food industry. To be familiar with the most important current legislation relating to food hygiene and safety. Be able to draw up a crisis response manual for a food crisis. Understand the Spanish Health System and, in particular, the administrative organisation relating to food matters. To be able to interpret the reports and administrative records of a food business and food products. Sit examinations to demonstrate the acquisition of skills and knowledge. To produce assessment reports on risk control systems for food and food products. Course content - Unit 1. FOOD HYGIENE. Definitions. Food safety issues. Factors contributing to outbreaks of food poisoning. Safe food. - Unit 2. HYGIENE OF FOOD HANDLERS. Intrinsic factors influencing microbial contamination by Workwear. Hand washing. Hygiene practices. Medical check-ups. Carriers. Staff assessment and training. - Unit 3. BIOLOGICAL CONTAMINANTS. Food spoilage. Biological contamination: bacterial toxins, Salmonella, Shigella, Staphylococcus aureus, Clostridium perfringens, Clostridium botulinum, Bacillus cereus, Escherichia coli. Emerging pathogens in the agri-food sector: Campylobacter, Vibrio, Yersinia enterocolitica, Aeromonas, Plesiomonas shigelloides, Listeria monocytogenes. Legionella pneumophila. Moulds. Yeasts. Viruses: rotavirus, Norwalk and Norwalk-like viruses (SRSV), hepatitis A. Parasitic infestation: protozoa, helminths. - Unit 4. CHEMICAL CONTAMINANTS AND THEIR PREVENTION. Main groups of contaminants: Intensive farming. Genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Veterinary medicine residues. Animal meal. Plant protection treatments. Contamination by dioxins and PCBs. Mineral elements. Marine toxins. Plant toxins. Fungal toxins. Other toxins. Packaging materials. Additives and processing aids. Allergens. Substances produced during food processing food. - Unit 5. PEST CONTROL. Protection of premises. Insect infestations: cockroaches, flies, ants, silverfish, wasps. Pesticides: fumigants, use of baits. Mechanical methods. Rodents. Bird infestation. - Unit 6. CLEANING AND DISINFECTION. Dirt. Microbial biofilms. Definitions. Water in cleaning operations. Detergents. Cleaning methods. Disinfectants. Sanitisation programme. Verification of sanitisation effectiveness. Evaluation of disinfectants. Training activities Face-to-face lecture Face-to-face seminar Tutorials Independent study In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. To pass this module, students must achieve a mark of 5 out of 10 or higher, calculated by adding together the following percentages: 70% Final mark for exams/mid-term tests (continuous assessment/ordinary/supplementary) 20% Practical case studies (seminars) (completion of all practical case studies is compulsory; late submission without a valid reason will result in a 20% deduction from the final mark for the relevant assignment). 10% Practice questionnaires, class attendance and participation Regarding the component constituting 70% of the mark: CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT As part of this assessment, students are offered the opportunity to sit a mid-term exam covering the first half of the course content. This exam will assess the content of the first half of the syllabus and the seminars delivered to date. The exam will consist of 30 multiple-choice questions, one short-answer question and a practical case study. To pass and be exempted from this content, students must achieve a mark of 5 or above. Should students fail this exam, they may sit the exam covering the full syllabus during the ordinary examination period. Students who pass this part of the syllabus may sit another mid-term exam covering the remainder of the course syllabus during the ordinary examination period. The assessment criteria and requirements for passing are the same as for the first mid-term exam. If a mark below 5 is obtained, students must sit the extraordinary examination covering the full course content. REGULAR ASSESSMENT Students who did not pass the first half of the syllabus will be assessed on the full syllabus during the ordinary examination period. To pass, a mark of 5 or above is required. Otherwise, they must sit the supplementary examination. Finally, if you have passed the continuous assessment tests or the ordinary assessment exam, to pass the module you must achieve a mark of 5 or above by adding together the percentages set out below: • 70% from the assessments • 20% average mark for all practical assignments submitted via the virtual campus, including the food outbreak simulation* • 10% average mark for the practice tests and attendance at the food outbreak simulation To earn an additional 0.10 marks, you must achieve 90 per cent attendance by the end of the module *Completion of all practical case studies and the simulation is compulsory in order to pass the module. SPECIAL ASSESSMENT In the case of a resit: the exam or test will account for 70% of the mark; 20% will be based on the practical case studies and the simulation; and 10% will be based on the average mark for the self-assessment tests and attendance at the food outbreak simulation TEST FORMAT Test structure: Multiple-choice and short-answer questions, plus the resolution of a practical case study. The first written test or first mid-term exam covers the content of the units ‘Introduction’, 1, 2 and 3, and the seminars. Students who achieve a mark higher than 5 out of 10 in this first mid-term exam will be assessed solely on Units 4, 5 and 6 and the seminars in the second mid-term exam. If students fail the first mid-term exam or do not sit it, they will be examined on all units and seminars in the second mid-term exam (ordinary session). Exams will be held in person in the classrooms designated for this purpose during the period set out in the university’s academic calendar. Only in the event that the authorities introduce mandatory measures restricting individual movement will exams be held remotely. Bibliography Essential: 1. Carolina Aguilera Juarros Food Safety: HACCP Systems Published by IC. 2009. ISBN: 8483641720 2. GINES CAMPOS, F. Food Safety? 200 answers to the most frequently asked questions. Published by AMV. 2011. ISBN: 978-849670972 3. GINES CAMPOS, F. Food Safety? 200 answers to the most frequently asked questions. Published by AMV. 2011. ISBN: 978-849670972 4. GLORIA FERRANDIS GARCIA APARISI FOOD SAFETY, HYGIENE AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT (2nd updated ed.) Published by Síntesis. 2019. ISBN: 9788490770092 5.- Various Authors SAFETY AND HYGIENE IN FOOD HANDLING Published by Altamar. 2020. ISBN: 9788417872366 6. WILDBRETT, G. Cleaning and Disinfection in the Food Industry Published by Acribia. 2000. ISBN: 84-200-0913-X Supplementary: 7.- ESPERANZA DORADO MARTIN Traceability and food safety. HACCP system Published by Exlibric. 2018. ISBN: 8417334440 8.- HAZELWOOD, D. AND MCLEAN, A.D. Hygiene course for food handlers . Published by Acribia. 1993. ISBN: 10: 842000753 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0331004 | Culinary technology | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Culinary technologyCódigo: 0331004 Imprimir Course 6. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives Objectives - To understand and explain the main techniques used to transform food into dishes and menus suitable for human consumption. -To understand the correct practices involved in using equipment and appliances that do not utilise heat for the preparation of the various food dishes that form part of gastronomy, as well as the problems that may arise from a lack of knowledge or incorrect use. -To understand the correct practices involved in using equipment and appliances that utilise heat to process food groups and their main culinary applications in gastronomy, as well as the problems that may arise from a lack of knowledge or incorrect use. -To understand the areas that make up the basic kitchen layout, particularly with regard to facilities used in catering, including the design of spaces, appropriate dimensions and equipment. -Be able to explain the physical and chemical mechanisms by which the nutrients in each food group are transformed when subjected to different treatments. -Understand the principles governing the layout, workspaces and workflow in kitchen facilities. -To be familiar with the essential equipment used in each cooking technique -Understand the characteristics of foodstuffs as they are altered during cooking processes. -Understand and be able to carry out the basic culinary techniques used in a kitchen -To produce reports on the composition of food products. -To produce practical reports focusing on the application of culinary techniques and the analysis of their effects on the sensory and physicochemical characteristics of food, justifying the technique used, its principles, advantages, limitations and the results obtained. -Sit examinations demonstrating the acquisition of skills and knowledge. Prerequisites Prior knowledge of Food Science, Chemistry and Biochemistry Competencies CB1 Students must have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students should be able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. CG2 To develop their profession whilst showing respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG5 To communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, whilst being able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG8 Identify and classify foods and food products. Be able to analyse and determine their composition, properties, nutritional value, the bioavailability of their nutrients, organoleptic characteristics and the changes they undergo as a result of technological and culinary processes CG12 Understand nutrients, their function in the body, their bioavailability, dietary requirements and recommendations, and the principles of energy and nutritional balance CG29 Acquire the basic training required for research activity, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information to solve problems using the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition. CE13 Identify and classify foods, food products and food ingredients. CE14 Understand their chemical composition, physico-chemical properties, nutritional value, bioavailability, organoleptic characteristics and the changes they undergo as a result of technological and culinary processes CE19 Understand the culinary techniques used to optimise the organoleptic and nutritional characteristics of foods, whilst respecting traditional cuisine Learning outcomes Understand and explain the main techniques used to transform food into dishes and menus suitable for human consumption. Understand the correct practices involving the use of equipment and appliances that do not use heat for the preparation of the various food dishes that form part of gastronomy, as well as the problems that may arise from a lack of knowledge or poor practice. Understand the correct practices involving the use of equipment and appliances that utilise heat for the processing of food groups and their main culinary applications in gastronomy, as well as the problems that may arise from a lack of knowledge or incorrect use. To understand the areas that make up the basic kitchen layout, particularly with regard to facilities used in catering, including the design of spaces, appropriate dimensions and equipment. Be able to explain the physical and chemical mechanisms by which the nutrients in each food group are transformed when subjected to different treatments. Understand the principles governing the layout and workflow of kitchen facilities. Understand the essential equipment used in each cooking technique Understand the characteristics of foods as they are altered during cooking processes. Understand and be able to carry out the basic culinary techniques used in a kitchen To produce reports on the composition of food products. To produce a practical report on food analysis carried out in the laboratory, in which the technique used, its advantages and/or limitations, etc., must be justified. Sit examinations demonstrating the acquisition of skills and knowledge Description of the content TEACHING UNIT 1: GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF CULINARY TECHNOLOGY Topic 1: History of the kitchen. Historical development of the kitchen as a space. Concept and objectives of culinary technology. Topic 2: Applications of culinary technology: Home cooking and commercial cooking and catering. Current catering systems. Topic 3: The professional culinary space. Description of areas and basic equipment. Requirements for a professional kitchen. Layout design and the ‘forward flow’ principle. TEACHING UNIT 2: KITCHEN STRUCTURES AND WORK REQUIREMENTS Topic 4: Professional roles and work dynamics in a kitchen. Professional roles at national and international level. Topic 5: Food handlers. Topic 6: Consumption control tools: Costing sheets and technical data sheets, checking raw materials on receipt and waste records. TEACHING UNIT 3: PRELIMINARY CULINARY OPERATIONS IN CULINARY TECHNOLOGY Topic 7: Selection, cleaning, peeling and cutting of meat, fish, vegetables and greens. The impact of processing. Topic 8: Operations for the preservation of ingredients: application of low temperatures, application of high temperatures, application of chemical substances and other preservation methods. Effect on food Topic 9: Operations for combining ingredients: emulsions, foams, gels and homogenisation TEACHING UNIT 4: CULINARY PROCESSES INVOLVING THE APPLICATION OF HEAT IN AQUEOUS AND MIXED MEDIA Topic 10: Cooking processes. Concepts of cooking. Heating equipment and sources of thermal energy. Heat transfer to food. General effects of cooking. Topic 11: Cooking in an aqueous medium: blanching, parboiling, poaching, boiling, steaming and pressure cooking. The aqueous medium. Effects on food. Topic 12: Cooking in a fatty medium: sautéing, braising, confit, deep-frying. Properties of frying fats. Oils and fats. Effects on food. TEACHING UNIT 5: CULINARY TECHNIQUES INVOLVING THE APPLICATION OF HEAT IN MIXED MEDIA, IN OPEN AIR AND OTHER TECHNIQUES Topic 13: Mixed cooking methods: stewing, braising and simmering. Cooking methods in other countries. Effects on food. Topic 14: Air-based cooking: roasting, toasting and gratinating. Media (air, water vapour, smoke, vacuum). Effects on food. Topic 15: Microwave heating. Sous-vide cooking. Effects on food TEACHING UNIT 6: GASTRONOMY AND NEW INGREDIENTS IN CULINARY TECHNOLOGY Topic 16: Molecular gastronomy: objectives. The role of the senses, ingredients and techniques. Molecular mixology. Topic 17: New ingredients in culinary technology. Food additives and colloidal systems. Topic 18: Gastronomy and science. Learning activities Face-to-face masterclass Face-to-face seminar Tutorials Independent study In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. The final mark for the module will be calculated as follows: 1. Practical workbook (20%) — COMPULSORY - Accounts for 20% of the final mark for the module. -A minimum mark of 5/10 must be achieved. -A practical workbook template will be provided on the virtual campus. -The workbook must be uploaded in full to the virtual campus no later than the day before the final theory exam. -Submission of the workbook is an essential requirement for sitting both the mid-term exams and the final exam, as well as the resit. 1. Practical workbook: -20% of the final mark for the module -A mark of 5/10 is required -A template for the practical workbook will be uploaded to the virtual campus -The completed workbook must be uploaded to the virtual campus no later than the day before the final theory exam -It is MANDATORY to submit it in order to sit both the mid-term and final exams. It must also be submitted when a student is sitting the exam during the supplementary sitting 2. Theoretical content (60 per cent) plus practical application questions (20 per cent) -80 per cent of the final mark for the module -In-person exams: a maximum of 40 multiple-choice questions. Points are deducted for incorrect answers -Duration: 1 hour 15 minutes -Mid-term exams: -A mark of 5/10 is required to pass each section -The percentage of the final mark attributed to the exam will depend on the number of topics included in the assessment ---- Attendance at face-to-face teaching sessions is compulsory. Students must achieve a minimum attendance rate of 70% to retain their right to continuous assessment. Failure to meet this requirement will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment, and students will be required to sit a single exam during the official examination period. Bibliography Core: 1.- Bello Gutiérrez, José Culinary Science and Technology : Díaz de Santos. 1998. ISBN: 8479783796 2. Pozuelo Talavera, Juan Culinary Techniques : Paraninfo. 2000. ISBN: 84-283-2578-2 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0431000 | Food and Culture | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Food and CultureCódigo: 0431000 Imprimir Course 6. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To understand the term ‘culture’ from an anthropological perspective 2. To learn about the mechanisms through which culture is transmitted and learnt 3. To understand the influence of human history on our diet 4. To understand the various factors that shape our diet 5. To understand the different dimensions of diet 6. To understand how taste is formed 7. To understand the stages of the modern food chain 8. To understand the impact of culture on obesity, anorexia and bulimia nervosa 9. To understand the impact of culture on diet Prerequisites There are no prerequisites Learning outcomes CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in a field of study building on the foundations of general secondary education, typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. CG1 Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and the practice of the profession, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for people, their habits, beliefs and cultures. CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the independent and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG4 Understand the boundaries of the profession and its scope of practice, identifying when interdisciplinary treatment or referral to another professional is necessary CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, and be able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG7 Be able to draw up reports and complete records relating to the professional practice of the Dietitian-Nutritionist. CG19 Be familiar with national and international health organisations, as well as different health systems, recognising the role of the Dietitian-Nutritionist. CG20 Understand and contribute to the design, implementation and validation of nutritional epidemiological studies, as well as participate in the planning, analysis and evaluation of dietary and nutritional intervention programmes in various settings. CG21 Be able to participate in health promotion activities and the prevention of disorders and diseases related to nutrition and lifestyle, by providing dietary and nutritional education to the population. CG22 Collaborate in the planning and development of policies on food, nutrition and food security based on the needs of the population and the protection of health. CG24 Interpret reports and administrative records relating to food products and ingredients. CG25 Participate in the management, organisation and development of food services. CG26 Develop, monitor and contribute to the planning of menus and diets tailored to the characteristics of the target group CG29 Acquire the basic training required for research activity, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving using the scientific method, and understanding the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition CE55 Collaborate in the planning of food and nutrition policies for the food and nutrition education of the population. CE56 Acquire the ability to contribute to promotion, prevention and protection projects with a community-based and public health approach. Learning outcomes Carry out nutritional assessments to identify the population’s needs in terms of diet and nutrition. Design and plan menus for different groups, tailored to the requirements of institutional catering, using various tools (computer software, dietary guidelines, recommended intakes). Carry out projects involving the planning of food and nutrition policies for both healthy and sick populations. Identify developments in food, nutrition and dietetics. Describe and analyse the cultural and social inequalities that may influence dietary habits. Produce reports on the influence of different factors on diet. Produce reports on debunking certain beliefs. Sit examinations demonstrating the acquisition of skills and knowledge Description of the course content 1. Culture in Anthropology 2. Learning and the transmission of culture 3. The historical evolution of humankind and diet 4. Dimensions of diet 5. Types of rituals 6. The development of taste 7. The process of food acculturation in Spain 8. Stages of the current food chain 9. ‘Food crisis’ and ‘food security’ 10. Culture and obesity 11. Culture and anorexia/bulimia nervosa 12. Myths relating to food 13. Diet and culture Training activities Face-to-face lectures Face-to-face seminars Personalised tutorials In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- GENERAL ASSESSMENT CRITERIA REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD To pass this module, students must: 1. Achieve a mark of 5 or above in the final exam or have passed each mid-term exam with a mark of 5 or above. To be exempted via mid-term assessments (continuous assessment), a minimum attendance rate of 70 per cent is required. Whether this part is assessed via the final exam or mid-term assessments (continuous assessment) accounts for 60 per cent of the final mark. 2. Achieve a mark of 5 or above in the component comprising assignments and projects set throughout the term. 30 per cent of the final mark Therefore, the module is passed when a score of 5 or above out of 10 is achieved in the components covered in points 1 and 2. 3. Compulsory Coursera course to be completed by students (‘Storytelling: The Power of a Good Story’): 10 per cent of the final mark EXAMINATION DETAILS FOR THE REGULAR EXAM SESSION Final exam: 40 multiple-choice questions (4 options). A pass requires 26 questions answered correctly. Incorrectly answered or unanswered questions do not result in marks being deducted. SESSION OUTSIDE THE REGULAR EXAM PERIOD Students must pass the exam and/or any assignments they failed in the regular examination period. EXAMINATION FORMAT FOR THE SUPPLEMENTARY SESSION • Exam. Lecture-based: 40 multiple-choice questions (same marking criteria as the ordinary examination session): 60% of the final mark for the module • Assignment(s) not submitted or not passed during the ordinary examination period must be submitted during this session in order to pass the module and achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in this section; this accounts for 40% of the final mark for the module Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Esteban ML Anthropology of the Body: Gender, Bodily Pathways, Identity and Change Bellaterra. 2005. ISBN: 8472902706 2. Kottak, Conrad Phillip Cultural Anthropology: 11th edition Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 9788448146344 Supplementary: 3.- Singer, Peter We Are What We Eat: : Paidós. 2009. ISBN: 9788449322716 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0431001 | Quality Control | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Quality ControlCódigo: 0431001 Imprimir Course 6. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To understand the stages in the evolution of quality, its key figures and total quality. To understand the documented information within a quality management system, as well as the leading quality standard: UNE-EN ISO 9001: 2015. To understand the self-monitoring system established in the agri-food sector. Traceability as implemented in the food industry and the Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP) self-monitoring system. To understand official controls carried out by the competent authorities. To understand and apply the mandatory information that must accompany food products. To understand the standard quality requirements that food must meet and products with differentiated quality. To understand the nutritional quality of food and the factors that influence it. To understand the analyses carried out to determine the main nutrients present in food, food quality control and the hazards that pose a risk to food safety. Understand what standardisation is and the Spanish Standardisation Organisation (UNE), as well as European and international bodies; certification and the National Accreditation Body (ENAC). To understand the food safety standards and certification schemes: ISO 22000, FSSC 22000, BRC and IFS. To understand the methodology for auditing quality and food safety systems. Prerequisites Prior knowledge of the following disciplines: Biology, Biochemistry, Food Science, Food Technology, Culinary Technology, Food Hygiene and Safety, Food Legislation Competencies CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. CG2 To develop their profession whilst showing respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG5 To communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, whilst being able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 To understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, food, lifestyles and health issues. CG27 Contribute to food quality and safety in relation to products, facilities and processes. CG28 Provide appropriate training in hygiene, health, diet and nutrition to staff involved in catering services. CG29 Acquire basic training in research, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving using the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in health and nutrition. CE20 Develop, implement, evaluate and maintain appropriate hygiene and food safety practices and risk control systems, in accordance with current legislation. CE21 Participate in the design, organisation and management of various food services. CE22 Collaborate in the implementation of quality systems. CE23 Assess, monitor and manage aspects of traceability within the food chain. CE24 Understand aspects relating to the economics and management of food businesses. CE25 Provide scientific and technical advice on food products and their development. Assess compliance with such advice. CE26 Participate in business teams working on social marketing, advertising and health claims. CE27 Contribute to consumer protection within the framework of food safety. Learning outcomes Assess, monitor and manage aspects of traceability within the food chain. Provide scientific and technical advice on food products and their development. Assess compliance with scientific and technical advice on food products. Analyse and interpret legislative provisions relating to food. Produce assessment reports on risk control systems for food and food products. Sit examinations to demonstrate the acquisition of skills and knowledge. Course content Topic 1. Historical development of quality and Total Quality. - The origins and historical development of quality. - The evolution of the concept of quality. - Stages of quality. - Total Quality. Topic 2. Quality Documentation and UNE-EN ISO 9001:2015. - Definitions of the quality system. - Documentation system. - ISO 9001:2015. Topic 3. Traceability and HACCP. - Traceability. Concept and types. - HACCP system. - Prerequisites. - 7 Principles. Topic 4. Official food controls. - Legal framework. - Official control of foodstuffs and animal feed. - Activities arising from official controls. - Obligations of the industry and official control bodies. - National Plan for the Official Control of the Food Chain (PNCOCA). Topic 5. Consumer information. - Regulations. - Mandatory information to be included on labelling. Topic 6. Regulatory Quality and Differentiated Quality. - Standard quality. - Differentiated quality: PDO, PGI, TSG. - Organic and integrated production. - Halal certification - Kosher certification. Topic 7. Nutritional Quality. - Introduction to the concept of nutritional quality. - The role of organic and GMO foods. - Novel foods. - Functional foods. - Nutritional profile. Topic 8. Food analysis (macronutrient, physicochemical and sensory). - Physicochemical analysis of food. - Reference materials. - Microbiological analysis of food and water. - Microbiological analysis of surfaces, environments and food handlers. - Sensory analysis. Topic 9. Food Safety Schemes. - GFSI. - ISO 22000. - FSCC 22000. - IFS. - BRC. - GLOBALGAP. Topic 10. Quality System Audits. - Definitions. - Types of audits. - Audit programme and audit plan. - Auditors. - Audit process. - Audit report. SM1. AESAN website and health alert systems. - Website of the Spanish Agency for Food Safety and Nutrition. - Health alert systems at national (SCIRI), EU (RASFF) and international (INFOSAN) levels. SM2. Standardisation, certification and accreditation. - The role of each of these in quality. SM3. Implementation of a HACCP System. Practical application (using an example) of how to draw up an HACCP Plan. SM4. Food fraud. - Fraud in the agri-food sector. - EU mechanisms for controlling it; Annual report on this risk. SM5. Nutritional and functional properties. Product labelling. - Establishing the conditions under which nutritional and health claims may be made on food labels. SM6. Front-of-pack labelling. - Development and review of the Nutriscore labelling scheme. SM7. Technical specifications for raw materials and finished products. - Requirements for suppliers and commitments to customers. - Development. SM8. Food quality and safety regulations. - Application of certain horizontal regulations (additives, pesticides, residues, etc.) and vertical regulations (specific to each food group). SM9. Quality control laboratory. - Quality requirements set out in the UNE-EN ISO/IEC 17025:2017 standard. SM10. Analytical techniques for quality control. - Traditional analytical techniques. - Instrumental techniques such as UV-Vis molecular spectroscopy, atomic spectroscopy, chromatography, capillary electrophoresis, immunological techniques and molecular biology. SM11. Food Defence. - Assessment of this risk at all stages of production. - Mitigation measures. Activity 1 – Quality policy and objectives. Draw up a quality policy and set of objectives for a hypothetical nutrition clinic. Activity 2: Health alert. Select a health alert from the past year and present it with supporting documentation. Activity 3: Food fraud. Select a recent case of food fraud and present it in writing. Activity 4: Labelling. A label is provided; you must identify the mandatory information and claims, and calculate the Nutriscore. Activity 5: Regulations. Assess which regulatory checks must be carried out on a new supplier and the statutory limits for the relevant compounds or nutrients in a food product. Training activities Lectures Individual tutorials Face-to-face seminars Face-to-face assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: Seminars and activities (40% of the final mark): - Acquisition of knowledge: written examination (20% of the final mark) Achieve an overall mark of five points or higher. - Submit at least 80% of the assignments with a mark higher than 5 (each assignment is marked out of 10) (20% of the final mark). Lectures (60% of the final mark): - Knowledge assessment: written exam. There will be one exam halfway through the term and another at the end of the term; these will count towards the final mark provided the mark is 5 or above. There will be a final examination for the module, the date of which will be set by the University (regular January sitting). Students who have not passed either of the two continuous assessment sittings must sit this examination. A mark of 5 is required to pass both. EXAMS Mid-term exam 1 (eliminatory) The exam will consist of 30–40 multiple-choice questions with four options, of which only one is correct, covering both the lectures and the seminars. The exam will last approximately 50 minutes and will be taken on your own laptops, which must be fully charged; the Respondus system will be used. - Topics covered (to be confirmed during the course) Lectures 1 to 6 and Seminars 1 to 6 Mid-term exam 2 (eliminatory) The exam will consist of 30–40 multiple-choice questions with four options, of which only one is correct, covering the lecture modules and the corresponding seminars. The exam will last approximately 50 minutes and will be taken on your own computers, which must be fully charged; the Respondus system will be used. - Topics to be covered (to be confirmed during the course) Lectures 7 to 10 and Seminars 7 to 11 On that day, you will also be able to retake the part of the first exam that you failed, covering the content listed above. A mark of 5 is required to pass each exam. Students who fail any of the continuous assessment exams must sit the relevant part(s) during the regular examination period. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. AENOR Quality Management AENOR. 2010. ISBN: 9788481437034 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0431002 | Food Economics and Management | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Food Economics and ManagementCódigo: 0431002 Imprimir Course 6. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives Do you think these concepts have anything to do with your future career? - Personal branding - Business angel - Customer journey - Database (DB) - Customer Relationship Management (CRM) - Market segmentation - Distribution channels - Digital Marketing - Influential customers - Work team - Balance sheet - Profit and Loss Account - Working capital - Solvency ratios - SWOT analysis - BMC CANVAS The subject of Food Economics and Management provides an introduction to the world of organisations in general and business in particular, within the context of the economy and society. The new skills that companies demand from qualified professionals are undoubtedly linked to the most advanced technical and technological knowledge. There is no doubt that social and emotional skills, as well as strategic, organisational and planning abilities, are also required. In other words, this profession seeks multifunctional professionals with a positive attitude towards change and a strong capacity for learning. For this reason, graduates in human nutrition and dietetics need to supplement their training with a basic understanding of business economics and management. As a professional, you will develop your expertise within various organisations, and within the framework of these organisations you will need to maintain a range of professional and social relationships as a member of those organisations. In this module, we will explore the idea that the Nutrition/Dietetics Professional is not merely a technician but also a manager, whose aim is to know how to run a business. With this in mind, the objectives of this module are to ensure you acquire the basic skills required to practise your profession within business organisations, where you will need to address the following aspects of their general operations: - Decision-making and the resolution of complex problems. - Setting the objective of growing profitably and generating profits (although losses may sometimes occur). - Strategies for generating sales and optimising purchasing. - Carrying out calculations, forecasts, estimates, indices and ratios, etc. - Managing human resources: employees require management, motivation and team or individual objectives. - It is essential to manage financial resources. - Understanding trends in management and planning within marketing and merchandising. - Businesses are set up and are also sold or transferred, and one must know how to value them. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of mathematics and biostatistics Skills Core competences: CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in a field of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. General competences CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and food, as well as a commitment to quality CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, whilst being able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, food, lifestyles and health issues CG27 Contribute to food quality and safety in relation to products, facilities and processes. CG28 Provide appropriate training in hygiene, health, diet and nutrition to staff involved in catering services. CG29 Acquire basic training in research, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information to solve problems using the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in health and nutrition. Specific competences CE20 Develop, implement, evaluate and maintain appropriate hygiene and food safety practices and risk control systems, in accordance with current legislation. CE21 Participate in the design, organisation and management of various food services. CE22 Collaborate in the implementation of quality systems. CE23 Assess, monitor and manage aspects of traceability within the food chain. CE24 Understand aspects relating to the economics and management of food businesses. CE26 Participate in business teams working on social marketing, advertising and health claims. CE27 Collaborate on consumer protection within the framework of food safety. Learning outcomes Understand the main aspects relating to the economics and management of food businesses. To understand the basic concepts and develop the necessary skills for a managerial role, and to be able to design and interpret a balanced scorecard. Understand negotiation techniques and learn to work as part of a team in different situations. Understand and participate in the design, organisation and management of various food services, whilst being able to collaborate in the implementation of quality systems. Be able to provide scientific and technical advice on food products and their development. Demonstrate knowledge of the current state of the food market in Spain and its trends. Understand marketing aspects within business teams, and be able to participate in a working group Interpret and implement aspects relating to the economics and management of food businesses, including the development, marketing, labelling, communication and marketing of food products. Apply the practical and theoretical principles required to participate in business teams specialising in social marketing, advertising and health claims. Sit examinations demonstrating the acquisition of the relevant skills and knowledge Course Content The course content has been designed so that, through study and learning, students acquire specific business and economic skills and knowledge that are essential for professional development: - To understand and apply recent trends in management and planning within an SME. - Know how to set up a business, specifically a consultancy, practice or company specialising in nutrition and dietetics. - To use the standard tools for decision-making and problem-solving in business with confidence. - To apply and interpret the main economic indicators - Apply the essential estimation methods in the fields of investment and financing, as commonly used in a business. - Analyse the various purchasing and procurement processes within an SME. - Understand the specific marketing characteristics of an SME. - Understand how merchandising techniques are implemented. - Analyse and understand how to manage cash flow and credit effectively - Learn how to select and manage the various aspects of human resources as they relate to employees in an SME. - To understand and acquire knowledge of the characteristics of business planning and sales management Unit 1: GENERAL CONCEPTS • Introduction. Business economics. The concept of a business. The business as a system. Types of businesses. The entrepreneur. The production process. Business performance. Service businesses. • Business objectives. Management and initiative. Innovation. Investment and risk. The economics of private enterprises and in an economy of public enterprises. The short and long term. • Food Management. Management functions: Planning, Organisation, Leadership, Human Resources, Control, Evaluation. The Ten Commandments. • Financing. The concept of a share. Share value. Types of shares. Capital increases. Self-financing. Grants. Unit 2: PURCHASING AND STOCK MANAGEMENT • Procurement Management within the company. Procurement methods. The procurement process. Storage. Receipt. Stock: classification. Management. Inventory control. Physical and continuous stocktaking. Costs associated with stock management. The ABC classification system. Suppliers: evaluation. Sources of information. Audits. Negotiation. Orders: components. Preparation. Monitoring. Types of suppliers. Centralised purchasing. Purchase specifications. Agreed quality standards. Unit 3 – PRODUCTION, BUDGETING AND BUSINESS PERFORMANCE. • Production. Budgets. Budgeting under risk and uncertainty. Budgets incorporating economies of scale. Itemised prices in cost budgets. Management by objectives. Programme-based budgeting. • Business performance. Total output and final output. Economic performance. Value added. Business profit. Gross and net margins. Gross margin after tax (cash flow). Business growth as a measure of performance. Unit 4 – COST ANALYSIS • Accounting: Financial and management accounting. Cost accounting. Classification of costs. Costs by nature. Costs by function. Fixed and variable costs. Business and social costs. Direct and indirect costs. Depreciation costs. Calculation of depreciation. Interest costs on capital and land rent. Taxes. • Break-even point. Cost-volume-profit analysis. Costs, profits and measures of efficiency. Costs of under-activity and profits from over-activity. Valuation of waste, scrap and by-products. Unit 5 – MANAGEMENT REPORTS. • Description of accounts. Profit and loss account. Variance analysis. Periodic reports. Sales information. Cost information. Measurement tools. Balanced scorecard. Balance sheet. Types of balance sheets. Asset structure. Liability structure. Restatement. • Methods for carrying out economic and financial analysis. Working capital. Financial ratios. Measurement tools. Audits. Unit 6 – COMMERCIAL DESIGN AND PLANNING. CHANNELS AND MARKET STRATEGY. • Commercial planning. Product design. Payback period. Imitative designs. Market penetration and positioning plan. Optimal location and scale in the food industry. • Commercial costs: classification. • The market. Classification. Market segmentation. Distribution channels (marketing). Channels with concentrated supply. Channels with decentralised supply. • Strategies in the food industry. Strategies of market leaders and non-leaders. Corporate pricing policy. Market skimming. Product offering and promotion. Advertising strategy. Market research. Operational practices. Training activities Face-to-face lectures Face-to-face seminars Personalised tutorials In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- This course is divided into 6 teaching units and, in order to study each one, you must read, study and successfully complete all the activities and teaching content that comprise it, which are: TEACHING CONTENT: Theoretical content and exercises/case studies, which will be explained and worked through in class. - Assessable assignments/exercises (to be completed individually or in groups via distance learning). - Assessable tests/questionnaires for each teaching unit. These will be completed individually and remotely. - Final Course Project: End-of-course project for the module Assessment criteria To pass the module, students must achieve a mark of five points or higher. Mid-term assessments are waived from 5.0 marks upwards. The mark and the module for which the student is exempted are not carried over to subsequent academic years. The final mark will be calculated by adding together the following percentages: * 60% of the GRADE: Two mid-term exams that count towards the final mark, 30% each. * 40% of the GRADE: Consists of: 10% OF THE GRADE: Regular assessments. Self-assessment tests. 20% OF THE GRADE: Final assignment (voluntary oral presentations) 10% OF THE GRADE: Tutor’s assessment (attitude and class participation) Addendum Attendance at classes is compulsory, with a minimum requirement of 70 per cent. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0431003 | Nutrition Education | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nutrition EducationCódigo: 0431003 Imprimir Course 6. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To design, implement and deliver programmes in dietary and nutritional education and training in nutrition and dietetics. Resolving cases relating to dietary and nutritional advice for healthy or unwell individuals, on an individual or group basis. Sit examinations to demonstrate the acquisition of skills and knowledge. Prerequisites Knowledge of nutrition and community nutrition Competencies CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in a field of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. CG1 Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and the practice of the profession, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for people, their habits, beliefs and cultures. CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the independent and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG4 Understand the boundaries of the profession and its scope of practice, identifying when interdisciplinary treatment or referral to another professional is necessary CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, and be able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG7 Be able to draw up reports and complete records relating to the professional practice of the Dietitian-Nutritionist. CG19 Be familiar with national and international health organisations, as well as different health systems, recognising the role of the Dietitian-Nutritionist. CG20 Understand and contribute to the design, implementation and validation of nutritional epidemiological studies, as well as participate in the planning, analysis and evaluation of dietary and nutritional intervention programmes in various settings. CG21 Be able to participate in health promotion activities and the prevention of disorders and diseases related to nutrition and lifestyle, by providing dietary and nutritional education to the population. CG22 Collaborate in the planning and development of policies on food, nutrition and food security based on the needs of the population and the protection of health. CG24 Interpret reports and administrative records relating to food products and ingredients. CG25 Participate in the management, organisation and development of food services. CG26 Develop, monitor and contribute to the planning of menus and diets tailored to the characteristics of the target group CG29 Acquire the basic training required for research activity, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving using the scientific method, and understanding the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition CE52 Participate in the analysis, planning, implementation and evaluation of epidemiological studies and intervention programmes relating to food and nutrition in different areas CE54 Design, implement and deliver dietary and nutritional education programmes, as well as training programmes in nutrition and dietetics. CE55 Collaborate in the planning of food and nutrition policies for the food and nutrition education of the population. CE56 Acquire the ability to contribute to promotion, prevention and protection projects with a community-based and public health approach. Learning outcomes Design, implement and deliver dietary and nutritional education programmes and training in nutrition and dietetics. Resolve cases relating to dietary and nutritional advice for healthy or unwell individuals, at an individual or group level. Sit examinations demonstrating the acquisition of skills and knowledge. Course content Lectures Teaching units Topic 1. Introduction to nutritional education. Factors influencing food choices. Topic 2. The nutritional care process. Nutritional consultation. Topic 3. Methodology of nutritional counselling I Topic 4. Methodology of nutritional counselling II. Topic 4. Communication. Teaching techniques and resources. Group dynamics. Topic 6. Nutrition education for different groups. Seminars Dietary Guidelines and Choosing Healthy Foods Identifying determinants of eating behaviour The nutritional care process Identifying the stages of change Practical nutritional consultation Nutritional coaching tools ICTs applied to nutrition education. Communication in nutritional education. Group dynamics The seminars will include activities such as producing videos and infographics, as well as practical exercises covering the different stages of a nutritional consultation. Supplementary work Presentation of the work in class Training activities Face-to-face lectures Face-to-face seminars Personalised tutorials In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Achieve a mark of five points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below: Final exam: 60% of the final mark Supplementary assignment: 20% of the final mark U-Lab: 15 per cent of the final mark Seminar activities: 5 per cent of the final mark 2. Achieve a mark of five points or higher in each lecture exam. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA for passing this module under the CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT system: • Assessment of the theoretical component: one qualifying exam will be held during the term. This exam will exempt students from further assessment on the material covered once a mark of 5 or above is achieved. This exam will take place once approximately 50 per cent of the syllabus has been covered; the second exam will coincide with the standard exam. Each exam will account for 30 per cent of the final mark for the module. Assessment of the seminar component will be based on course activities and supplementary assignments: Supplementary work will be assessed through the submission and presentation of assignments (20 per cent of the final mark). Course activities will take place during the seminars (5 per cent of the final mark). REGULAR FEBRUARY EXAM SESSION Mid-term exams not covered by continuous assessment and/or seminars will carry the same weightings as in the continuous assessment. The marks for supplementary assignments and course activities will stand; neither can be retaken. The same criteria set out above for passing the module will apply. JULY SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSION Mid-term exams not covered by continuous assessment and/or seminars will carry the same weightings as in the continuous assessment. The marks for supplementary work and course activities will be retained; neither can be retaken. The same criteria set out previously for passing the module will apply. Students with an exemption are subject to the same assessment criteria as all other students Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 36 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0431004 | Work Placements | OB | 24 | ||
Work PlacementsCódigo: 0431004 Imprimir Course 6. Second-term module. Compulsory. 24 credits. Profesores
Objectives To integrate the knowledge and skills of dietitians and nutritionists into the professional fields of the discipline. Application of the knowledge, skills and attitudes developed throughout the course Prerequisites Mastery of the subject matter covered in all modules taken as part of the Bachelor’s degree Competencies Core competences: CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in a field of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the competences typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. General competences CG1 Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and the practice of the profession, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for individuals, their habits, beliefs and cultures. CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG4 Understand the boundaries of the profession and its scope of practice, identifying when interdisciplinary treatment or referral to another professional is necessary. CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, and be able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG7 Be able to draw up reports and complete records relating to the professional practice of the Dietitian-Nutritionist CG8 Identify and classify foods and food products. Be able to analyse and determine their composition, properties, nutritional value, the bioavailability of their nutrients, organoleptic characteristics and the changes they undergo as a result of technological and culinary processes. CG9 Understand the basic processes involved in the preparation, processing and preservation of foods of animal and plant origin CG10 Compile, interpret and use food composition tables and databases. CG11 Understand the microbiology, parasitology and toxicology of food. CG12 Understand nutrients, their function in the body, their bioavailability, dietary requirements and recommendations, and the principles of energy and nutritional balance CG13 Integrate and evaluate the relationship between diet and nutrition in healthy individuals and in pathological conditions. CG14 Apply scientific knowledge of physiology, pathophysiology, nutrition and diet to dietary planning and advice for individuals and groups throughout the life course, whether healthy or unwell. CG15 Design and implement protocols for assessing nutritional status, identifying nutritional risk factors. CG16 Interpret nutritional diagnoses, assess the nutritional aspects of a clinical history and draw up a dietary action plan. CG17 Understand the structure of food services and hospital food and nutrition units, identifying and developing the roles of the Dietitian-Nutritionist within the multidisciplinary team. CG18 Contribute to the organisation, management and implementation of the various forms of hospital feeding and nutritional support, as well as outpatient dietary and nutritional treatment CG19 Understand national and international health organisations, as well as different health systems, recognising the role of the Dietitian-Nutritionist. CG20 Understand and contribute to the design, conduct and validation of nutritional epidemiological studies, as well as participate in the planning, analysis and evaluation of dietary and nutritional intervention programmes in various settings. CG21 Be able to participate in health promotion activities and the prevention of disorders and diseases related to nutrition and lifestyle, by providing dietary and nutritional education to the population. CG22 Collaborate in the planning and development of policies on food, nutrition and food security based on the needs of the population and the protection of health. CG23 To advise on the development, commercialisation, labelling, communication and marketing of food products in accordance with social needs, scientific knowledge and current legislation. CG24 Interpret reports and administrative records relating to food products and ingredients. CG25 Participate in the management, organisation and development of food services. CG26 To draw up, monitor and collaborate on the planning of menus and diets tailored to the characteristics of the target group. CG27 Contribute to food quality and safety in relation to products, facilities and processes. CG28 Provide appropriate training in hygiene, health, diet and nutrition to staff involved in catering services. CG29 Acquire basic training in research, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving using the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition. Specific competences CE57 Pre-professional placements, with a final assessment of competencies, in hospitals, primary care and social-health centres, community organisations, and the food and catering industries, enabling students to incorporate the professional values and competencies specific to the clinical, administrative or public health fields relating to human nutrition and dietetics. Learning outcomes The learning outcomes of this module are that students will be able to integrate the knowledge and competences of a Dietitian-Nutritionist within one of the discipline’s professional fields. In this way, students will be able to apply the professional values and competences specific to the clinical, administrative or public health sectors relating to human nutrition and dietetics. In this module, students will be guided at all times by a professional specialising in their chosen area of specialisation and will begin their professional placement by observing, analysing and, on some occasions, putting into practice the knowledge and skills acquired. Course content description In this module, students will apply the knowledge, skills and attitudes they have developed throughout their studies, which, as set out in Ministerial Order CIN/730/2009 of 18 March, will involve: “to undertake pre-professional placements, with a final assessment of competences, in hospitals, primary care and social-health centres, community organisations, and the food and catering industries, enabling them to incorporate the professional values and competencies specific to the clinical, administrative or public health fields relating to human nutrition and dietetics”. External placements will take place in public and private services or centres that have been selected both for their relevance and for the professional calibre of the staff who will supervise these placements. The necessary agreements have been established with the relevant organisations and centres to facilitate these placements. The timetables for the placements will be set in accordance with the nature of the placements and the availability of the partner institution. In all cases, the timetables will be compatible with the student’s academic, training, and representative and participatory activities at the University. Training activities Completion of external work placements Writing the Work Placement Report Independent study Assessment of external work placements Presentation masterclass Assessment system and criteria * Assessment by the placement supervisor/academic and certificate of attendance: 50% of the final mark * Placement report: 50% of the final mark. Within this percentage, completion of the Coursera course ‘High Performance Collaboration: Leadership, Teamwork and Negotiation’ will account for 10%. |
|||||
| 0431005 | Final-Year Project | OB | 6 | ||
Final-Year ProjectCódigo: 0431005 Imprimir Course 6. Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To plan, develop, justify, present and defend a project related to the professional profile. Prerequisites Acquisition of the knowledge covered in the modules taken during the Bachelor’s degree and knowledge of research methodology Competencies Core competences: CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the competences typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. General competences CG29 To acquire the basic training required for research activity, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving in accordance with the scientific method, and understanding the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition. Specific competences CE58 Final-year project: A cross-disciplinary module involving work carried out in conjunction with various other modules. Learning outcomes The student will produce and present a research project on a topic related to Human Nutrition and Dietetics, engaging with a learning environment that enables them to build knowledge in an integrated manner and involves them in the professional world, demonstrating a high degree of autonomy and confidence in their own judgement. To plan, develop, justify, present and defend a project related to the professional profile. Description of the content The project will consist of putting into practice the knowledge, skills and attitudes that students have developed throughout their studies. Students must produce a coherent project of a realistic duration in relation to the intended objectives. The aim is to produce an original piece of work, based on research into sources and the student’s own personal contribution. If the project is of an experimental nature, analytical methods must be used, with these forming the core of the work, rather than a review of the literature, which, however, must never be omitted. The topic of the project will be cross-disciplinary, covering one or more of the subjects studied in the modules on Food Science, Nutrition Science, Dietetics and Health, Hygiene, Food Safety and Quality Management, or Public Health and Community Nutrition Teaching activities Introductory session for the Final Year Project Preparation of the Final Year Project Assessment of the Final-Year Project Independent study Assessment system and criteria The project will be assessed by a panel of four lecturers: the student’s own Final Year Project tutor and a three-member panel during the presentation. The numerical mark will be calculated as follows: 1. Scientific quality, clarity and accuracy of the text (both written and graphical), integration of knowledge, literature review, handling of information and citations, ability to synthesise, and readability. 70% of the mark 2. Oral and public presentation of the final-year project: Communication skills, clarity in the defence, and the quality of responses and debate will be assessed. 30% of the mark The Final Year Project (TFG) or Master’s Thesis (TFM) must be an unpublished document, for which the student bears full responsibility as the sole author. The use of artificial intelligence (AI)-based tools in its preparation is restricted to auxiliary functions such as grammar checking, the generation of outlines or the search for general information. Any use of AI must be properly cited, specifying the tool used, its specific function and the point at which it was applied. The use of AI to draft substantial content, carry out critical analysis or interpret results compromises the originality and authorship of the work. Checks for plagiarism and/or the use of AI will be carried out using the tool provided on the virtual campus and will be assessed by the tutor to verify the integrity of the work submitted. |
|||||
| TOTAL: | 30 | ||||
ELECTIVE COURSES
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS |
|---|---|---|---|
| N/A | Elective | OP | 6 |
| TOTAL: | 6 | ||
List of Elective Modules
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0560131 | Clinical Tests | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Clinical TestsCódigo: 0560131 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To gain a comprehensive understanding of the fundamentals underpinning the most commonly used analytical systems in a clinical laboratory. Analysis of fluids, tissues, organs and the endocrine system Prerequisites To have passed all core modules Learning Outcomes To gain a general understanding of the principles underpinning the most commonly used analytical systems in a clinical laboratory. Recognise the importance of the correct collection, handling and preparation of samples for clinical assessment To classify the different laboratories involved in the analysis of biological samples Understand the importance of analytical tests in the final diagnosis To understand the significance of the various analytical tests To promote healthy lifestyles and self-care, whilst supporting the maintenance of preventive and therapeutic behaviours Plan and provide person-, family- or group-centred care, focused on health outcomes and assessing their impact, using clinical and care practice guidelines that describe the processes by which a health problem is diagnosed, treated or managed To provide comprehensive healthcare, which involves multi-professional cooperation, the integration of processes and continuity of care To be capable, within the field of pharmacy, of providing technical and professional healthcare appropriate to the health needs of the people they care for, in accordance with the current state of scientific knowledge and the standards of quality and safety established in the applicable legal and ethical regulations. Learning outcomes -Consistently apply the knowledge acquired regarding the importance of sample collection and handling on the final result of the analysis. - Identify the different methodologies used in the analysis of biological samples. - Interpret, on a scientific basis, the results obtained from analytical tests Course content Topic 1: Concept and history of clinical analysis Topic 2: Quality, sensitivity and analytical reliability. Quality assurance and quality control. Topic 3: Sample collection. Errors in sample collection. Handling and processing. Topic 4: Spectrometric, fluorometric and nephelometric techniques. Topic 5: Osmometry, chromatography and electrophoresis. Topic 6.- Clinical enzymology: assay methods, automation. Topic 7. – Isoenzymes. Origin of circulating enzymes. Diagnostic value of enzymes. Topic 8.- Immunochemical and radiochemical techniques. Immunoassays for the diagnosis of infectious diseases. Topic 9. Molecular biology techniques. New technologies applied to biochemical analysis (proteomics and metabolomics) Topic 10. An overview of the main techniques currently used in Clinical Microbiology. Topic 11. The hypothalamic-pituitary axis. Topic 12. The hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis. Topic 13. The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis. Topic 14. The hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis. Topic 15. Pregnancy. Topic 16. Laboratory investigation of allergies. Topic 17. Parasitic serology. Topic 18. Screening tests for rheumatic and autoimmune diseases. Topic 19. Serology of bacterial infections. Topic 20. Viral serology. Topic 21. Tumour markers. Topic 22. Urine and stool analysis. Training activities TRAINING ACTIVITIES: FACE-TO-FACE MODE TRAINING ACTIVITY HOURS ATTENDANCE Lecture 30 100 Laboratory practicals 15 100 Seminars 15 100 E-learning 2 0 Individual and group tutorials 5 100 Independent study 78 0 Exam 5 100 TOTALS 150 46.66 5.5.1.7 TEACHING METHODS Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Presentation and discussion of case studies. Lectures. Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Guidance and clarification of queries. Study. Literature review. Oral and written assessments Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- 60% Final written examination to assess the assimilation of theoretical knowledge: understanding and being able to apply basic and fundamental concepts in simple, specific cases. Passing this examination (minimum 4/10) is an essential requirement for passing the module. • 15% Solving practical case studies set in class • 25% Practical sessions. 10% practical knowledge test and 15% completion of the practical workbook. At the end of the practical sessions, students’ performance will be assessed through a practical exercise. Completing and passing the practical assessment is a necessary condition for passing the course For those students who do not participate in the continuous assessment process, a final competency assessment test will be held, contributing 70 per cent to the overall mark (minimum pass mark 4/10), whilst the practical work mark will contribute 30 per cent to the overall mark. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560132 | Analysis and Quality Control | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Analysis and Quality ControlCódigo: 0560132 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To understand the stages in the evolution of quality, its key figures and total quality. To understand the documented information within a quality management system, as well as the leading quality standard: UNE-EN ISO 9001: 2015. To understand the self-monitoring system established in the agri-food sector. Traceability as implemented in the food industry and the Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP) self-monitoring system. To understand official controls carried out by the competent authorities. To understand what standardisation is and the Spanish Standardisation Organisation (UNE), as well as European and international bodies; certification and the National Accreditation Body (ENAC). To understand the food safety standards and certification schemes: ISO 22000, FSSC 22000, BRC and IFS. This module aims to introduce students to the most common methodologies of chemical analysis applied to various fields, such as pharmaceutical, agri-food and industrial product analysis, as well as to quality management and assurance systems. Additionally, it covers the application of current standards for the certification and accreditation of chemical analysis laboratories. Prerequisites Prior knowledge of the following disciplines: Biology, Biochemistry, Food Science, Pharmaceutical Technology, Chemical Analysis and Instrumental Techniques, Legislation Competencies Students must have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in a field of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes certain aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. Students should be able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. Students should have the ability to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to form judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further studies with a high degree of autonomy. To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, whilst acquiring teamwork skills. To recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality To communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, whilst being able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle habits. Apply theoretical and practical knowledge to solve analytical problems in the chemical industry. Apply the knowledge acquired to agri-food analysis: types of samples and the most common methodologies. Develop quality management and assurance systems in the chemical industry and in chemical analysis laboratories. Plan quality systems using current certification and accreditation standards for chemical analysis laboratories. Interpret and analyse data from both simple and complex chemical analysis systems. Learning outcomes Assess, monitor and manage aspects of traceability within the pharmaceutical supply chain Provide scientific and technical advice on pharmaceutical products and their development. Assess compliance with scientific and technical advice on pharmaceutical products Analyse and interpret legislative provisions relating to pharmaceutical products Produce assessment reports on risk control systems for pharmaceutical products. Undertake examinations to demonstrate the acquisition of skills and knowledge. Apply the basic concepts relating to Quality Management Systems. Distinguish between the areas and situations in which Quality Standards apply. Describe the procedures for conducting an external audit. List the documents governing a Quality System. Apply the basic concepts relating to Quality Systems. Identify the areas and situations in which Quality Standards apply. Describe the procedures for carrying out an external audit. List the documents governing a Quality System. Apply significance tests and control charts to internal quality control systems. Explain the importance for a laboratory of using reference materials and participating in intercomparison exercises. Distinguish between the most appropriate methods for quality control laboratories dealing with pharmaceutical, agri-food and polymeric products. Describe the specific regulations governing the relevant areas Description of the content Topic 1. Historical development of quality and Total Quality. - The origins and historical development of quality. - The evolution of the concept of quality. - Stages in the development of quality. - Total Quality. Topic 2. Quality Documentation and UNE-EN ISO 9001:2015. - Definitions of the quality system. - Documentation system. - ISO 9001:2015. Topic 3. Traceability and HACCP. - Traceability. Concept and types. - HACCP system. - Prerequisites. - 7 Principles. Topic 6. Regulatory Quality and Differentiated Quality. - Standard quality. - Differentiated quality: PDO, PGI, TSG. - Organic and integrated production. - Halal certification - Kosher certification. Topic 7. Quality of medicines, medical devices and healthcare products TOPIC 8: Analysis of pharmaceutical products Introduction to pharmaceutical analysis. The importance of quality control at the various stages of a medicinal product’s development and production. Counterfeit medicines. The most common analytical techniques used in pharmaceutical analysis and their applications. TOPIC 9: Analysis of agri-food products Introduction to food analysis. Major constituents and analytical methods for their determination. Moisture and total solids. Carbohydrates. Proteins and amino acids. Lipids and fatty acids. Minor constituents and additives. Analytical techniques for their determination. Determination of residues and contaminants in food. Training activities Lectures Individual tutorials Face-to-face seminars Face-to-face assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: Seminars (20% of the final mark): - Acquisition of knowledge: written examination (20% of the final mark) Achieve an overall mark of five points or higher. - Submit at least 80% of the assignments with a mark higher than 5 (each assignment is marked out of 10) (20% of the final mark). Lectures (60% of the final mark): - Knowledge acquisition: written exam. There will be one exam halfway through the term and another at the end of the term; these will count towards the final mark provided the mark is 5 or above. There will be a final examination for the module, the date of which will be set by the University (ordinary January sitting). Students who have not passed either of the two sittings must sit this final examination. A mark of 5 is required to pass both. 20% Practical classes. Practical skills examination and completion of the practical workbook. At the end of the practical sessions, students’ performance will be assessed through a practical exercise. Completing and passing the practical assessment is a prerequisite for passing the module • For students who do not participate in the continuous assessment process, a final competency assessment test will be held, contributing 70 per cent to the overall mark (minimum pass mark 4/10), whilst the practical work mark will contribute 30 per cent to the overall mark. EXAMS Mid-term exam 1 (eliminatory) The exam will consist of 30 multiple-choice questions with four options, of which only one is correct, covering the lecture component, and three short-answer questions relating to the seminars. The exam will last just 50 minutes and will be taken on your own laptops, which must be fully charged; the Respondus system will be used. Mid-term exam 2 (eliminatory) The exam will consist of 30 multiple-choice questions with four options, of which only one is correct, covering the lecture component, and three short-answer questions covering the seminars. The exam will last just 50 minutes and will be taken on your own computers, which must be fully charged; the Respondus system will be used. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560133 | Clinical Biochemistry | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Clinical BiochemistryCódigo: 0560133 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The module aims to provide students with the foundations for interpreting the most common laboratory tests. It also presents a comprehensive overview of the biochemical, physiological and pathophysiological basis of diseases and the assessment of the function of different organs and tissues. Prerequisites • Basic knowledge of Physiology, Pathophysiology, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. • Familiarity with, and the ability to carry out, the basic experimental techniques used in biochemistry laboratories Learning Outcomes 1. Understand the biochemical changes that occur in disease and their molecular basis, and identify the distinctive parameters of each condition. 2. Understand biochemical analytical methods and techniques and their underlying principles. 3. Understand the factors—both biological and analytical—that affect the values of biochemical parameters. 4. Understand the applications of biochemical parameters in medicine and how to interpret them. 5. To acquire the skills to develop new biochemical tests and improve their analytical quality and application in the laboratory. 6. To acquire the skills to select biochemical tests with the greatest diagnostic and predictive value and to prioritise their use. 7. To acquire skills in applying the scientific method to the study of disease, its causes and its biochemical indicators. Learning outcomes Understand biochemical, immunological and molecular biology markers and apply them to clinical diagnosis. Handle and process biological samples and interpret the results to aid diagnosis. Course content Terminology, concepts and fundamentals of a clinical laboratory. Main automated and manual analytical procedures. Interpretation for the screening, diagnosis, prognosis and monitoring of the most common pathological abnormalities. Clinical biochemistry samples. Variability in the measurement of biochemical parameters. Quality control. Interpretation of results and the significance of biochemical parameters Application of measurement and separation techniques in Clinical Biochemistry: Spectroscopic techniques. Electrochemical techniques. Analytical techniques in Clinical Biochemistry. Metabolic biomarkers, metabolomics. Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism. Disorders of lipid metabolism. Study of liver function, kidney function and urine. Urinalysis. pH regulation in the internal environment. Ionogram. Assessment of endocrine function: Thyroid function. Steroid hormones. Teaching activities Lectures Individual tutorials Face-to-face seminars In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed all practical sessions. 2. Have taken the practical examination. 3. Have taken the course’s theory examination. 4. Achieve an overall mark of five points or higher, bearing in mind that the following components will be assessed: Laboratory practicals (15 per cent): Course activities and/or voluntary work (10 per cent): Final exam (theory) (75%). |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560134 | Biotechnology | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BiotechnologyCódigo: 0560134 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives Biotechnology is the application of scientific and engineering principles to the processing of materials by biological agents with the aim of providing goods and services. The module ‘Biotechnological Production of Drugs’ aims to familiarise students with the biotechnological potential of microorganisms and their application in the production of products of clinical or pharmaceutical interest. Firstly, the basic principles underpinning biotechnology will be established, namely the most industrially important groups of organisms, current strategies for discovering new drugs and improving the production of existing ones (genetic improvement, metabolic engineering, etc.), fermentation technology, with a particular focus on the cost-benefit ratio; and the methodology applicable to the extraction and purification of the product of interest (downstream). Subsequently, the course will examine various industrial processes aimed at producing products of clinical and/or pharmaceutical interest, such as vaccines, monoclonal antibodies, amino acids, vitamins, enzymes, biodegradable polymers and antibiotics. Furthermore, the course will cover processes that utilise various organisms as heterologous expression systems for other products of therapeutic interest, such as hormones, interleukins, etc. This module complements the knowledge acquired in previous courses in subjects such as Microbiology, Molecular Biology and Biochemistry, amongst others, whilst also providing an applied application of that knowledge. The knowledge acquired in this module will be useful for students wishing to pursue a career in the biotechnology industry (food, pharmaceuticals, etc.), quality control laboratories, pharmaceutical marketing, etc. Furthermore, the module is also of interest to students wishing to pursue a career from a global perspective encompassing the research, development, production, control and marketing of products of clinical and/or pharmaceutical interest. Prerequisites It is recommended that students have taken and passed the modules ‘Biology’, ‘Biochemistry I’, ‘Microbiology and Parasitology’ and ‘Immunology’ Learning Outcomes To identify, design, obtain, analyse and produce active ingredients, medicines and other products and materials of healthcare interest. - Understand the origin, nature, design, production, analysis and control of medicines and healthcare products. - Develop skills to identify therapeutic targets and targets for the biotechnological production of medicines, as well as the use of gene therapy Learning Outcomes · Regulatory mechanisms. Study techniques. Synthesis of peptides of biological interest. Production of monoclonal antibodies. Cell cultures. Pharmacological screening Course content · Regulatory mechanisms. Study techniques. Synthesis of peptides of biological interest. Production of monoclonal antibodies. Cell culture. Pharmacological screening BLOCK 1: BASIC PRINCIPLES OF MICROBIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY. Topic 1.- Microorganisms of industrial interest. Metabolic and molecular strategies used in strain improvement. Current strategies for the search for new drugs. BLOCK 2: FERMENTATION TECHNOLOGY. Topic 2.- Fermentation technology. Bioreactor design. Scale-up. Extraction and purification of products of biotechnological interest (‘downstream’). SECTION 3: MAIN TYPES OF PHARMACEUTICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES. Topic 3.- Vaccines: general concepts. Traditional and modern vaccines. New biotechnological techniques for vaccine design. Topic 4. Monoclonal antibodies. Production technology. Therapeutic applications and use as diagnostic agents. Topic 5. Interferons and other cytokines. Therapeutic applications. Topic 6. Industrial production of amino acids and vitamins. Production methods. Applications. Topic 7. Production of therapeutic enzymes. Topic 8.- Production of hormones. Topic 9. – Production of antibiotics: the search for new antibiotics and improvements in their production. Topic 10. Cell therapy: tissue banks, stem cells, vaccines and immunotherapy. Training activities TRAINING ACTIVITIES: FACE-TO-FACE MODE TRAINING ACTIVITY HOURS ATTENDANCE Lecture 30 100 Practical laboratory sessions 15 100 Seminars 15 100 E-learning 2 0 Individual and group tutorials 5 100 Independent study 78 0 Exam 5 100 TOTALS 150 46.66 5.5.1.7 TEACHING METHODS Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Presentation and discussion of case studies. Lectures. Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Guidance and clarification of queries. Study. Literature review. Oral and written assessments Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- • 60% Two written mid-term exams covering the course’s theoretical content: 30%. Each mid-term exam may consist of more than one independent section. • 10% Written assessment of the theoretical and practical seminars: • 10%. Completion of assignments and presentation • Written assessment of practical sessions: 20%. Attendance at practical sessions is compulsory Bibliography Core: 1. Daan JA Crommelin, Robert D. Sindelar, Bernd Meibohm Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: Fundamentals and Applications, Daan JA Crommelin, Robert D. Sindelar, Bernd Meibohm. 2013. ISBN: 978-1-4614-64 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560135 | Cosmeceuticals | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CosmeceuticalsCódigo: 0560135 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide students with an in-depth understanding of the skin, its biochemical composition, structure, physiology, functions, changes and disorders, so that they acquire the necessary knowledge base in the field of dermatology and can apply this in their future career in the dermocosmetics sector. To familiarise students with the various cosmetic formulations and provide training in the regulatory aspects affecting the industry, covering both products and facilities To understand the most relevant and current dermopharmaceutical aspects, such as skin ageing, sun care products, and skin abnormalities and dysfunctions. From a practical perspective, students will learn to formulate the main cosmetic formulations, carry out quality controls and draw up protocols Prerequisites No prior requirements are necessary, although the following are recommended: 1. Basic knowledge of biology, chemistry, physiology and pharmaceutical technology. 2. Basic computer skills to access websites. 3. A sufficient level of English to read a review article or consult a website written in that language. Skills 1. Knowledge of the anatomy and physiology of the skin. 2. Understanding concepts relating to the cleansing of the body’s surface 3. Knowledge of all galenic aspects of cosmetic products: ingredients, cosmetic forms, formulation, quality control, and drafting of manufacturing specifications. 4. Be able to identify each cosmetic ingredient and its function 5. To understand the main groups of cosmetics and how their efficacy is determined 6. To understand the role of cosmetics in the treatment of various skin conditions 7. To understand the essences used in perfumes, and the methods used to obtain and further process them 8. To enable students to prepare cosmetic formulations correctly 9. To understand the legislative framework governing cosmetic products and the requirements relating to their manufacture 10. To design and implement guidelines for the manufacture of cosmetics 11. To work as part of a team in small groups 12. To know how to locate and use the main bibliographic sources Learning outcomes 1. Understand the terminology used in cosmetics 2. Select the appropriate cosmetic formulation based on skin type and the product’s intended function 3. Be able to identify potential skin conditions and how to prevent them. 4. Be able to advise on the most suitable cosmetic treatment 5. To distinguish between different skin types 6. Be able to select the appropriate raw materials for the chosen cosmetic formulation 7. Be able to design and carry out the manufacturing processes for cosmetic formulations 8. Be able to work in accordance with good laboratory practice standards 9. Be able to participate effectively in teamwork. Course content A) THEORY Topic 0. Legislation on cosmetic products Topic 1. The skin and its appendages. Topic 2. Concepts of cosmetic cleansing. Topic 3. Galenic aspects to bear in mind. Topic 4. Skin ageing. Topic 5. Aromatherapy cosmetics. Topic 6: Sun care. Topic 7. – Body care products. B) PRACTICAL SESSIONS Practical Session 1. • Preparation of a cleansing emulsion and toner • Drafting guidelines for the preparation and quality control of formulations • Labelling the formulations and listing the ingredients in each, along with their functions • Carry out a sensory analysis Practical 2. • Preparation of moisturising cream and anti-ageing cream. • Draft guidelines for the preparation and quality control of formulations • Labelling the formulations and listing the ingredients in each, along with their functions • Carry out the sensory analysis Practical Session 3. • Preparation of anti-cellulite gel-cream, nourishing oil and foot callus cream. • Draft guidelines for the preparation and quality control of formulations • Labelling the formulations and listing the ingredients of each one along with their functions • Carry out the sensory analysis Practical Session 4. • Preparation of hand cream and a revitalising gel-cream for legs and feet. • Draft guidelines for the preparation and quality control of formulations • Labelling the formulations and listing the ingredients of each one along with their functions • Carry out the sensory analysis Practical Session 5. • Production of anti-stretch mark cream and breast firming cream • Draft the guidelines for the preparation and quality control of formulations • Label the formulations and list the ingredients in each one along with their functions • Carry out the sensory analysis Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1, 5, 6–9, 12, 13, 15 Practical laboratory sessions Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1–5, 10–11, 13–22 Learning outcomes: 2–5, 8–11, 13–17 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Lectures. Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1–17 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1–17 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 6–10, 15, 17 Independent study Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1–17 Exam Oral and written assessments Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1–17 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70% of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed the laboratory practicals. 2. Achieve a mark higher than 4 in each part of the module. 3. Achieve a mark of five or above by adding together the percentages set out below: - Continuous assessment. (Relating to competences C1–C7). Two tests will be held throughout the course; these will count towards the final mark provided a mark of 5 or above is achieved. One test may be offset by another if a mark of 4 or above is achieved. The first test will assess the topics covered up to the date of publication of the exam notice (one week before the exam) (35 per cent) and the second test will assess the remaining topics (35 per cent). If a mark below 4 is obtained in either test, or if the marks cannot be offset, students must sit the exam during the ordinary or extraordinary examination period. - Laboratory practicals: 20% of the final mark (Relates to learning outcomes C8–C11). - Course activities: 10% of the final mark. (Relates to learning outcomes C1–C12). Tests, bibliographic research assignments and quizzes available on the online portal, as well as participation and collaboration in lectures and seminars. REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD: Students will be examined on the above components (mid-term exams, practicals, seminars) that they have not already passed through continuous assessment. The same weightings will apply as in the continuous assessment. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSION: Students will be examined on the components listed above (mid-term exams, practicals, seminars) that they have not passed through continuous assessment. These will carry the same weightings as in the continuous assessment. Exam format: - Mid-term exams: These will consist of a multiple-choice section comprising 30 to 50 questions, each with four options, only one of which is correct. Incorrect answers will be marked down by 33 per cent of their value. - Practical exam: The practicals will be assessed through daily evaluation in the laboratory by the lecturer (50%) and the marking of the practical workbook (50%). Attendance at practical sessions is compulsory. Students who do not complete the practicals will not be permitted to sit the theory exam. Each instance of justified absence will result in a deduction of 2 marks from the final practicals mark; an unjustified absence will result in a fail for the module. - Seminar Assessment: Written assessments will consist of short-answer questions, multiple-choice tests and assignments posted on the online portal. Active participation and collaboration in lectures and seminars. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Díez Sales, Octavio Cosmetology Manual Videocinco. 1998. ISBN: 8487190561 Supplementary: 2.- Garcillán, Mencía de Marketing and Cosmetics ESIC. 2007. ISBN: 9788473564878 3.- Dr Luis Puig Continuing Education in Dermatology: Photoprotection Permanyer Publications. 1997. ISBN: 84-921622-5-2 Others: 4.- CGCOF Theoretical and Practical Cosmetology Acción Médica S.A. 1985. ISBN: 844004948X Links VALDEDERMO - VALDEDERMO San Pablo University. CEU – Faculty of Pharmacy Complutense University of Madrid. Faculty of Pharmacy – Faculty of Pharmacy website University of Barcelona. Faculty of Pharmacy – University of Barcelona Faculty of Pharmacy website Spanish Medicines Agency – Spanish Medicines Agency website Spanish Pharmacists’ Business Federation – Website of the Spanish Pharmacists’ Business Federation Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs – Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs website Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia – Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560136 | Drug Design and Synthesis | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Drug Design and SynthesisCódigo: 0560136 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To enable students to understand The course ‘Drug Design and Synthesis’ focuses on the study of the various strategies used in drug design, as well as on the prediction of new therapeutic improvements that are more active or less toxic. To this end, the course aims to: - To study the physico-chemical basis of drug action at the molecular level, as well as the main structural parameters that affect their activity. - A review of the main therapeutic targets and the modulation of drug-receptor interactions, as well as the design of prodrugs and/or bioprecursors to improve pharmacokinetics. Synthesis of prodrugs. - The interpretation of biological results and the establishment of structure-activity relationships that enable the prediction of new drugs. -To become familiar with the main computer-aided design techniques. -Designing organic synthesis routes for the drug families covered and for the proposed molecular modifications. Prerequisites No prior requirements are necessary, although the following are recommended: 1. Basic knowledge of biology, chemistry, organic chemistry, pharmaceutical chemistry and pharmaceutical technology. 2. Basic computer skills to access websites. 3. A sufficient level of English to read a review article or consult a website written in that language. Competencies The course ‘Drug Design and Synthesis’ focuses on the study of the various strategies used in drug design, as well as on predicting new therapeutic improvements that are more active or less toxic. -To this end, the course aims to: - To study the physico-chemical basis of drug action at the molecular level, as well as the main structural parameters that affect their activity. -A review of the main therapeutic targets and the modulation of drug-receptor interactions, as well as the design of prodrugs and/or bioprecursors to improve pharmacokinetics. Synthesis of prodrugs. -The interpretation of biological results and the establishment of structure-activity relationships that enable the prediction of new drugs. -To become familiar with the main computer-aided design techniques. -Design of organic synthesis for the drug families covered and for the proposed molecular modifications. Learning outcomes Fundamentals of drug design. Membranes and receptors. Syntons in the synthesis of carbon chains and carbocycles. Retrosynthetic analysis. Interconversion of functional groups. Stereoselectivity. Computational methods in drug synthesis Course content BLOCK I. BASIC CONCEPTS IN INTRODUCTION TO DRUG DESIGN Topic 1. The evolution of methods for discovering new drugs: from chance observation to systematic screening. General aspects Topic 2. Methods for identifying new lead compounds I. Classical methods. Structural modification of natural products. Bioassays of compounds and collections. Clinical observations: side effects. Study of drug metabolites. Synthetic intermediates. Topic 3. Lead discovery II. Combinatorial chemistry. Design of chemothèques. Topic 4. Lead discovery III. Receptor-based methods. Database searches. BLOCK II. RATIONAL, RECEPTOR-TARGETED DESIGN Topic 5. Chemical nature and types of biological targets. Receptors. Chemical structure of biomacromolecules. Proteins and nucleic acids. Three-dimensional structure Topic 6. Drug–receptor interaction. Physicochemical and structural aspects. Electrostatic, non-polar and hydrophobic interactions. Topological factors. Topic 7. Chirality and its influence on pharmacodynamics. Isomeric differences in activity, antagonism or selectivity. Eudysmic ratio Topic 8. Pharmacomodulation. Structural disjunction and conjunction. Homology. Vinylogy. Ring transformations. Conformational restriction. Classical and non-classical bioisosteric modifications BLOCK III. RATIONAL DESIGN AND PHARMACOKINETICS Topic 10. Chemical modulation of pharmacokinetics, I. Physicochemical properties and pharmacological activity. General principles. Biological transport of drugs. Solubility. Degree of ionisation. Partition coefficient. Binding of drugs to plasma proteins. Effects of optical isomerism on the ADME profile. Topic 11. Chemical Modulation of Pharmacokinetics, II. Modulation of absorption. Strategies for modulating passage across the blood-brain barrier. Membrane transporters. Modulation of distribution. Plasma stability. Binding to plasma proteins. Topic 12. Design and synthesis of prodrugs. Prodrugs and the concept of a protecting group. Metabolic stability. Hard drugs. Soft drugs. Topic 13. The prodrug-bioprecursor principle. Chemical mechanisms of bioactivation. Hydrolysis, reduction, oxidation. Topic 14. Drug metabolism and its modulation through synthetic modifications. Modulation of CYP450 inhibition. Topic 15. Enzymatic inhibition as a target in drug design. Stereoselectivity. Mechanism-of-action-based designs: Transition-state inhibitors. Suicide inhibitors: Topic 16. Drug selectivity. Multi-target drugs. Current strategies for identifying new lead compounds. Application of Lipinski’s Rules. BLOCK IV. COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN Topic 17. Use of and familiarisation with basic molecular modelling and visualisation software. Visualisation of macromolecules: DNA and proteins. Access to the Brookhaven protein database. Topic 18. Three-dimensional structure and molecular modelling. Modelling of small molecules. Geometric optimisation. Conformational analysis. Superposition/comparison. Similarity criteria. Molecular ‘fitting’ Topic 19. Visualisation of drug-receptor interactions. Comparison methods. Molecular ‘docking’ Topic 20. Quantitative structure-activity relationship (QSAR). Molecular descriptors. Hydrophobic, electronic and steric parameters. Topological parameters. Computational methods. Topic 21. Data analysis. Discriminant analysis. Regression analysis. QSAR methodologies. Hansch analysis. Topic 22. De novo methods: Free-Wilson analysis. Design of training sets. Craig, Topliss, Fibonacci and Simplex methods. Topic 23. Neural networks. Virtual screening. ‘In silico’ prediction of activity/toxicity. Training activities TRAINING ACTIVITIES: FACE-TO-FACE MODE TRAINING ACTIVITY HOURS ATTENDANCE Lecture 30 100 Laboratory practicals 15 100 Seminars 15 100 Online learning 2 0 Individual and group tutorials 5 100 Independent study 78 TOTALS 150 46.66 Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Presentation and discussion of case studies. Lectures. Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Guidance and clarification of queries. Study. Literature review. Oral and written assessments Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The student’s overall mark, out of a total of 10 marks, will be the sum of the marks obtained in accordance with the following breakdown: - 60% of the final mark: Assessment of knowledge acquired through two mid-term examinations. One exam: 30% (topics 1 to 16 of the syllabus). One exam: 30% (topics 17–23, Block IV). To pass the module, a minimum mark of 4 is required in this section, - 40% of the final mark: continuous assessment of the student’s participation and attitude during contact hours (lectures, seminars, tutorials, practical exercises, etc.) Exams will be written Bibliography Essential: 1. Mª del Carmen Avendaño Introduction to Pharmaceutical Chemistry McGraw-Hill/Interamericana, S.A. 2008. ISBN: 9788448603618 2.- Thomas L. Lemke and David A. Williams. Foye’s Principles of Medicinal Chemistry Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia. 2008. ISBN: 978-078176879 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560137 | Hospital Pharmacy | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Hospital PharmacyCódigo: 0560137 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To understand the functions carried out within Hospital Pharmacy Services and their underlying principles Competencies BASIC AND GENERAL 1. - To identify, design, procure, analyse, monitor and produce pharmaceuticals and medicines, as well as other products and materials of interest to healthcare for human or veterinary use. 2. - Assess the therapeutic and toxic effects of substances with pharmacological activity. 3. - Be able to apply the scientific method and acquire skills in dealing with legislation, information sources, literature, protocol development and other aspects deemed necessary for the design and critical evaluation of pre-clinical and clinical trials. 4. - To design, prepare, supply and dispense medicines and other products of healthcare interest. 5. - Provide therapeutic advice on pharmacotherapy and diet therapy, as well as on nutritional and dietary matters, within the establishments in which they provide services. 6. - Promote the rational use of medicines and healthcare products, and acquire basic knowledge of , health economics and the efficient use of healthcare resources. 7. - Identify, assess and evaluate issues relating to drugs and medicines, and participate in pharmacovigilance. 8. - Carry out clinical and social pharmacy activities, following the pharmaceutical care cycle. 9. - To participate in health promotion and disease prevention activities at individual, family and community levels; adopting a holistic and multi-professional approach to the health-disease process. 10. - Design, apply and evaluate clinical analytical reagents, methods and techniques, with a sound understanding of the basic principles of and the characteristics and content of laboratory diagnostic reports. 11. - Assess the toxicological effects of substances and design and carry out the relevant tests and analyses. 12. - Carry out hygiene and public health analyses, particularly those relating to food and the environment. 13. - Develop communication and information skills, both oral and written, to deal with patients and service users at the centre where they carry out their professional activities. Foster the ability to work and collaborate within multidisciplinary teams and those with other healthcare professionals. 14. - Understand the ethical and professional principles in accordance with the legislative, regulatory and administrative provisions governing professional practice, whilst understanding the ethical implications of healthcare within a changing social context. 15. - Recognise one’s own limitations and the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular importance to self-directed learning of new knowledge based on available scientific evidence. CB1 – Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study that builds on the foundations of general secondary education, and is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes certain aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study CB2 – That students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and problem-solving within their field of study CSV: 584430206001380250487910 – Verifiable at https://sede.educacion.gob.es/cid and the Citizen’s Folder https://sede.administracion.gob.es CB3 – Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues CB4 – That students are able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences specialist CB5 - Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy CROSS-CURRICULAR CT7. – To prepare and draft scientific reports. CT8. – Demonstrate critical and self-critical thinking. CT9. – Manage high-quality scientific information, bibliographies, specialist databases and resources accessible via the Internet. Master information retrieval techniques relating to primary and secondary sources CT10.- - Incorporate into their conduct the ethical principles governing research and professional practice. CT11.- - Develop an awareness of the environmental risks and issues associated with their professional practice. CT12.- - Use the tools and software programmes that facilitate the processing of experimental results. CT13.- - Reading and listening comprehension, as well as oral and written expression, enabling them to function effectively in a professional context in English. Interpretation of technical and scientific texts in English within the field of research. Communicate in Spanish and English using standard audiovisual media. CT14.- - Defend personal viewpoints based on scientific knowledge. CT15.- - Integrate knowledge and apply it to problem-solving using the scientific method. CT16.- - To develop organisational, planning and implementation skills. CT17.- - Develop the ability to work independently or as part of a team in response to the specific needs of each situation. CT18.- - Function effectively in an international and multicultural context. CT19.- - Improve one’s ability to work in multidisciplinary groups. CT20.- - Pursue quality objectives in the course of their professional activity. CT21.- - Acquire decision-making and human resources management skills. CT22.- - Be able to demonstrate creativity, initiative and an entrepreneurial spirit in order to tackle the challenges of their work as a pharmacist. Learning outcomes Sterile and non-sterile compounding. Dispensing of medicines to in-patient and out-patient patients. Parenteral nutrition and cytostatic preparations. Medication repackaged into single doses. First-aid kits. Economic impact within the hospital setting. Description of the content 1) FIR specialisms. 2) Planning and organisation of a Hospital Pharmacy Service. Roles of the Hospital Pharmacist 3) Selection of medicines. Criteria. Pharmacotherapy guidelines. Therapeutic substitution. 4) Interpretation of clinical trial results. Critical reading. Publication of results. 5) Pharmacoeconomics. Types of evaluations. Stages. Applications 6) Therapeutic protocols and clinical pathways. Concept, development, implementation and monitoring. 7) Continuity of care: medication reconciliation. 8) Medicines distribution system in the hospital setting. Unit-dose dispensing. Stock-based dispensing. Replenishment- and patient-based dispensing. Automated dispensing. Advantages and disadvantages. 9) Dispensing of strictly controlled medicines. Narcotics and psychotropic substances. Foreign medicines. Off-label use. Compassionate use. Medicines subject to special medical control. 10) Pharmaceutical technology. Non-sterile pharmaceutical forms. Sterile pharmaceutical forms. Aseptic technique. Intravenous mixing unit. Handling of cytostatic medicines. 11) Artificial nutrition. Enteral and parenteral nutrition. Indications. Types. Components. Interactions. Complications. 14) Methodology of pharmacokinetic monitoring. 15) Pharmacotherapy for HIV-positive patients 16) Oncological pharmacotherapy. 17) Antimicrobial review and optimisation programme • Seminar 1: Critical reading and interpretation of clinical studies. • Seminar 2: Formulation of parenteral nutrition. • Seminar 3: Designing parenteral nutrition regimens. • Seminar 4: Preparation of cytostatic drugs. Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1–17 Learning outcomes: 1, 5, 6–9, 12, 13, 15 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1–5, 10–11, 13–17 Learning outcomes: 2–5, 8–11, 13–17 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Lectures. Competencies: 1–17 Learning outcomes: 1–17 E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Competencies: 1–17 Learning outcomes: 1–17 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–17 Learning outcomes: 6–10, 15, 17 Independent work Study. Literature review. Competencies: 1–17 Learning outcomes: 1–17 Exam Oral and written assessments Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- There will be two mid-term exams on the course material (each consisting of 20 questions, with a pass mark of 15 correct answers. Incorrect answers will not result in marks being deducted). A final examination for the module will be held, covering the theoretical concepts assessed via a multiple-choice test comprising 40 questions, of which only one answer per question is correct. No marks will be deducted for incorrect answers, and a minimum of 30 correct answers is required to pass the module. No other assessment methods, such as coursework, will be accepted, although active participation in class activities may be viewed favourably. ) Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Primary: 1. Aquilino García Perea, Carmen Del Campo Arroyo, Josep Antoni Tur Marí Food-Drug Interactions Panamerica. 2023. ISBN: 9788411062015 2. Pedro Lorenzo Fernández, Alfonso Moreno González, Juan Carlos Leza Cerro, Ignacio Lizasoain Hernández, María Ángeles Moro Sánchez, Antonio Portolés Pérez Basic and Clinical Pharmacology Panamerica. 2018. ISBN: 9788411060585 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560138 | Pharmacoeconomics | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PharmacoeconomicsCódigo: 0560138 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The course aims to introduce students to general issues relating to pharmacoeconomics. It focuses on teaching pharmacoeconomic tools designed to improve the efficiency and rational use of medicines. It prepares students for the planning, organisation and management of resources in the pharmaceutical industry, distribution and dispensing, so that they acquire the skills to make healthcare decisions based on rational and objective criteria. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of the following is required: - IT, statistics and pharmaceutical legislation, so that students can understand the theoretical and practical foundations of pharmacoeconomics and pharmaceutical management. Competencies To understand the concepts of pharmacoeconomics, pharmaceutical management and planning within the healthcare sector. Understand quantitative techniques for economic evaluation. Understand economic evaluations in clinical trials. To interpret expenditure on medicines within a regulatory framework. Understand the concepts of budgeting and corporate assets. Understand aspects of business organisation and types of companies. Understand the basic tools of pharmaceutical management and planning used in professional activities within the industry, distribution, community pharmacies and hospital pharmacies Understand pharmaceutical advertising and marketing techniques. Apply knowledge of pharmacoeconomics and pharmaceutical management with a view to safeguarding health and ensuring the quality of healthcare products and services. To learn how to manage and optimise resources within the healthcare sector. Learning outcomes To be able to recognise and understand the economic principles that apply to medicines and healthcare technologies. Understand the different healthcare models for the funding of medicines. Be able to manage and plan, at a basic level, the tasks associated with the professional practice of pharmacy. Acquire a strategic understanding of healthcare indicators for pharmaceutical management across the various areas of a pharmacist’s professional practice. Course content Introduction to management, planning and economic evaluation techniques for medicines. Practical application of pharmacoeconomic analyses of medicines. Description of healthcare policies aimed at rationalising the use of medicines Introduction to pharmacoeconomics. Basic concepts. The concept of costs and the concept of benefits of medicines. Analysis and assessment of costs in economic evaluation. Types of costs and values. Monetary values. Time adjustment. The cost of disease. Measurement of health outcomes: quality of life, instruments for measuring health-related quality of life. Health profiles. Deriving preferences. Quantitative techniques for economic evaluation I: cost-benefit analysis. Pharmaceutical expenditure and its interpretation. Regulation of medicine prices. Patents and policies to promote competition in the pharmaceutical market Practical course content: Analysis of pharmacoeconomic studies. Drug selection policy based on pharmacoeconomic criteria. Management and planning in the development of formulations. Economic management in the pharmaceutical sector. Training activities Lectures Individual tutorials Face-to-face seminars Face-to-face assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- • 20% for the following aspects of continuous assessment: - Attendance at lectures, seminars and tutorials. - Content and presentation of individual projects. • 60%: Final written examination to assess the assimilation of theoretical knowledge, skills and the ability to solve case studies. Passing this examination (minimum mark of 4/10) is an essential requirement for passing the module. • 20% Practical classes. At the end of these classes, students’ progress will be assessed through a practical exercise. For those students who do not participate in the continuous assessment process, a final competency assessment test will be held, contributing 70 per cent to the overall mark (minimum pass mark 4/10), whilst the practical session mark will contribute 30 per cent to the overall mark. Appendix Bibliography J. Rivero. “Financial Accounting”. Editorial Trivium S.A. 5th ed. Madrid 1991. J.A. Sacristán, X. Badia and J. Rivera. “Pharmacoeconomics: Economic Evaluation of Medicines”. Editores Médicos S.A., Madrid, 1995. H. Ronald, B. Allou. *Business Logistics: Control and Planning*. Diaz de Santos S.A. Publishers, Madrid, 1991. Various authors. *Handbook of Business Management for Pharmacies*. CISS Publishers. Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia (RFE) (4th edition). Spanish Agency for Medicines and Health Products, 2010. E. Alegre, J. Amado and E. Bel. Pharmaceutical Business Management. CISS S.A. Special edition for managers. 1998. A. Domínguez-Gil, J. Soto. Pharmacoeconomics and Health Outcomes Research: Principles and Practice. Royal National Academy of Pharmacy. 2002. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560139 | IT Management for the Pharmacy | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IT Management for the PharmacyCódigo: 0560139 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To develop the basic IT skills required to facilitate the work of a graduate in Pharmacy in a pharmacy. To equip students with proficiency in the tools and the use of the most commonly used software in the field of community pharmacy and research. Prerequisites No prior requirements are necessary, although the following are recommended: 1. Basic knowledge of pharmaceutical technology, pharmaceutical care, biopharmacy, pharmacokinetics and toxicology 2. Basic computer skills to access websites. 3. A sufficient level of English to read or consult a website written in that language. Skills IT systems for stock management, accounts, Suppliers, Customers, Orders, Goods Receipt, Warehouse Management, Prescription Register, Accounting, Statistics, Management by Objectives, Incentive Schemes, General Reporting, Product and Customer Reports, Backups, Process protection, Import/export of information, Multi-company management, Health card management. Therapeutic uses of medical and pharmacological databases. Applied IT tools Learning outcomes Be able to provide answers and advice to patients on health-related issues and other topics of great interest and current relevance in pharmacy Be able to substitute one medicine for another and monitor adherence to treatment regimens. Be able to identify drug interactions Be able to manage stock and profit margins Monitor expiry dates Know how to work with suppliers and customers Accounting and profit margins Know how to use the database of the General Council of Official Colleges of Pharmacists. Compounding, Pharmaceutical Care, etc. Course content Topic 1: Introduction to IT. Essential software for a pharmacy. Topic 2: IT requirements for a pharmacy. Topic 3: Pharmacy management software. General information. Topic 4: Point of sale Topic 5: Customer management. Topic 6: Orders. Topic 7: Advice database. Topic 8: Pharmaceutical care. Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1, 5, 6–9, 12, 13, 15 Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: 1–5, 10–11, 13–22 Learning outcomes: 2–5, 8–11, 13–17 Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Lectures. Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 1–17 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: 1–22 Learning outcomes: 6–10, 15, 17 Independent study Exam Oral and written assessments Assessment system and criteria Assessment: Theory and practice will be assessed jointly through the completion of practical-theoretical exercises within a set time limit, as determined by the course coordinator. If a student fails to complete ANY of the exercises set during the term, they will be recorded as ‘NOT SUBMITTED’ in the final mark for the ordinary March assessment period and will therefore have to sit the examination in the supplementary assessment period · Criteria: The exercises set by the coordinator will account for 50% of the mark. The final examination, which will be entirely practical, will account for 50% of the final mark Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. AULTON Pharmacy: The Science of Pharmaceutical Formulation Design 2nd ed. Madrid [etc.]: Elsevier, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8481747289 2. COF VIZCAYA Compounding of Medicines Bizkaia: Official College of Pharmacists of Bizkaia. 2004. ISBN: 8492185260 3.- Hir, Alain Le Galenic Pharmacy Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 1995. 1995. ISBN: 8445802941 4. Llopis Clavijo, Mª José Basic Formulary of Compounded Medicines Valencia: El Cid, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8460729664 5. MARTINDALE Martindale: A Comprehensive Guide to Pharmacotherapy Barcelona: Pharma, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8495993007 6. VILA JATO, JL Pharmaceutical Technology Madrid: Síntesis, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8477385394 Supplementary: 7.- BANKER Modern Pharmaceutics 4th ed. New York; Basel (Switzerland): Marcel Dekker, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 0824706749 8.- Spain. Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs National Formulary Madrid: Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs: Bulletin. 2003. ISBN: 8434014718 9. MINISTRY OF HEALTH Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia Madrid: Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs, Centre d. 1998. ISBN: 8434009420 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560140 | Modern Language 2 | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Modern Language 2Código: 0560140 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide an introduction to the English used in the Experimental Sciences and Pharmacy. To develop comprehension and expression skills, both oral and written, as well as the grammar and vocabulary relevant to these fields. Course content In general, the aim is to develop the four core skills (reading, writing, listening and speaking), focusing on the following aspects: Comprehension of general and specific information in spoken English relating to various common communication situations typical of the pharmaceutical sector. Students will also practise recognising abbreviations, acronyms and terms commonly used in the scientific English of the experimental sciences and pharmacy. Production of spoken messages in English in various common communication situations to ensure that communication is fluent and effective, thereby consolidating a good level of oral communication in professional and academic contexts. Comprehensive and independent reading, extracting general information from written texts in English relating to the fields of experimental sciences and pharmacy, such as articles in specialist journals, handbooks, etc. Production of simple and comprehensible written texts in English with an appropriate logical structure, addressing different communicative purposes specific to the fields of experimental sciences and pharmacy, through the drafting and comprehension of academic, technical and scientific documents. Grammatical and terminological competence, and specific vocabulary relevant to their profession. Assessment system and criteria ASSESSMENT SYSTEM The assessment process will be carried out taking into account the intended learning outcomes. To this end, assessments will be used that follow the course of study and evaluate the competences acquired by the student as the course progresses. These assessments aim to evaluate the four language skills (reading comprehension, listening comprehension, written expression and oral expression), as well as the lexical and grammatical content necessary to put into practice the functional content to be achieved, in accordance with the level of the foreign language being studied. These tests will consist of several of the following assessment activities, which will enable the extent to which the objectives have been achieved to be determined: • Written composition tasks. • Written tests involving filling in the blanks, true or false questions and answering questions. • Reading and reading comprehension exercises. • Vocabulary and grammar exercises. • Listening comprehension tests. • Oral expression tests. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA 1. REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD (CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT) 1.1. Continuous Assessment a. A compulsory written test covering the content of the assigned textbook: 30%. b. A second compulsory written test, to be held at the end of the four-month term and covering the content of the assigned textbook: 30%. c. A compulsory oral assessment, consisting of an individual presentation on a topic related to the student’s degree programme: 30%. e. Attendance and the lecturer’s assessment: 10%. The dates of these assessments will be announced in advance by the lecturer. All assessments will take place in the usual classroom, unless the lecturer specifies otherwise at the time. Students cannot pass the module through continuous assessment unless they have sat both the oral examination and the two written examinations, and unless the average mark for the three examinations is 5 or above. AT THE DISCRETION OF EACH LECTURER, the results of the oral assessments may be carried over to either of the two final examinations (ordinary or supplementary) within the current academic year. The results of the written examinations MAY NOT BE CARRIED OVER UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES TO ANY OTHER EXAMINATION SESSION. Therefore, both continuous assessment and the ordinary and extraordinary examination sessions will have UNIQUE AND SPECIFIC written examination results for each session. 1.2. Type of examination 1.2.1. Written examinations The written examinations will consist of questions on scientific terminology. There may also be reading exercises, listening comprehension, short essays, sentence completion, etc. 1.2.2. Oral examination Students will be required to give an individual oral presentation on a topic related to the degree in Pharmacy. 2. FINAL EXAMINATION (REGULAR SESSION WITHOUT CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT AND SUPPLEMENTARY SESSION) 2.1. Final examination: Students who have not undertaken or passed the continuous assessment during the term (see 1.1) must sit the final examination in the subsequent examination sessions in February or June, as applicable, and July. The assessment criteria in this case will be as follows: Final exam: 100% This is divided into: Written section: 75% Oral component: 25% Students cannot pass the module unless they have sat both the oral and written parts of the final examination and unless the average mark for the written and oral components is 5 or above. AT THE DISCRETION OF EACH LECTURER, the results of the oral examinations may be carried over to either of the two final examinations (ordinary or supplementary) within the current academic year. The results of the written examinations MAY NOT BE CARRIED OVER UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES FOR ANY OTHER EXAMINATION SESSION. Therefore, both continuous assessment and the ordinary and extraordinary examination sessions will have UNIQUE AND SPECIFIC written examination results for each session. 2.2. Type of examination 2.2.1. Written component The written examination will consist of questions on scientific terminology. It may also include reading exercises, listening comprehension, short essays, sentence completion, etc. 2.2.2. Oral component Students will be required to give an individual oral presentation on a topic related to the degree in Pharmacy. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Tamzen Armer, Jeremy Day Cambridge English for Scientists: Student’s Book Cambridge University Press. 2011. ISBN: 9780521154093 Supplementary: 2. Raymond Murphy English Grammar in Use. Fifth Edition. Book with Answers Cambridge University Press. 2019. ISBN: 9781108457651 Other: 3. Michael McCarthy, Felicity Ann O’Dell Academic Vocabulary in Use. Edition with Answers Cambridge University Press. 2016. ISBN: 9781107591660 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560141 | Clinical Nutrition | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Clinical NutritionCódigo: 0560141 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives A. GENERAL. The systematic acquisition of the skills, competences and theoretical knowledge that will enable students to competently carry out prevention, diagnosis and therapeutic intervention activities in the field of Clinical Nutrition. The aim is to: • To study the relationship between clinical nutrition and disease. • To acquire methodological skills in identification, screening and clinical-nutritional assessment. • To incorporate nutritional diagnosis into the clinical history of the disease, promoting the recognition of malnutrition, its severity and type. • To acquire knowledge of metabolic, organic or functional, systemic or localised conditions, relating to their aetiopathogenesis, diagnosis, progression and nutritional implications. • Training in the nutritional management and/or specialised nutritional support for various conditions. • Planning and monitoring the nutritional management of specific pathological conditions. • Ability to work as part of a team. • Critical and self-critical thinking. Ability to make decisions when resolving clinical cases. • Ability to provide objective criteria for good practice and ethical considerations relating to current treatments in Clinical Nutrition. B. SPECIFIC • Comprehensive assessment of nutritional status from a clinical perspective. • Identification of patients likely to benefit from nutritional support. • Knowledge and application of the various nutritional screening scales most commonly used in hospital settings. • Acquisition of the conceptual and practical foundations for assessing, managing and monitoring a patient’s nutritional status in specific clinical conditions. Prerequisites Knowledge of nutrition, biochemistry, dietetics and dietary therapy Competencies Core competences: 1 That students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education, typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes certain aspects requiring knowledge at the cutting edge of their field of study. 2 Students should be able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. 3 That students have the ability to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to form judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. 4 That students are able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. 5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. General competences 1 Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and the practice of the profession, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for people, their habits, beliefs and cultures. 2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. 3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality 4 Recognise the boundaries of the profession and its scope of practice, identifying when interdisciplinary treatment or referral to another professional is necessary. 5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, healthcare professionals, industry representatives and the media, and be able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. 6 Be able to critically evaluate, utilise and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. 7 Be able to draw up reports and complete records relating to the professional practice of the Dietitian-Nutritionist 10 Compile, interpret and manage food composition tables and databases 12 Understand nutrients, their function in the body, their bioavailability, requirements and recommendations, and the principles of energy and nutritional balance 13 Integrate and evaluate the relationship between diet and nutrition in both healthy individuals and those with medical conditions. 14 Apply scientific knowledge of physiology, pathophysiology, nutrition and diet to dietary planning and advice for individuals and groups throughout the life course, whether healthy or unwell. 15 - Design and implement protocols for assessing nutritional status, identifying nutritional risk factors 16 Interpret nutritional diagnoses, assess the nutritional aspects of a clinical history and draw up a dietary action plan. 17 Understand the structure of food services and hospital food and nutrition units, identifying and developing the roles of the Dietitian-Nutritionist within the multidisciplinary team. 18 Contribute to the organisation, management and implementation of the various forms of hospital feeding and nutritional support, as well as outpatient dietary and nutritional treatment 29 Acquire the basic training required for research activity, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving using the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition. Specific competences 28 Apply food and nutrition sciences to dietary practice 34 Plan, carry out and interpret assessments of the nutritional status of individuals and/or groups, both healthy (in all physiological situations) and unwell 36 Identify patients’ dietary and nutritional problems, as well as risk factors and inappropriate practices. 37 Compile and interpret a dietary history for healthy and unwell individuals. Interpret a clinical history. Understand and use the terminology employed in the health sciences. 38 Interpret and integrate clinical, biochemical and pharmacological data into the nutritional assessment of the patient and into their dietary and nutritional treatment. 39 Apply the principles of clinical nutrition to dietary therapy 41 Understand hospital organisation and the various stages of the food service. 42 Participate in the multidisciplinary team of a Hospital Nutrition Unit. 43 Be familiar with the various techniques and products used in basic and advanced nutritional support 47 Use the basic ICT tools employed in the field of Food, Nutrition and Dietetics. 48 Understand the legal and ethical boundaries of dietetic practice. 49 Prescribe specific treatment within the scope of practice of a dietitian-nutritionist. 50 Be able to justify the scientific principles underpinning the dietitian-nutritionist’s intervention, basing their professional practice on scientific evidence Learning outcomes Implement a dietary and nutritional treatment plan, acting as a member of the relevant multidisciplinary team. Interpret artificial feeding protocols and implement the appropriate techniques and care. Assess the various dietary treatments and their potential incompatibilities, specifically those related to food-medication interactions. To advise on ergogenic aids and distinguish them from doping. Design a simple, practical and personalised physical exercise programme, combining it with an appropriate dietary plan for each medical condition or physiological situation. Undertake assessments to demonstrate the acquisition of skills and knowledge. Description of the course content THEORETICAL CONTENT OF THE MODULE Unit 1: ASSESSMENT OF NUTRITIONAL STATUS • NUTRITIONAL STATUS. STAGES • NUTRITIONAL SCREENING METHODS. • NUTRITIONAL ASSESSMENT. Unit 2: Malnutrition • DEFINITION OF MALNUTRITION. • DEFICIENCY MALNUTRITION. • CACHEXIA. • SARCOPENIA. • FRAGILITY. • EXCESSIVE NUTRITION. OVERWEIGHT AND OBESITY. Unit 3: Nutrition in Gastrointestinal Disorders. • DISEASES OF THE OESOPHAGUS AND STOMACH: DYSPHAGIA. DYSPEPSIA OR INDIGESTION. GASTRO-OESOPHAGEAL REFLUX (GERD). PEPTIC ULCER. GASTRITIS. • DISEASES OF THE SMALL INTESTINE: IRRITABLE BOWEL SYNDROME (IBS). SHORT BOWEL SYNDROME (SBS). • DISEASES OF THE LARGE INTESTINE: INFLAMMATORY BOWEL DISEASE (IBD). CROHN’S DISEASE. ULCERATIVE COLITIS Unit 4: Nutrition in Surgery and Situations of Metabolic Stress. • STOMACH SURGERY: GASTRIC RESECTIONS. GASTRECTOMY. BARIATRIC SURGERY (BS). • SMALL BOWEL SURGERY: INTESTINAL RESECTIONS. • LARGE INTESTINE SURGERY: COLLECTOMY. ILEOSTOMIES AND COLOSTOMIES. • METABOLIC STRESS CONDITIONS: TRAUMA, MAJOR SURGERY AND BURNS. SEPSIS. Unit 5: Nutrition and Other Conditions. • NUTRITION IN CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM DISORDERS: CEREBROVASCULAR DISEASE (STROKE). ALZHEIMER’S DISEASE (AD). PARKINSON’S DISEASE. EPILEPSY. • NUTRITION IN CARDIOVASCULAR DISORDERS. • NUTRITION AND SUBSTANCE ABUSE: ALCOHOLISM AND RECOVERY FROM ALCOHOLISM. • NUTRITION AND CANCER. Unit 6: Diabetes mellitus. • DEFINITION. • DIAGNOSTIC CRITERIA. • HYPERGLYCAEMIA AND HYPOGLYCAEMIA. • NUTRITIONAL SUPPORT. Unit 7: Liver Disease and Nutritional Support. • CAUSES. • METABOLIC ABNORMALITIES IN LIVER DISEASES. • PATHOGENESIS. • NUTRITIONAL ASSESSMENT. • NUTRITIONAL TREATMENT. Unit 8: Nutritional Care in Food Allergies and Intolerances. • ALLERGY AND IMMUNE RESPONSE. • MOST COMMON ALLERGENS. • INTOLERANCE AND IMMUNE RESPONSE. • MAIN SUBSTANCES THAT CAUSE INTOLERANCE. • DIAGNOSIS. • TREATMENT. Unit 9: Enteral, Parenteral and Home-Based Artificial Nutrition. • ENTERAL NUTRITION. • PARENTERAL NUTRITION. • HOME ARTIFICIAL NUTRITION. PRACTICAL CONTENT OF THE MODULE • Seminar 1. Nutritional assessment. • Seminar 2. Nutritional screening methods. • Seminar 3. Introduction to the gut microbiota. • Seminar 4. The FODMAP diet. • Seminar 5. Clinical case study. • Seminar 6. Clinical case study. • Seminar 7. Clinical case study. • Seminar 8. Clinical case study. • Seminar 9. Adapted basic nutrition. • Seminar 10. Enteral and parenteral nutrition formulas. Training activities Face-to-face lecture Face-to-face seminar Tutorials Independent study In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must achieve a mark of five points or higher, calculated by adding together the following assessment criteria: - Lecture component. Exams (including theoretical content from practical activities): 70% - Seminar component: 30 per cent • Exams 1) Continuous assessment exam (35 per cent). April. 2) Continuous assessment exam (35 per cent). May. *If a mark of 5 or above is achieved in these two exams, the lecture component of the module will be passed. 3) Ordinary examination session. June. Students will only need to sit the part they have not already passed through continuous assessment, and the marks obtained in the parts they have passed during continuous assessment will be retained. If they have not passed any part, they will be examined on the entire course during this sitting. 4) Extraordinary examination session (70%). July. An examination covering the entire lecture component of the module will be held, regardless of whether the student has passed any of the parts during continuous assessment. Marks from examinations taken during the other three examination sessions will not be carried forward. Students wishing to improve their overall mark for the lecture component may also sit this examination. • Seminars Seminar assignments will consist of practical activities related to the lecture component or a theoretical part thereof, together with the associated activity. Students will complete a total of 10 activities or assignments, depending on the nature of the content in each unit. Work will be carried out in groups of 2–3 people during the remaining time in class. Most seminar assignments will be presented orally over the following two weeks. Those that are not will be submitted via the virtual classroom within the same timeframe. To pass this part of the module, students must submit all 10 assignments. Failure to do so will result in this part of the module being marked as zero. Appendix Bibliography Supplementary: 1.- De Luis, DA. Bellido, D. García, PP. et al. Diet Therapy, Clinical Nutrition and Metabolism: Aula Médica ISBN: 8479789646 2.- Liliana P. Rodota, María Eugenia Castro Clinical Nutrition and Diet Therapy: Editorial Médica Panamericana ISBN: 9789500695756 3. Olveira Fuster, Gabriel et al. Handbook of Clinical Nutrition and Dietetics: Díaz de Santos ISBN: 8479788062 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560142 | Optics | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
OpticsCódigo: 0560142 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To understand, design and implement prevention and maintenance programmes relating to visual health To be able to reflect critically on the clinical, scientific, ethical and social issues involved, understanding the scientific principles of Optometry and learning to critically evaluate the terminology, clinical trials and research methodology related to Optometry Prerequisites To have passed the core modules Competencies Possess up-to-date or cutting-edge knowledge in certain aspects of Optics. Ability to identify the essential elements of a complex physical situation in order construct a simplified model that describes the problem under investigation. Possess a good understanding and command of the most commonly used mathematical and numerical methods commonly used in Optics. To search for, analyse and synthesise information specific to the field of Optics, both theoretical and experimental, as well as to select and use the most appropriate information and communication technologies best suited to each situation. Problem-solving in Optics. Communicate the results of a piece of work by producing , as well as through oral presentations of that work. Be able to critically evaluate one’s own learning and professional activity, as well and implement strategies for improvement. Be able to learn new techniques and knowledge independently, enable students to undertake further studies with a high degree of autonomy. Awareness of environmental issues. A basic knowledge of a second foreign language, preferably English. Proficiency in ICT. Learning outcomes Understanding the propagation of light in isotropic media, light-matter interaction, light interference, diffraction phenomena, the properties of single- and multi-layer surfaces, and the principles of lasers and their applications. Course content Optical instruments. Physiological optics. Reflection and refraction. Applied optics : Introduction to wave optics. Teaching activities Face-to-face lecture Face-to-face seminar Tutorials Independent study In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- • 60% Final written examination to assess the assimilation of theoretical knowledge: to understand and be able to apply the basic and fundamental concepts of Geometric Optics in simple, specific cases. Passing this test (minimum 4/10) is an essential requirement for passing the module. • 30% Problem-solving: the correct formulation of the problem and the completion of the appropriate intermediate steps to reach the solution. Demonstration of the necessary mathematical skills (solving for unknowns, solving systems of equations, matrix and vector algebra, differential and integral calculus, trigonometric functions, etc.). This section will also assess the correct use of units and dimensions of physical variables • 10% Practical sessions. At the end of the practical sessions, students’ performance will be assessed by means of an exercise. Completing and passing the practical assessment is a prerequisite for passing the module For those students who do not participate in the continuous assessment process, a final competency assessment test will be held, contributing 70 per cent to the overall mark (minimum pass mark 4/10), whilst the practicals mark will contribute 30 per cent to the overall mark. Addendum General bibliography Optics, J. Casas, published by Cooperativa de Artes Gráficas Librería General, 1994 Optics, E. Hecht, published by Addison Wesley, 2000. Optics, M.V. Klein, T.E. Furtak. Published by John Wiley and Sons, 1986. Fundamentals of Optical Communications, J. Capmany, F.J. Fraile, J. Martín, published by Síntesis, 1998 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560143 | Radiopharmacy | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
RadiopharmacyCódigo: 0560143 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To familiarise students with: 1. The phenomenon of radioactivity, its detection, measurement, biological effects and protective measures. 2. Procedures for obtaining radionuclides essential for the synthesis of radiopharmaceuticals. 3. Methodology and standards for the production, preparation, quality control and dispensing of radiopharmaceuticals. 4. Diagnostic and therapeutic applications of radiopharmaceuticals. Prerequisites None required Competencies 1. Understand the nature of ionising radiation and its interaction with matter, its risks and how to prevent them. 2. Detect and quantify ionising radiation using the appropriate instrumentation. 3. Select the appropriate type of radiation, energy and radioisotope for each type of application (research and clinical). 4. Understand the standards for the correct preparation of radiopharmaceuticals, as well as the quality control of radiopharmaceuticals, dosimetry and waste management. 5. Understand and apply the basic standards for radiation protection in radioactive facilities. Learning outcomes 1. Selection of methods for producing radioisotopes of interest in Radiopharmacy and Nuclear Medicine. 2. Identify issues relating to the use of radiopharmaceuticals (dosimetric aspects, special precautions, etc.) 3. Application of methods based on objective criteria for the selection of radiopharmaceuticals 4. Problem-solving Course content Topic 1. Structure of matter. The atomic nucleus. Nuclides and their classification. Nuclear binding energy. Units of mass and energy. Nuclear reactions. Topic 2. Radioactivity. Radioactive decay. Units of radioactivity. Particles (alpha, beta) and radiation (gamma, X-rays) emitted by radionuclides. Topic 3. Interaction of radiation with matter. Interaction of photons: the photoelectric effect and the Compton effect. Interaction of charged particles: types of collisions and braking power. Topic 4. Detection of ionising radiation. Properties of detectors and parameters to be optimised. Gas ionisation detectors. Scintillation detectors. Semiconductor detectors. Topic 5. Radiological quantities and units. Fundamental physical quantities. Protection quantities. Operational quantities for external radiation. Dosimetric quantities. Topic 6. Biological effects of ionising radiation. Classification of effects: deterministic and stochastic. Dose limits. Non-conventional effects. Topic 7. Fundamentals of radiation protection. General criteria for radiation protection. Shielding. Dosimetry of external and internal radiation. Legislation and regulations on radioactive installations and radiation protection. Topic 8. Production of radionuclides. Nuclear reactor. Cyclotron. Radionuclide generators. Topic 9. Extemporaneous preparation of radiopharmaceuticals and their dispensing. Radiopharmaceutical procedure guidelines. 99Mo/99mTc generator. 68Ge/68Ga generator. Topic 10. Technetium-labelled radiopharmaceuticals. Chemistry of technetium. Diagnostic applications Topic 11. Non-technetium-labelled radiopharmaceuticals. Iodine-labelled radiopharmaceuticals. Other radiopharmaceuticals Topic 12. Peptide radiopharmaceuticals. Methods for labelling peptides, proteins and antibodies. Diagnostic and therapeutic applications. Topic 13. Autologous radiopharmaceuticals. Labelled blood cells (red blood cells and white blood cells). Platelets. Topic 14. Positron-emitting radiopharmaceuticals (PET). 18FDG. Other 18F-based radiopharmaceuticals. 68Ga radiopharmaceuticals. Other PET radiopharmaceuticals Topic 15. Radiopharmacy units. Standards and regulations. Quality control of radiopharmaceuticals. Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Seminars: Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries. Independent study: Study. Interpretation and resolution of practical case studies. Examination: Oral and written tests. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- - Activities to be carried out in the course’s virtual classroom: 60 per cent of the final mark. These activities, which are compulsory for passing the module, will consist of: (1) watching videos with questions and worksheets (30 per cent of the final mark) and (2) practical exercises (problems, 30 per cent of the final mark). All relevant information can be found in the course’s virtual classroom. - Tests (2) on the course portal: 40% of the final mark. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Supplementary: 1. Jesús Luis Gómez Perales Radiopharmacy Jesús Luis Gómez Perales. 2011. ISBN: 978-84-694-46 2. Jesús Mallol Escobar Manual of Radiopharmacy Ediciones Díaz de Santos, S.A. 2008. ISBN: 978-847978854 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560144 | Industrial Pharmaceutical Technology | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Industrial Pharmaceutical TechnologyCódigo: 0560144 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The aim of this module is to provide students with knowledge of industrial research into medicines, pharmaceutical registrations, good manufacturing, and the preparation, control, packaging and finishing on an industrial scale of pharmaceutical formulations, with a view to preparing them for a career in the pharmaceutical industry. It also covers the technological fundamentals required for proper industrial manufacturing. Prerequisites To have passed General and Special Pharmaceutical Technology Competencies 1. Design, optimise and produce pharmaceutical dosage forms whilst ensuring quality, including the formulation and quality control of medicines, the development of magistral formulations and officinal preparations. 2. Understand the physicochemical and biopharmaceutical properties of and excipients, as well as the possible interactions between them. 3. Understand the stability of active ingredients and pharmaceutical formulations, as well as the methods used to study them. 4. To understand the basic operations and technological processes involved in the manufacture and quality control of medicines. Learning outcomes To demonstrate discipline and responsibility both independently and as part of a team. 2. Be able to participate effectively in teamwork. 3. Demonstrate a sense of ethics in the workplace. 4. Be able to recognise and correct errors. 5. Respect the opinions and decisions of others. Course content description BLOCK 1 TOPIC 1. Introduction. Pharmaceutical research and development. TOPIC 2. Government intervention in the authorisation and manufacture of medicines. The medicines regulatory agencies. The registration of commercial medicines. of quality in the pharmaceutical industry. TOPIC 3. Pharmaceutical registration. CTD modules, sections and their preparation. Types of . Choosing the registration procedure (National, Centralised, Mutual Recognition and Decentralised). Other technical documentation: Variations, Line Extensions, renewals, validations, changes of marketing authorisation holder, cancellations and suspensions of Marketing Authorisations. TOPIC 4. General aspects of the pharmaceutical industry. Factors influencing its location. Buildings and areas. Facilities, equipment and staff. BLOCK 2 The pharmaceutical laboratory. Facilities and services in the pharmaceutical industry: TOPIC 5. Air purification and treatment. Cleanrooms. TOPIC 6. Water treatment. Industrial facilities for the production of purified water and water for injection. TOPIC 7. Packaging and patient information. MODULE: Design of facilities and equipment for the industrial manufacture of medicines TOPIC 8. Design of facilities and equipment for the industrial manufacture of . TOPIC 9. Design of facilities and equipment for the industrial manufacture of liquid dosage forms. TOPIC 10. Design of facilities and equipment for the industrial manufacture of pulmonary administration. TOPIC 11. Design of facilities and equipment for the industrial manufacture of ophthalmic, otic and nasal dosage forms. TOPIC 12. Design of facilities and equipment for the industrial manufacture of parenteral administration. TOPIC 13. Design of facilities and equipment for the industrial manufacture of lyophilised products. TOPIC 14. Design of facilities and equipment for the industrial manufacture of : powders, granules and pellets. TOPIC 15. Design of facilities and equipment for the industrial manufacture of soft and hard gelatine capsules. TOPIC 16. Design of facilities and equipment for the industrial manufacture of tablets and special tablets. Training activities Face-to-face lecture Face-to-face seminar Tutorials Self-study In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Continuous Assessment: 5/10 to pass the module • 20% Students’ active participation in all face-to-face activities and completed assignments, as well as active participation in classes and proposed activities, will be assessed. Knowledge and understanding of concepts, fundamentals and methodologies. Application and integration of content to specific situations and problems. Comprehensive resolution of exercises and questions. Critical thinking and coherent reasoning in ideas. • 60% An examination will be set, consisting of questions, problems and/or practical exercises designed to assess the acquisition of the competences set out in the course guide. Minimum mark: 4/10 • 20% laboratory practicals. Attendance at laboratory practicals is compulsory for all students taking the module; the following will be assessed: − Study and planning of practical sessions prior to their completion.− Compliance with laboratory safety regulations.− Proficiency in carrying out laboratory practicals, analysing data and providing a reasoned interpretation of the results. 1. Laboratory practicals: 20% Final assessment: The in-person examination to assess the skills acquired by the student must be passed with a mark of 5 or above to pass the module. Students who have not passed the practical sessions must sit a specific test on the relevant content, which they must pass with a mark of 5 or above. The mark for the practicals will account for 20% of the overall mark. Appendix Essential Reading: 1. Salazar MR, Industrial Pharmaceutical Technology. Manufacture and Control of for oral administration, 1st ed. Salazar, 2003. BAF615.4TEC Vol. II 2. Grant EL, Statistical Quality Control, CEC SA, 1984. E658.56GRA 3. Garfield FM, Principles of Quality Assurance for Analytical Laboratories, Ed. Association of Official Analytical Chemists, 1993. BAF542.1GAR 4. General Council of Official Colleges of Pharmacists, Medicines and the Pharmaceutical Industry . From Molecular Design to the Pharmacy. Published by BGA Asesores, Barcelona, 2009 Bibliography Basic: 1. Lozano Estevan, María del Carmen; Córdoba Díaz, Damián; Córdoba Díaz, Manuel Handbook of Pharmaceutical Technology ELSEVIER. 2012. ISBN: 9788480866002 2.- LOZANO ESTEVAN, MC HANDBOOK OF PHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY PRACTICAL WORK II BELLISCO. 2007. ISBN: 8496486690 Supplementary: 3.- MINISTRY OF HEALTH Royal Spanish Pharmacopoeia Madrid: Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs, Centre d. 1998. ISBN: 8434009420 Others: 4.- AULTON Pharmacy: the science of pharmaceutical formulation design 2nd ed. Madrid [etc.]: Elsevier, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8481747289 5.- BANKER Modern Pharmaceutics 4th ed. New York; Basel (Switzerland): Marcel Dekker, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 0824706749 6. Belon, Jean-Paul Advice in the Pharmacy Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8445810901 7. COF VIZCAYA Compounding of Medicines Bizkaia: Official College of Pharmacists of Bizkaia. 2004. ISBN: 8492185260 8. Spain. Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs National Formulary Madrid: Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs: Bulletin. 2003. ISBN: 8434014718 9. Herrera Carranza, Joaquín Manual of Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Care Madrid [etc.]: Elsevier, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8481746584 10. Hir, Alain Le Galenic Pharmacy Barcelona [etc.] : Masson, 1995. 1995. ISBN: 8445802941 11. Llopis Clavijo, Mª José Basic Formulary of Compounded Medicines Valencia: El Cid, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8460729664 12. MARTINDALE Martindale: A Comprehensive Guide to Pharmacotherapy Barcelona: Pharma, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8495993007 13. Plasencia Cano, Manuela Manual of Supervised Practical Training in a Pharmacy Madrid: Editorial Complutense, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 847491678X 14. Thompson, Judith E. Contemporary Pharmacy Practice Madrid: McGraw-Hill, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 970105136X 15. VILA JATO, JL Pharmaceutical Technology Madrid: Síntesis, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8477385394 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0560145 | Process Assessment and Standardisation | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Process Assessment and StandardisationCódigo: 0560145 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives Standardisation process models. ISO standards. Quality Management Systems in the Pharmaceutical Industry. Resource management. To identify and represent the semantic content of a document, a collection of documents or an archival collection. Organise and structure data relating to the description of documents and collections of documents in any format; create and utilise tools for accessing data, documents or references. Search for and retrieve information using methods that enable the expectations of users to be met under optimal cost and time conditions. Use and implement methods, techniques and IT and communications network tools (hardware and software) for the implementation, development and operation of information systems. Prerequisites have passed the core modules Competencies Identify and represent the semantic content of a document, a collection of documents or an archival collection. Organise and structure data relating to the description of documents and collections of documents in any format; create and utilise tools for accessing data, documents or references. Search for and retrieve information using methods that enable the expectations of users to be met under optimal cost and time conditions. Use and apply methods, techniques and IT and communications network tools (hardware and software) for the implementation, development and operation of information systems. Learning outcomes The organisation and structuring of data relating to the description of documents and collections of documents in any format; creating and utilising tools for accessing data, documents or references. Searching for and retrieving information using methods that enable the expectations of users to be met in the most cost- and time-efficient manner. Use of methods, techniques and IT and communications network tools (hardware and software) for the implementation, development and operation of information systems. Course content General concepts of standardisation: Standardisation bodies and types of standards. International standards for the storage and exchange of document descriptions in machine-readable formats. ISO 2709:2008 and derived formats. MARC and MARC21 formats. MARC data in an XML environment. Other data structures: Dublin Core Metadata, MODS (Metadata Object Description Standard), FRBR (Functional Requirements for Bibliographic Records). Protocols for retrieving information records: the Z39.50 standard. Web services for searching and retrieving information based on Z39.50. Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Practical laboratory sessions Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Lectures. E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Independent study Study. Literature review. Exam Oral and written assessments Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- ASSESSMENT SYSTEM In-person knowledge test. 60% In-person practical assessment 10% Case study analysis 10% Written assignments 20% Addendum ISO 2709 2008: Information and Documentation: format for information exchange = Information et Documentation: format pour l’échange d’information. Geneva: ISO, 2008. • Froeger, Angela. ‘The Road to BIBFRAME: The Evolution of the Idea of Bibliographic Transition into a Post-MARC Future’, *Cataloging & Classification Quarterly*, vol. 51, no. 8, 2013, pp. 873–890, DOI: 10.1080/01639374.2013.823584. • Library of Congress. Bibliographic Framework as a Web of Data: Linked Data Model and Supporting Services, 2012. • Available at: http://www.loc.gov/bibframe/pdf/marcld-report-11-21-2012.pdf • MARC 21 concise format for bibliographic data. – Washington: Library of Congress, 2001. Available at: http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/ecbdhome.html • MARC to Dublin Core crosswalk. – Washington: Library of Congress, 2008. Available at: http://www.loc.gov/marc/marc2dc.html • Méndez Rodríguez, Eva María. Metadata and information retrieval: standards, problems and applicability in digital libraries. Gijón: Trea, 2002. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 90 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0331030 | Functional foods | OP | 6 | ||
Functional foodsCódigo: 0331030 Imprimir Course 6. Second-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The aim of the module is for students to learn: • What a functional food is. • Legislation applicable to functional foods. • Labelling regulations and health claims. • The stages involved in developing a functional food. • The proteins most commonly used in functional foods. • The variety of amino acids and bioactive peptides used in functional foods and the benefits they may have for human health. • The classification of dietary fibre in foods, covering both soluble and insoluble fibre, and the permitted health claims for each. • The lipids most commonly used in functional foods. • The range of vitamins and minerals used in functional foods and the benefits they may have for human health. • The most commonly used flavonoids and carotenoids, the quantities permitted by the relevant authorities, and their potential effects on the body. • The role played by the gut microbiota and how it relates to various types of diseases. • The potential consequences of an imbalance in the gut microbiota. • The mechanisms by which probiotics and prebiotics act in different clinical situations and the health claims permitted under current legislation. • The main foods that may have a functional effect on various cardiovascular conditions. • Which nutrients may be effective in the prevention and treatment of obesity and diabetes. • The most extensively researched foods, nutrients and nutraceuticals in the treatment of cancer and neurodegenerative diseases. • The legislation and labelling requirements applicable to genetically modified foods. • Enhancements to proteins, vegetable oils, micronutrients and • phenolic compounds that can be made in foods, plants and crops. • The concept of an edible oral vaccine and its potential applications in plant crops, along with the advantages and disadvantages of its use. • Other genetically modified foods already developed that have represented a major breakthrough for the use of gene therapies in food. Prerequisites Knowledge of food science, food toxicology, food technology and culinary technology Competencies Core competences CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in a field of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and problem-solving within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. General competences CG1 Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and professional practice, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for individuals, their habits, beliefs and cultures. CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG4 Understand the boundaries of the profession and its scope of practice, identifying when interdisciplinary treatment or referral to another professional is necessary. CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, healthcare professionals, industry representatives and the media, and be able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG7 Be able to draw up reports and complete records relating to the professional practice of the Dietitian-Nutritionist CG8 Identify and classify foods and food products. Be able to analyse and determine their composition, properties, nutritional value, the bioavailability of their nutrients, organoleptic characteristics and the changes they undergo as a result of technological and culinary processes. CG9 Understand the basic processes involved in the preparation, processing and preservation of foods of animal and plant origin CG10 Compile, interpret and use food composition tables and databases. CG11 Understand the microbiology, parasitology and toxicology of food. CG12 Understand nutrients, their function in the body, their bioavailability, dietary requirements and recommendations, and the principles of energy and nutritional balance CG13 Integrate and evaluate the relationship between diet and nutrition in healthy individuals and in pathological conditions. CG14 Apply scientific knowledge of physiology, pathophysiology, nutrition and diet to dietary planning and advice for individuals and groups throughout the life cycle, whether healthy or unwell. CG15 – Design and implement protocols for assessing nutritional status, identifying nutritional risk factors CG16 Interpret nutritional diagnoses, assess the nutritional aspects of a clinical history and draw up a dietary action plan. CG17 Understand the structure of food services and hospital food and nutrition units, identifying and developing the roles of the Dietitian-Nutritionist within the multidisciplinary team. CG18 Contribute to the organisation, management and implementation of the various forms of hospital feeding and nutritional support, as well as outpatient dietary and nutritional treatment CG19 Understand national and international health organisations, as well as different health systems, recognising the role of the Dietitian-Nutritionist. CG20 Understand and contribute to the design, conduct and validation of nutritional epidemiological studies, as well as participate in the planning, analysis and evaluation of dietary and nutritional intervention programmes in various settings. CG21 Be able to participate in health promotion activities and the prevention of disorders and diseases related to nutrition and lifestyle, by providing dietary and nutritional education to the population. CG22 Collaborate in the planning and development of policies on food, nutrition and food security based on the needs of the population and the protection of health. CG23 To advise on the development, commercialisation, labelling, communication and marketing of food products in accordance with social needs, scientific knowledge and current legislation. CG24 Interpret reports and administrative records relating to food products and ingredients. CG25 Participate in the management, organisation and development of food services. CG26 To draw up, monitor and collaborate on the planning of menus and diets tailored to the characteristics of the target group. CG27 Contribute to food quality and safety in relation to products, facilities and processes. CG28 Provide appropriate training in hygiene, health, diet and nutrition to staff involved in catering services. CG29 Acquire basic training in research, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving using the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition. Specific competences CE1 Understand the chemical, biochemical and biological principles applicable to human nutrition and dietetics. CE2 Understand the structure and function of the human body, from the molecular level to the whole organism, across the different stages of life. CE3 Understand statistics as applied to Health Sciences. Understand the psychological foundations and the biopsychosocial factors that influence human behaviour. CE4 Understand the historical, anthropological and sociological evolution of food, nutrition and dietetics in the context of health and disease. CE5 To understand the various educational methods used in health sciences, as well as the communication techniques applicable to human diet and nutrition. CE6 To understand the principles and foundations of human diet and nutrition. CE7 To acquire teamwork skills as part of a unit in which professionals and other staff involved in the diagnostic assessment and treatment of dietetics and nutrition are organised in a mono-, multi- or interdisciplinary manner. CE8 Understand the Spanish healthcare system and the basic aspects of health service management, particularly those relating to nutritional issues. CE9 Describe the anthropological foundations of human diet. Describe and analyse the cultural and social inequalities that may influence dietary habits. CE10 Applied IT: Understand and apply techniques for editing, layout, sharing and distribution of digital content, as well as the use of this content in a range of professional settings. Be able to work within a professional digital information processing environment that covers the most commonly required processing tasks in day-to-day use. CE11 Modern Language Acquire the ability to communicate orally in the foreign language, in accordance with the level of proficiency studied. Be competent in the use of the foreign language to understand and communicate in that language, both in writing and orally, in matters relating to nutrition. Acquire the ability to communicate in writing in the foreign language, in accordance with the level of the language studied. Be competent in handling written and/or digital texts in a foreign language. To acquire the ability to understand clear, non-specialist spoken language, in accordance with the level of the language studied. Be competent in the use of the foreign language to understand and communicate in that language, both in writing and orally, on topics related to nutrition. CE12 Communication Understand the fundamentals of human communication. To communicate (gathering, analysing and synthesising information, negotiating, managing conflicts, conveying news and instructions, etc.) with laypeople and with experts from other fields. Distinguish between the characteristics of spoken and written expression. Define a topic and organise ideas appropriately. Conduct effective research. Use the main databases in the Health Sciences CE13 Identify and classify foods, food products and food ingredients. CE14 Understand their chemical composition, physico-chemical properties, nutritional value, bioavailability, organoleptic characteristics and the changes they undergo as a result of technological and culinary processes. CE15 Understand the production systems and basic processes involved in the preparation, processing and preservation of the main foodstuffs. CE16 Understand and apply the fundamentals of bromatological and sensory analysis of food products. CE17 Interpret and use food composition databases and tables. CE18 Understand the microbiology, parasitology and toxicology of food. CE19 Understand the culinary techniques used to optimise the organoleptic and nutritional characteristics of food, whilst respecting traditional gastronomy CE20 Develop, implement, evaluate and maintain appropriate hygiene and food safety practices, as well as risk control systems, in accordance with current legislation. CE21 Participate in the design, organisation and management of various food services. CE22 Collaborate in the implementation of quality systems. CE23 Assess, monitor and manage aspects of traceability within the food chain. CE24 Understand aspects relating to the economics and management of food businesses. CE25 Provide scientific and technical advice on food products and their development. Assess compliance with such advice. CE26 Participate in business teams working on social marketing, advertising and health claims. CE27 Contribute to consumer protection within the framework of food safety. CE28 Apply food and nutrition sciences to dietary practice. CE29 Understand nutrients, their functions and their metabolic utilisation. Understand the principles of nutritional balance and its regulation. CE30 Assess and calculate nutritional requirements in situations of health and illness at any stage of the life cycle. CE31 Identify the principles of a healthy diet (sufficient, balanced, varied and tailored). CE32 Participate in the design of total diet studies. CE33 Understand, detect at an early stage and assess quantitative and qualitative deviations—whether due to excess or deficiency—in nutritional balance CE34 Plan, carry out and interpret the assessment of the nutritional status of individuals and/or groups, both healthy (in all physiological situations) and unwell. CE35 Understand the pathophysiological aspects of nutrition-related diseases. CE36 Identify patients’ dietary and nutritional problems, as well as risk factors and inappropriate practices. CE37 Compile and interpret a dietary history in healthy and unwell individuals. Interpret a clinical history. Understand and use the terminology employed in the health sciences. CE38 Interpret and integrate clinical, biochemical and pharmacological data into the nutritional assessment of the patient and their dietary and nutritional treatment. CE39 Apply the principles of clinical nutrition to diet therapy. CE40 Plan, implement and evaluate therapeutic diets for individuals and/or groups. CE41 Understand hospital organisation and the various stages of the food service. CE42 Participate in the multidisciplinary team of a Hospital Nutrition Unit. CE43 Understand the various techniques and products used in basic and advanced nutritional support. CE44 Develop and implement dietary and nutritional transition plans. CE45 Plan and deliver dietary and nutritional education programmes for healthy and sick individuals CE46 Understand clinical pharmacology and the interaction between drugs and nutrients CE47 Be able to use the basic ICT tools employed in the field of Food, Nutrition and Dietetics. CE48 Understand the legal and ethical boundaries of dietetic practice. CE49 Prescribe specific treatment within the scope of practice of the dietitian-nutritionist. CE50 Be able to justify the scientific principles underpinning the dietitian-nutritionist’s intervention, basing their professional practice on scientific evidence. CE51 Be familiar with national and international health organisations and systems, as well as health policies. CE52 Participate in the analysis, planning, implementation and evaluation of epidemiological studies and intervention programmes relating to diet and nutrition in different areas. CE53 Design and carry out nutritional assessments to identify the population’s needs in terms of diet and nutrition, as well as to identify the determinants of nutritional health. CE54 Design, implement and deliver dietary and nutritional education programmes and training in nutrition and dietetics. CE55 Collaborate in the planning of food and nutrition policies for the food and nutrition education of the population. CE56 Acquire the ability to contribute to promotion, prevention and protection projects with a community-based and public health approach. CE58 – Final-year project: A cross-disciplinary module involving work carried out in conjunction with various other modules. Learning outcomes Design and utilise functional foods in relation to the intended nutritional objective. Apply current legislation to this type of food. Undertake assessments demonstrating the acquisition of skills and knowledge. Course content • Unit 1. Legislation, nutrition claims and the development of novel foods. o History of functional foods. o Functional foods: concepts. o Legislation. o Labelling and nutritional claims. o Research and development of novel foods. • Unit 2. Nutrients (I). o Proteins. o Bioactive peptides. o Dietary fibre. • Unit 3. Nutrients (II). o Lipids. o Vitamins and minerals. o Phenolic compounds. o Carotenoids. • Unit 4. Microbiota: probiotics, prebiotics and synbiotics. o Microbiota. o Probiotics. o Prebiotics. o Synbiotics. • Unit 5. Functional genetically modified foods. o Genetically modified foods. Concept and enhancement of functional properties. o Protein enhancement. o Genetically engineered oil enhancement. o Modifications to micronutrient content: vitamins and minerals. o Increase in phenolic compounds. o Oral vaccines. o Other genetically modified foods with functional benefits. • Unit 6. Functional foods and health. o Functional foods and cardiovascular disease. o Functional foods and obesity. o Functional foods in diabetes. o Functional foods and cancer. o Functional foods in neurological and immunological conditions. SEMINAR 1. Labelling. SEMINAR 2. Bioactive compounds in breast milk. SEMINAR 3. The use of probiotics. SEMINAR 4. Genetically modified foods. Training activities Face-to-face lecture Face-to-face seminar Tutorials Independent study In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- ASSESSMENT SYSTEM 1. THEORY exams (with questions on the theoretical content of the practical activities): 60% 2. ASSESSMENT OF ACTIVITIES: 20% 3. SEMINAR AND WORKSHOP Assessment: 20% THEORY ASSESSMENT 1. During the course, there will be two eliminatory mid-term exams. 2. The exams consist of short-answer questions. A pass is achieved with a mark of 5 out of 10. 3. The theory mark will be the average of the two mid-term exams, provided that both exams are passed. 4. If the average mark for the mid-term exams is below 5, students will have to retake the failed mid-term exam(s) during the Ordinary Examination Period (May–June). 5. If, following the Ordinary Examination Period, the mark is still below 5, the student will be required to retake the failed mid-term exam(s) during the Extraordinary Examination Period (July). ASSESSMENT OF ACTIVITIES AND ASSIGNMENTS 1. This will consist of the submission and presentation of COMPULSORY activities via the course platform 2. The mark will be the average of the activities completed. 3. Students must achieve a mark of 5 or above in the activities. 4. Failure to complete the activities will result in a fail for the course. 5. Students who fail the activities must sit an exam covering those activities during the Ordinary Examination Period. 6. Failing the Ordinary Examination session will result in the student having to retake the examination in the Supplementary Examination session. Bibliography Other: 1. Gil Hernández, Ángel. Nutrition and Health: Editorial Médica Panamericana, 2019. ISBN: 9788491101482 |
|||||
| 0331031 | Nutrigenomics | OP | 6 | ||
NutrigenomicsCódigo: 0331031 Imprimir Course 6. Second-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To describe the nature of, and factors influencing, the interaction between nutrients and genes. To produce documents in a systematic and rigorous manner in the field of nutrigenomics. To develop research projects in the field of molecular nutrition. Apply knowledge of nutrients as regulators of metabolism to promote health. Prerequisites Prior knowledge of Nutrition, Genetics, Biology, Biochemistry, Physiology and Pathophysiology Skills Core competences CB1 Students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in a field of study building on the foundations of general secondary education, typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2 Students are able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3 Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4 Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5 Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. General competences CG1 Recognise the essential elements of the dietitian-nutritionist profession, including ethical principles, legal responsibilities and the practice of the profession, applying the principle of social justice to professional practice and carrying it out with respect for people, their habits, beliefs and cultures. CG2 To practise the profession with respect for other health professionals, acquiring teamwork skills. CG3 Recognise the need to maintain and update professional competence, placing particular emphasis on the autonomous and continuous acquisition of new knowledge, products and techniques in nutrition and dietetics, as well as a commitment to quality CG4 Understand the boundaries of the profession and its scope of practice, identifying when interdisciplinary treatment or referral to another professional is necessary. CG5 Communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with members of the public, health professionals, industry representatives and the media, and be able to use information and communication technologies, particularly those related to nutrition and lifestyle. CG6 Understand, critically evaluate, and know how to use and apply sources of information relating to nutrition, diet, lifestyles and health issues. CG7 Be able to draw up reports and complete records relating to the professional practice of the Dietitian-Nutritionist CG8 Identify and classify foods and food products. Be able to analyse and determine their composition, properties, nutritional value, the bioavailability of their nutrients, organoleptic characteristics and the changes they undergo as a result of technological and culinary processes. CG9 Understand the basic processes involved in the preparation, processing and preservation of foods of animal and plant origin CG10 Compile, interpret and use food composition tables and databases. CG11 Understand the microbiology, parasitology and toxicology of food. CG12 Understand nutrients, their function in the body, their bioavailability, dietary requirements and recommendations, and the principles of energy and nutritional balance CG13 Integrate and evaluate the relationship between diet and nutrition in healthy individuals and in pathological conditions. CG14 Apply scientific knowledge of physiology, pathophysiology, nutrition and diet to dietary planning and advice for individuals and groups throughout the life course, whether healthy or unwell. CG15 Design and implement protocols for assessing nutritional status, identifying nutritional risk factors. CG16 Interpret nutritional diagnoses, assess the nutritional aspects of a clinical history and draw up a dietary action plan. CG17 Understand the structure of food services and hospital food and nutrition units, identifying and developing the roles of the Dietitian-Nutritionist within the multidisciplinary team. CG18 Contribute to the organisation, management and implementation of the various forms of hospital feeding and nutritional support, as well as outpatient dietary and nutritional treatment CG19 Understand national and international health organisations, as well as different health systems, recognising the role of the Dietitian-Nutritionist. CG20 Understand and contribute to the design, conduct and validation of nutritional epidemiological studies, as well as participate in the planning, analysis and evaluation of dietary and nutritional intervention programmes in various settings. CG21 Be able to participate in health promotion activities and the prevention of disorders and diseases related to nutrition and lifestyle, by providing dietary and nutritional education to the population. CG22 Collaborate in the planning and development of policies on food, nutrition and food security based on the needs of the population and the protection of health. CG23 To advise on the development, commercialisation, labelling, communication and marketing of food products in accordance with social needs, scientific knowledge and current legislation. CG24 Interpret reports and administrative records relating to food products and ingredients. CG25 Participate in the management, organisation and development of food services. CG26 To draw up, monitor and collaborate on the planning of menus and diets tailored to the characteristics of the target group. CG27 Contribute to food quality and safety in relation to products, facilities and processes. CG28 Provide appropriate training in hygiene, health, diet and nutrition to staff involved in catering services. CG29 Acquire basic training in research, being able to formulate hypotheses, collect and interpret information for problem-solving using the scientific method, and understand the importance and limitations of scientific thinking in the fields of health and nutrition. Specific competences CE1 Understand the chemical, biochemical and biological principles applicable to human nutrition and dietetics. CE2 Understand the structure and function of the human body, from the molecular level to the whole organism, across the different stages of life. CE3 Understand statistics as applied to Health Sciences. Understand the psychological foundations and the biopsychosocial factors that influence human behaviour. CE4 Understand the historical, anthropological and sociological evolution of food, nutrition and dietetics in the context of health and disease. CE5 To understand the various educational methods used in health sciences, as well as the communication techniques applicable to human diet and nutrition. CE6 To understand the principles and foundations of human diet and nutrition. CE7 To acquire teamwork skills as part of a unit in which professionals and other staff involved in the diagnostic assessment and treatment of dietetics and nutrition are organised in a mono-, multi- or interdisciplinary manner. CE8 Understand the Spanish healthcare system and the basic aspects of health service management, particularly those relating to nutritional issues. CE9 Describe the anthropological foundations of human diet. Describe and analyse the cultural and social inequalities that may influence dietary habits. CE10 Applied IT: Understand and apply techniques for editing, layout, sharing and distribution of digital content, as well as the use of this content in a range of professional settings. Be able to work within a professional digital information processing environment that covers the most commonly required processing tasks in day-to-day use. CE11 Modern Language Acquire the ability to communicate orally in the foreign language, in accordance with the level of proficiency studied. Be competent in the use of the foreign language to understand and communicate in that language, both in writing and orally, on matters relating to nutrition. Acquire the ability to communicate in writing in the foreign language, in accordance with the level of the language studied. Be competent in handling written and/or digital texts in a foreign language. To acquire the ability to understand clear, non-specialist spoken language, in accordance with the level of the language studied. Be competent in the use of the foreign language to understand and communicate in that language, both in writing and orally, on topics related to nutrition. CE12 Communication Understand the fundamentals of human communication. To communicate (gathering, analysing and synthesising information, negotiating, managing conflicts, conveying news and instructions, etc.) with laypeople and with experts from other fields. Distinguish between the characteristics of spoken and written expression. Define a topic and organise ideas appropriately. Conduct effective research. Use the main databases in the Health Sciences CE13 Identify and classify foods, food products and food ingredients. CE14 Understand their chemical composition, physico-chemical properties, nutritional value, bioavailability, organoleptic characteristics and the changes they undergo as a result of technological and culinary processes. CE15 Understand the production systems and basic processes involved in the preparation, processing and preservation of the main foodstuffs. CE16 Understand and apply the fundamentals of bromatological and sensory analysis of food products. CE17 Interpret and use food composition databases and tables. CE18 Understand the microbiology, parasitology and toxicology of food. CE19 Understand the culinary techniques used to optimise the organoleptic and nutritional characteristics of food, whilst respecting traditional gastronomy CE20 Develop, implement, evaluate and maintain appropriate hygiene practices, food safety measures and risk control systems, in accordance with current legislation. CE21 Participate in the design, organisation and management of various food services. CE22 Collaborate in the implementation of quality systems. CE23 Assess, monitor and manage aspects of traceability within the food chain. CE24 Understand aspects relating to the economics and management of food businesses. CE25 Provide scientific and technical advice on food products and their development. Assess compliance with such advice. CE26 Participate in business teams working on social marketing, advertising and health claims. CE27 Contribute to consumer protection within the framework of food safety. CE28 Apply food and nutrition sciences to dietary practice. CE29 Understand nutrients, their functions and their metabolic utilisation. Understand the principles of nutritional balance and its regulation. CE30 Assess and calculate nutritional requirements in situations of health and illness at any stage of the life cycle. CE31 Identify the principles of a healthy diet (sufficient, balanced, varied and tailored). CE32 Participate in the design of total diet studies. CE33 Understand, detect at an early stage and assess quantitative and qualitative deviations—whether due to excess or deficiency—in nutritional balance CE34 Plan, carry out and interpret the assessment of the nutritional status of individuals and/or groups, both healthy (in all physiological situations) and unwell. CE35 Understand the pathophysiological aspects of nutrition-related diseases. CE36 Identify patients’ dietary and nutritional problems, as well as risk factors and inappropriate practices. CE37 Compile and interpret a dietary history in healthy and unwell individuals. Interpret a clinical history. Understand and use the terminology employed in health sciences. CE38 Interpret and integrate clinical, biochemical and pharmacological data into the nutritional assessment of the patient and their dietary and nutritional treatment. CE39 Apply the principles of clinical nutrition to diet therapy. CE40 Plan, implement and evaluate therapeutic diets for individuals and/or groups. CE41 Understand hospital organisation and the various stages of the food service. CE42 Participate in the multidisciplinary team of a Hospital Nutrition Unit. CE43 Understand the various techniques and products used in basic and advanced nutritional support. CE44 Develop and implement dietary and nutritional transition plans. CE45 Plan and deliver dietary and nutritional education programmes for healthy and sick individuals CE46 Understand clinical pharmacology and the interaction between drugs and nutrients CE47 Be able to use the basic ICT tools employed in the field of Food, Nutrition and Dietetics. CE48 Understand the legal and ethical boundaries of dietetic practice. CE49 Prescribe specific treatment within the scope of practice of the dietitian-nutritionist. CE50 Be able to justify the scientific principles underpinning the dietitian-nutritionist’s intervention, basing their professional practice on scientific evidence. CE51 Be familiar with national and international health organisations and systems, as well as health policies. CE52 Participate in the analysis, planning, implementation and evaluation of epidemiological studies and intervention programmes relating to diet and nutrition in different areas. CE53 Design and carry out nutritional assessments to identify the population’s needs in terms of diet and nutrition, as well as to identify the determinants of nutritional health. CE54 Design, implement and deliver dietary and nutritional education programmes, as well as training programmes in nutrition and dietetics. CE55 Collaborate in the planning of food and nutrition policies for the food and nutrition education of the population. CE56 Acquire the ability to contribute to promotion, prevention and protection projects with a community-based and public health approach. CE58 – Final-year project: A cross-disciplinary module involving work carried out in conjunction with various other modules. Learning outcomes Describe the nature of, and factors influencing, the interaction between nutrients and genes. Produce documents systematically and rigorously in the field of nutrigenomics. Develop research projects in the field of molecular nutrition. Apply knowledge of nutrients as regulators of metabolism to promote health. Sit examinations demonstrating the acquisition of skills and knowledge Course content Unit 1 – Fundamentals of Nutritional Genomics Introduction to genetics and genomics The human genome and genetic variability Genetic variants and health Patterns of inheritance The ‘omics’ revolution in nutrition Nutrigenetics Nutrigenomics Nutritional epigenomics Applications of personalised nutrition Scientific quality and levels of evidence in nutrigenetics and nutrigenomics Molecular techniques in nutrigenetics Unit 2 – Gene expression, epigenetics and nutrition Gene expression Transcription Translation Epigenetics DNA methylation Histone modifications Non-coding RNA Genomic imprinting Diet and DNA methylation Methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase – MTHFR Epigenome and pregnancy Unit 3 – Nutrigenomics and nutrigenetics in complex diseases Introduction to complex diseases Study of complex diseases Basic concepts regarding GWAS and polygenic risk scores Neural tube defects The APOE gene Cardiovascular diseases Alzheimer’s disease Obesity Diabetes Cancer Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (PPARs) Unit 4 – Genes, diet and nutrigenetics Genetic variation associated with intolerances Lactose intolerance Gluten intolerance – coeliac disease Hereditary fructose intolerance Histamine intolerance (DAO deficiency) Genetic variation and response to micronutrients B vitamins Vitamin C Vitamin D Calcium Genetic variation and response to macronutrients Polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs) Unit 5 – Behaviour, genes and nutrition Regulation of intake Genes involved in the regulation of food intake Taste perception Genetics of eating disorders (EDs) Genetic mechanisms associated with coffee consumption Genetic mechanisms associated with alcohol consumption Unit 6 – Chrononutrition and translational nutrigenomics Introduction to chrononutrition Ethical considerations in nutrigenomics Direct-to-consumer genetic testing (DCT) Unit 7 – Microbiota Training activities Face-to-face masterclass Face-to-face seminar Tutorials Independent study In-person assessment Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- ASSESSMENT CRITERIA To pass this module, students must: Achieve a mark of five points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below: • Continuous assessment exam: 20% of the final mark. The exam will consist of 20 multiple-choice questions. • Seminar exam: 40% of the final mark • Regular examination: 40% of the final mark The exam will consist of 40 multiple-choice questions. The seminar will be assessed through a presentation on a date set by the course lecturers. The purpose of the presentation will be the critical analysis of a scientific article (review, association studies, clinical case, etc.) or any topic of the student’s choice related to the subject of nutrigenomics. The maximum duration of the presentation will be 30 minutes. There is no set structure for the seminar presentation; however, it is recommended that it include an introduction, followed by a presentation of the results and a discussion, concluding with a summary. At the end of each seminar, there will be an opportunity for participants and lecturers to discuss and clarify any queries that may have arisen during the presentation. Bibliography Other: 1. Gil Hernández, Ángel. Nutrition and Health: Editorial Médica Panamericana, 2019. ISBN: 9788491101482 |
|||||
| TOTAL: | 12 | ||||
*Character: BT: Basic Training, Ob: Required, Op: Optional
How is our methodology in the Degree in Pharmacy + Degree in Nutrition at UAX in Malaga?
For practical training, our UAX campus in Malaga has state-of-the-art facilities:
The Double Degree in Pharmacy and Human Nutrition and Dietetics at UAX Mare Nostrum offers you practical training from the start, combining experiences in the laboratory, clinical environment and nutritional field. Throughout the programme, you will participate in practical activities in all courses and you will complete your training with supervised academic internships in the final year.
You will be able to carry out your internship in a wide network of companies, hospitals, laboratories and organisations in the health and food sector, applying your knowledge in both the pharmaceutical and nutritional fields.
UAX Mare Nostrum has agreements with leading companies and organisations such as:
Cofares, Clínica Cemtro, European Medical Institute of Obesity (IMEO), Megalab, Abbott, Danone, Sodexo, Campofrío, QuirónSalud, among others.
Throughout your internship, you will be able to develop in different professional fields:
Community pharmacy
Organisation and management of the pharmacy office, dispensing medicines, pharmaceutical care and patient follow-up.
Hospital pharmacy
Management and distribution of medicines, preparation of pharmaceutical forms, pharmacovigilance and treatment support, including clinical nutrition.
Applied nutrition
Design of nutritional plans, assessment of nutritional status and dietary advice in different health contexts.
Pharmaceutical and food industry
Participation in production processes, quality control, product analysis and development in companies in the sector.
In addition, at UAX Mare Nostrum we maintain constant contact with leading companies in the sector to adapt the curriculum to the real needs of the market. This direct connection with the professional environment favours your employability and prepares you to successfully enter the world of work.
Performs practical simulations on a full-scale reproduction Find out more
Learn with our new professional laboratory equipped with the latest technology. Find out more
A unique centre in Spain to complete your training in the most innovative, well-rounded way. Find out more
First healthcare facility created by UAX to provide you with the most comprehensive training focused on real-world practice. Find out more
Complete our form, give us a call or request a visit to UAX. We’re excited to show you everything we’ve prepared for you.
A professional from our university will offer guidance and help you select the path that aligns best with your interests.
Apply for admission to our university and take an admission test, either in person or online, whichever suits you best!
We recognise your potential and believe you have the right skills to thrive as a UAX student. Now, proceed with the necessary formalities—reserve your spot!
Enrol in your courses, meet the deadlines and follow the payment procedures to secure your place and fulfil the legal admission requirements.
You’re now part of UAX! Prepare to embark on a unique educational journey where you’ll take centre stage. Welcome to your university!
We need to know a little bit about you so that we can provide you with a personalised service.
All fields are required
Scholarships and financial aid for studying at UAX Mare Nostrum
We know that studying is an investment. That’s why we want to remove financial barriers and make things easier for you. Fill in the form and let our advisers help you discover the scholarships, agreements and personalised financial support that best suit your situation.
Students from Ibero-America
This programme is aimed at Ibero-American citizens or foreign nationals legally resident in countries within the OEI’s sphere of influence. The scholarship covers a 50 per cent discount on the total tuition fees.
Ministry of Education, Vocational Training and Sport
Find out about the scholarships and grants offered by the Ministry of Education, Vocational Training and Sport, categorised by type and level of education.
If you have an immediate family member (up to second degree of kinship) enrolled at UAX, you can benefit from a 5 per cent discount on tuition fees. Because studying as a family is even better.
If you graduated from UAX and are now thinking of studying for a new degree, we want to continue supporting you. That’s why we’re offering you a 10% discount on tuition fees.
If you’ve already decided to take the plunge, enrol early and benefit from a direct grant. It’s a way of rewarding your commitment and giving you a head start in planning your future.
Free tuition for students registered as residents of Málaga who demonstrate academic excellence and continue to meet the criteria that led to their scholarship throughout their academic studies.
Attracting Pre-doctoral Research Talent
Financial support for outstanding students who wish to carry out innovative research and contribute to the advancement of knowledge in their disciplines.
2025, 2nd Edition
Grants for students on higher-level vocational training, undergraduate, postgraduate or master’s programmes enrolled at Spanish universities with a Santander agreement. A financial supplement to support you whilst undertaking your work placements.
Studying for two degrees at the same time is a challenge, and we want to support you. If you’re already at UAX and enrol on a second degree programme, you’ll receive a grant towards your booking fee and tuition fees.
If you’re a high-performance athlete, at UAX we want to help you balance your passion with your studies. We offer specific grants that can cover up to 50 per cent of your tuition fees.
If you’d like to continue your studies with us and progress from vocational training to a bachelor’s degree, from one bachelor’s degree to another, or from a bachelor’s degree to a postgraduate degree, we’re here to support you with a grant covering up to 25 per cent of your tuition fees.
If you have a strong academic record, we would like to recognise your talent with a scholarship designed for new students. (Excludes the degree in Medicine).
*Terms and conditions to be published
Students from Ecuador
This programme is aimed at citizens with Ecuadorian nationality and/or residence who wish to undertake an online master’s degree in Spain. The scholarship covers a 50 per cent discount on the total tuition fees.
Bank customers
This agreement gives you access to special support for selected online master’s programmes, along with payment plans designed to suit your financial circumstances.
Are you thinking of studying the dual degree in Pharmacy and Nutrition at UAX Mare Nostrum?
Our Head of Studies, Ana Durán, explains why you should study Pharmacy, the wide range of career opportunities currently available, and how at UAX Mare Nostrum we combine practical training in our own state-of-the-art laboratories with partnerships with leading companies in the sector.
Future graduates of the Faculty of Pharmacy with the double degree in Pharmacy and Degree in Nutrition, will be able to develop their profession in:
Not sure?
We can help you find the programme that best suits your profile.
You may also be interested in
Double Degree in CAFYD + Human Nutrition and Dietetics
Start:
September
Length:
5 years
Degree in Human Nutrition and Dietetics
Start:
September
Length:
4 years
Degree in Pharmacy
Start:
September
Length:
5 years
Degree in Biomedicine
Start:
September
Length:
4 years